LIBRARY 

OF  THE 

University  of  California. 

GIFT    OF 

U.  S,  Supt.  of  Documents. 


Class 


LIBRARY 'OF  CONGRESS, 
division  of  bibliography, 


LIST   OF  BOOKS 


(WITH   REFERENCES   TO    PERIODICALS) 


RELATING-   TO  THE 


THEORY  OF  COLONIZATION,  GOVERNMENT  OF 

DEPENDENCIES,  PROTECTORATES, 

AND  RELATED  TOPICS. 


A.   P.   O.   G-RIFFIN, 

CHIEF,   piyisiON   OF   HIBLIOGUAIMI v. 


WASHINGTON: 

GOVERNMENT    PRINTING    OFFICE. 

1900. 

I 

{' 


LIBRARY  OF  CONGRESS. 

DIVISION  OF  BIBLIOGRAPHY. 


LIST   OF  BOOKS 


(WITH   REFERENCES   TO   PERIODICALS) 


RELATING   TO  THE 


THEORY  OF  COLONIZATION,  GOVERNMENT  OF 

DEPENDENCIES,  PROTECTORATES, 

AND  RELATED  TOPICS. 


A.    F.    C.    GRIFFIN 

CHIEF,   DIVISION"   OF   BIBLIOGRAPHY. 


WASHINGTON: 

GOVERNMENT    PRINTING    OFFICE, 

1900. 


CONTENTS. 


Paga 

1.  Theory  of  colonization,  etc.      (Books) 1 

la.  Theory  of  colonization.      (Articles  in  periodicals,  1898-1900) 6 

2.  Climate  and  colonization 8 

3.  Expansion  of  the  United  States.     (Selected  list  of  books  treating  of  ter- 

ritorial acquisitions,  etc. ) 11 

3a.  Expansion  of  the  United  States,  1898-1900.     (History,  discussion  of 

principles,  etc. ) 13 

3//.  Expansion  of  the  United  States,  1898-1900.     (Articles  in  periodicals).  17 

4.  British  colonies,  collectively.     ( Books) 23 

4d.  British  colonies.      (Articles  in  periodicals,  1898-1900) 32 

5.  British  European  colonies 41 

6.  British  Asiatic  colonies ., 42 

7.  British  African  colonies 49 

8.  British  Australasia 57 

9.  British  North  American  colonies 64 

10.  British  colonies  in  Central  and  South  America 68 

11.  British  West  Indies,  etc 70 

12.  French  colonies 74 

12<7.  French  colonies.      (  Articles  in  periodicals,  1897-1900) 78 

1 3.  French  African  colonies 84 

14.  French  Asiatic  colonies,  French  Oceania,  French  American  colonies  ..  86 

15.  German  colonies 88 

16.  German  colonies.     ( Articles  in  periodicals) 91 

1 7.  Dutch  colonies _  _ 92 

18.  Italian  colonies 97 

19.  Spanish  colonies 100 

20.  Spanish  colonies:   Cuba.      (Selected  list  of  books  treating  of  Spanish 

administration )  102 

21.  Spanish  colonies:  Philippines.      (Selected  list  of  books  treating  of  Span- 

ish administration ) 103 

22.  Spanish  colonies.      (Articles  in  periodicals,  1898-99) 107 

23.  Portuguese  colonies 109 

24.  Anglo-Saxon  interests,  etc 112 

24a.  A nglo-Saxon  interests.     (Articles  in  periodicals) 113 

25.  The  Far  Fast.     (" Commercial  relations,  etc.") 115 

26.  The  Far  East.      (Articles  in  periodicals,  1897-1900) 119 


165234 


INTRODUCTION. 


This  list  was  sent  to  the  Hon.  Henry  Cabot  Lodge,  chairman  of  the 
Senate  Committee  of  the  Philippines,  in  response  to  a  request  received 
from  him  for  a  report  on  the  resources  of  the  Library  upon  the  sub- 
ject of  colonization. 

The  Senate,  by  resolutions  May  o  and  8.  1900,  respectively,  author- 
ized the  printing-  of  500  copies  each  for  the  Senate  and  the  Library  of 
Congress. 

The  scope  of  the  list  is  indicated  by  the  table  of  contents.  The 
theory  of  colonization  and  the  government  of  dependencies  form  the 
basis  of  the  compilation.  To  this  has  been  added  significant  literature 
upon  the  corollaries  of  colonization,  viz.  expansion,  imperialism, 
Anglo-Saxon  interests,  the  Far  Eastern  question. 

Works  upon  the  political  history  and  geography  of  the  dependen- 
cies of  the  European  nations  have  been  made  a  special  feature  of  the 
compilation. 

For  a  preliminary  study  of  the  subject  of  colonics.  "Payne's  history 
of  European  colonies"  affords  a  convenient  manual.  Egerton's 
""Short  history  of  British  colonial  policy"  traces  the  history  of  the 
growth  of  the  British  colonial  empire  from  the  beginnings  of  coloniza- 
tion down  to  1885. 

Ireland's  "Tropical  colonization"  is  a  study  of  the  government  of 
tropical  colonies,  the  material  requirements  for  their  successful  devel- 
opment, with  a  discussion  of  the  value  of  these  dependencies  to  the 
sovereign  state.  The  work  is  the  result  of  long  study  of  the  subject 
and  is  provided  with  a  useful  bibliography. 

Seeley's  "  Expansion  of  England"  is  a  scientific  study  of  the  problem 
of  English  history  as  illustrated  in  the  growth  of  the  empire  in  the 
eighteenth  century.  Woodward's  "A  short  history  of  the  expansion 
of  the  British  Empire,  1500-1870"  is  a  more  detailed  narration  of  the 
acquisition  and  settlement  of  the  British  colonies. 

Professor  Seeley  in  his  "  Growth  of  the  British  policy"  studies  the 
history  of  the  transformation  of  England  from  an  insular  nation  into 
a  "great  power." 

Cotton  and  Payne's  "Colonies  and  dependencies"  in  the  "English 
citizen  series"  is  a  compact  account  of  the  administration  of  the  Eng- 
lish colonies. 

Lucas's  "Historical  geography  of  the  British  colonies"  is  a  most 
valuable  guide  upon  the  political,  social,  and  geographical  features  of 
the  various  British  dependencies.     It  is  of  the  first  importance  a-  a 


VI 

genera]  treatise  upon  the  colonies  collectively,  constituting  a  most 
reliable  introduction  to  a  study  of  colonial  history. 

Leroy-Beaulieu's  "De  la  colonisation  chez  les  peuples  modernes"  is 

an  elaborate  survey  of  colonies  and  eolonial  systems  of  the  world  by 
a  political  economist  of  high  repute. 

Merivale's  "Lectures"  is  a  study  of  the  economic  features  of  eolo- 
nization  and  colonies. 

Sir  G.  C.  Lewis's  ""Essay  on  the  government  of  dependencies"  is  a 
discussion  of  the  historical  and  political   principles  of  colonization. 

Heeren's  "Political  system  of  Europe  and  its  colonies"  is  one  of  the 
earlier  scientific  studies  of  colonization,  with  copious  bibliographical 
references. 

The  chapter  on  colonies  in  Adam  Smith's  "Wealth  of  nations"  is  a 
scientific  study  of  the  economic  value  of  dependencies. 

The  handbooks  or  annuals  of  various  colonial  governments  are  use- 
ful works  of  reference  for  statistical  information. 

The  ""Diplomatic  and  consular  reports"  issued  at  intervals  by  the 
foreign  office  of  Great  Britain  embody  information  upon  the  history. 
the  administration,  and  the  commercial  interests  of  British  and  foreign 
colonies.  The  "Consular  reports"  of  this  country  also  contain  similar 
material. 

The  current  statistics  of  the  colonies  are  set  forth  in  "Statistical 
abstracts  for  the  several  colonial  and  other  possessions  of  the  United 
Kingdom,"  published  by  the  British  Government.  These  "Abstracts" 
are  incorporated  in  the  Parliamentary  sessional  papers. 

The  "Board  of  Trade  Journal"  published  by  the  Government  Board 
of  Trade,  London;  and  the  "Imperial  Institute  Journal"  are  current 
sources  of  information  upon  the  trade,  resources,  and  administration  of 
the  English  colonies. 

The  "Proceedings  of  the  Royal  Colonial  Institute"  is  a  repository 
of  many  valuable  papers  upon  the  colonial  interests  of  Great  Britain. 

The  "Imperial  and  Asiatic  Quarterly"  deals  with  the  literature  as 
well  as  the  politics  of  the  colonies. 

The  periodicals,  "Questions  Diplomatiques  et  Coloniales,"  the 
"Revue  Maritime  et  Coloniale,"  and  the  "Bulletin  de  la  Societe  des 
Etudes  Coloniales."  are  mainly  devoted  to  French  colonial  interests. 

The  following  German  periodicals  deal  with  colonial  subjects,  par- 
ticularly with  German  colonies:  "  DeutschesKolonialblatt."  "  Deutsche 
Kolonialzeitung,  Organ  der  Deutschen  Kolonialgesellschaft."  "  Deut- 
sche* Kolonial-Kalender,"  "  Jahresbericht  der  Deutschen  Kolonial- 
gesellschaft," and  the  "Koloniales  Jahrbuch." 

A.  P.  C.  Griffin, 
( 'hief,  Division  of  Bibliography. 

Herbert  Putnam, 

Librarian  of  ( 'oncm  .s*. 


TBL1CATI0NS  RELATING  TO  THE  THEORY  OF  COLONIZATION 
AM)  RELATED  TOPICS. 


COLONIES. 

THEORY  OF  COLONIZATION,  GOVERNMENT  OF  DEPENDENCIES,  PROTECTORATES,  ETC. 

BOOKS. 

Austin,  O.  P.  Colonial  systems  of  the  world.  The  colonies,  protectorates,  depend- 
encies, and  spheres  of  influence  of  all  nations  exercising  authority  outside 
their  immediate  territory,  showingform  of  government,  area,  population, 
revenue,  etc. 

(In  United  states.  Bureau  of  Statistics.  Monthly  summary  of  commerce  and  finance. 
December,  1898,  pp.  1463-1  198.     Washington,  1899. 1 

Bacon,  Sir  Francis.     An  essay  on   plantations. 

(In  Select  tracts  relating  to  colonies,  pp.  1-4, London,  [1733].) 
Also  in  the  various  editions  of  his  works. 

Barre  de  Saint-Venant,  Adhemar  Jean  Claude.     Des  colonies  modernes  sous  la 
zone  torride,  et  particulierement  de  celle  de  Saint-Domingue. 
Paris:  Brochut,  1802.     xvi,  512  pp.     8°. 

Billiard,  A.     Politique  et  organisation  coloniales.     (Principes  generaux.  i 
Paris:  Giard  et  Briere,  1898.     300  pp.     8°. 

Bonnassieux,  Tierre.     Les  grandes  compagnies  de  commerce.      Etude  pour  servir  a 
l'histoire  de  la  colonisation. 
Paris:  Plon,  1892.     562,   (2)  pp.     <s'°. 

Bordier,  A.     La  colonisation  scientifique  et  les  colonies  francaises. 
Paris:   Reinwald,  1884.     xvi,  506 pp.     8°. 

Bradford,  Gamaliel.     The  lesson  of  popular  government. 
New  York:  Macmillan  com  party,  1899.      .'  vols.     8°. 

"  The  lesson  of  colonization,"  vol.  'J.  pp.  282-319. 
Brougham,    Henry,   Baron.     An  inquiry  into  the  colonial  policy  of  the  European 
powers. 
Edinburgh:  Printed  by  D.    Willison,  1803.      9  vols.     8°. 

CONTENTS. 

Volume  I.  Of  the  political  relations  between  a  State  and  its  colonies;  of  the  commer- 
cial relations  between  a  State  and  its  colonies;  of  the  relation  of  a  free  colonial 
trade;  of  the  commercial  relation  between  a  State  and  its  colonies,  as  modified  by 
the  policy  of  modern  Europe;  of  the  particular  relations  of  the  colonies  of  the 
European  powers  to  their  mother  countries;  of  the  colonial  policy  of  the  United 
Provinces;  of  the  colonial  policy  of  Spain;  of  the  colonial  policy  of  Portugal,  Den- 
mark, and  Sweden;  of  the  colonial  policy  of  England  and  France.  Notes  and 
illustrations  to  the  first  volume  of  the  foreign  relations  of  colonies. 

4997 1  1 


Brougham,  Henry,  Lord — Continued. 

Volume  II.  Of  the  mutual  relations  of  colonies  with  respecl  to  their  dependence  on 
the  mother  countries;  of  the  interests  of  the  European  colonies  as  connected  with 
the  re-establishment  of  the  French  power  in  theWesI  Indies:  of  the  consequences 
of  the  establishment  of  a  negro  commonwealth  in  the  West  Indies  to  the  interest  of 
the  colonies  which  remain  under  the  dominion  of  the  mother  country;  of  the  for- 
eign relations  of  States  as  influenced  by  their  colonial  relations;  of  the  foreign 
policy  of  States  in  general,  and  as  influenced  by  their  colonial  relations;  of  the  relative 
interests  of  the  different  European  powers,  as  well  in  their  colonies  as  in  other 
quarters,  on  account  of  their  colonial  relations;  of  the  intercolonial  relations  of  the 
European  powers,  as  influenced  bj  the  position  of  affairs  in  America;  of  the  external 
relations  of  the  European  powers  in  different  quarters,  as  influenced  by  their 
colonial  interests;  of  the  domestic  policy  of  the  European  powers  in  their  colonial 
establishments;  of  the  free  negro  system,  or  the  policy  of  cultivating  the  colonics 
by  means  of  free  negroes;  of  the  negro  slave  system,  or  the  present  state  of  society 
in  the  slave  colonies  and  the  means  of  improving  it. 

Buller,  Charles.-    Speech  in  the  House  of  Commons,  April  6,1843,  on  systematic 
colonization. 

( In  Wakefield,  E.  G.:  A  view  of  the  art  of  colonization,  pp.  457-500.    London,  L849. ) 

Cairnes,  J.  E.     Colonization  and  colonial  government. 

i  hi  his  Political  essays, pp.  1-58.     London,  1873.  i 
Cerisier,  Charles.     Impressions    coloniales    (1868-1892).      Etude    comparative     de 
colonisation. 
Paris:   Berger-Levrault  et  cie.,  1893.     Aver,  une  carte.     viii,357,(2),pp.,     8°. 

Chailley-Bert,  J.     Les  compagnies  de  colonisation  sous  1'ancien  regime. 

Paris:  Colin,  1898.      (.'),  192 pp.     1-'°. 
Child,  Sir  Josiah.      A  discourse  concerning  plantations. 

(In  Select  tracts  relating  to  colonies, pp. 31-40.     London,  [1733].  I 

Deckert,  E.     Die  Kolonialreiche  und  Kolonisationsobjecte  der  Gegenwart.     Kolo- 
nialpOlitische  und  kolonialgeographische  Skizzen. 
Leipzig:  Frohberg,  1885.     iv,  HO  pp.     8°. 
Denancy,  E.     De  la  colonisation  dans  ses  rapports  avec  la  production  et  la  consom- 
mation. 
Epernay:   Dubreuil,  1894.     131pp.     16°. 

Despagnet,  F.     Essai  sur  les  protectorats! 
Paris:  Larose,  ism:.     ',',.'  pp.     8°. 

Dubois,  Marcel.     Systemes  coloniaux  et  peuples  colonisateurs. 

Paris:   Plon,  1895.     to,  287pp.     8°. 
Engelhardt,  E.     Les  protectorats  anciens  el   modernes.     Etude  historique  et  juri- 

dique. 
Paris:  Pedone-Lauriel,  1896.     232  pp.     8°. 

Etienne,  Eugene.      Les  compagnies  de  colonisation. 

purls:   Challamel,  1897.     76  j>j>.     8°. 
Finch,  John.     The  natural  boundaries  of  empires,  and  a  new  view  of  colonization. 

London:  Longman,  Brovm  [c/r.],  is.',.',,     mix,  279 pp.     10°. 
Gairal,  Francois,     he  protectorat  international. 

Paris:  Pedone-Lauriel.     [1S9G.~\     313  /</'•     <v°- 
Girault,  A.     Principes  de  colonisation  etde  legislation  coloniale. 

Paris:   Lams,,  1895.     637pp.     12°. 

Le  probleme  colonial. 

Pari*:  Marescq,  1S94.     52  ]>]>.     S°. 


Heeren,  A.  H.  L.     A  manual  of  the  history  of  the  political  system  of  Europe  and 

its  colonics,  from  its  formation  at  the  close  of  the  fifteenth  century  to  its 
reestahlishment    upon  the  fall  of  Napoleon.     Translated  from  the  fifth 
German  edition. 
Oxford:  />..!.  Talboys,  1884.     $  vols.     8°. 


came. 

London:  Henry  G.  Bohn,  1857.     xxxii,  540 pp.     8°. 

Hinds,  Samuel.     Essay  on  colonization. 

{In  Wakefield.  E.  G.:  A  viewof  the  art  of  colonization,  pp.  107-119.     London,  L849.  | 
This  essay  was  first  printed  in  Whately's  "Thoughts  on  secondary  punishments," 
London,  L832. 

Howison,  John.      European  colonies  in  various  parts  of  the  world,  viewed  in  their 
social,  moral,  and  physical  condition. 
London:  Richard  Bentley,  is.;;.     _>  vols.     8°. 

Institut  Colonial  International.     Comptes  rendus  de  la  session  tenue  a  La  Haye, 
sept.  1895. 
Paris:  Colin,  1895.      (.'),   (£7 pp.     8°. 

Bibliotheque  coloniale  internationale.    l°ser.   Lamain-d'ceuvreaux  colonies. 

3  vols.     2e  ser.  Les  fonctionnaires  coloniaux.     2  vols.     3°  ser.  Le  regime 
foncier  aux  colonies.     4  vols.     4'' ser.  Le  regime  des  protectorate.     4  vols. 
Bruxelles:  1895-1899.     13  vols.     8°. 

Ireland,    Alleyne.     Tropical   colonization:   an    introduction    to   the   study  of   the 

subject. 

London:  Macmillan,  1899.     xii,  282pp.     8°. 
Bibliography,  pp.  227-259. 

Jeze,  Gaston.     Etude  theorique  et  pratique  sur  ['occupation comme  moded'acquerir 
les  territoires  en  droit  international. 
Paris:  Giard  et  Briere,  1896.     Hi,  393  pp.     8°. 

Kidd,  Benjamin.     The  control  of  the  tropics. 

London:  Macmillan,  1898.     vi,  {1),  101,  (1)  pp.     8°. 

Lanessan,  J.  M.  A.  de.     Principes  de  colonisation. 

Paris:  Aha,,.  1897.     iv,283pp.     8°.     (Bibliotheque scientifique  internationale.) 

Lehmann,  K.     Kolonialgesellschaftsrecht  in  Vergangenheit  und  Gegenwart. 
Berlin:  K.  Hoffmann,  1S96.     35 pp.     8°. 

Leroy-Beaulieu,  Pierre  Paul.     Be  la  colonisation  chez  les  peuples  moderates. 
Paris:  GuiUaumin  et  cie.,  1874.     uii,  (1),  616 pp.     8°. 

Same.     4e  edition,   revisee,  corrigee,  et  augmentee. 

Paris:   Libraire  GuiUaumin  et  cie.,  1898.     (2),  xix,  (1),  868pp.     8°. 

Contents:  De  la  colonisation  anterieure  au  XIX«  siecle:  De  la  colonisation  espagnole, 
portugaise,  hollandaise,  anglaise,  francaise,  danoise  et  suecloise.  Resume  de  la  colo- 
nisation anterieure  an  XIV'  siecle.  De  la  colonisation  an  XIX'  siecle:  Les  colonies 
^'exploration  on  de  plantations;  Colonies  francaises,  espagnoles,  hollandaises;  Les 
anciennes  iles  danoises  et  su6doises;  La  colonisation  allemande;  La  colonisation 
italienne;  l'n  mode  special  decolonisation  anonyme;  L'Etat  independant  du Congo; 
Conditions  generales  de  la  colonisation  dans  l'Afrique  tropicale  et  equatoriale; 
L'Algerie  et  la  colonisation  francaise  an  XIX"  siecle;  La  Tunisie;  Les  colonies  de  la 
France;  De  la  colonisation  anglaise  an  XIX''  siecle;  De  la  colonisation  rnsse;  De 
Pinfluence  des  colonies  sur  les  metropoles;  Del' emigration  humaine;  De  l'emigration 
des  capitaux;  De  commerce  colonial  et  de  son  utilite  pour  la  nietropole;  Del'entre- 
tien  des  colonies. 


Lewis,  Sir  George  Cornewall.     Essay  <>n  the  government  of  dependencies. 
London:  John  Murray,  is',i.     .,-;;,  882,  I  /)  pp.     8°. 

Same. 

Oxford:  Clarendon  press,  1891.     392  pp.     8°. 

Lord,  Walter  Frewen.     The  lost  empires  of  the  modern  world.     Essays  in  imperial 
history. 
London:  Richard  Bentley  &  Son,  1897.      (4) ,  362  pp.     12°. 

Lowell,  A.  Lawrence.     Colonial  civil  service.      Selection  and  training  of  colonial 
officials  in  Holland,  England,  and  France. 
New  York:  MacmUlan  company,  1900.      viv,  846  pp.     8°. 

Macdonnell,  Alexander.    Colonial  commerce;  comprising  an  inquiry  into  the  prin- 
ciples upon  which  discriminating  duties  should  be  levied  on  sugar,  the 
growth   respectively  of  the  West  India  British  possessions,  of  the   East 
Indies,  and  of  foreign  countries. 
London:  John  Murray,  1828.     xix,  (1),  802pp.     8°. 

Malouet,  V.  P.     Collection  de  memoires et correspondances  officielles sur  radminis- 
tration  des  colonies,  et  notamment  sur  la  Guiane  francaise  et  hollandaise. 
Paris:  Baudouinan.     an.     x  [1799'].     5  vols.     8°. 

Martel,  Henri.     Etude  pratique  sur  les  colonies  anciennes  et  modernes  et  sur  leurs 
grandes  compagnies  commerciales. 
Gand:  Trnprimerit    V.  van  Dooselaere,  1898.     395  pp.     8°. 

Merivale,  Herman.     Lectures  on  colonization  and  colonies.     Delivered  before  the 
University  of  Oxford  in  1839,  1840,  and  1841. 
London:  Longmans,  Ofme'[etc.'],  1841,  1842.     ?  vols,  in  1.     8°. 

contents: 

I.  Historical  account  of  the  progress  of  the  colonies  of  modern  Europe:  Colonics  of 
Spain  in  continental  America  up  to  the  period  of  their  independence:  Spanish  col- 
onies in  the  West  Indies:  Portuguese,  Dutch, and  French  colonies:  Brief  historical 

sketch  of  British  colonization;  British  colonies  in  the  West  Indies:  North  American 
colonies  down  to  the  period  of  their  independence;  Account  of  the  present  British 
colonies  in  North  America,  Smith  Africa,  and  Australia:  Economical  effects  of  colo- 
nization on  the  parent  state;  Progress  of  wealth  and  society  in  colonies. 

II.  (continued).  Employment  of  convict  labor:  methods  of  obtaining  labor  in  the 
colonies  without  slaves  or  convicts:  Disposal  of  land  in  new  colonies;  Sketch  of  the 
history  of  South  Australia. 

Milburn,  William.  Oriental  commerce;  or,  the  East  India  trader's  complete  guide; 
containing  a  geographical  and  nautical  description  of  the  maritime  parts 
of  India,  China,  Japan,  and  neighboring  countries,  including  the  eastern 
islands  .  .  . 
London:  Printed  for  Kingsbury,  Parbury,  and  Allen,  1825.  {6),  586  pp. 
Folded  n><i/>s.  8°. 
Sooloo  islands,  pp.  423-426;  Philippine  islands,  pp.  126-430. 

Money,  James  William  B.     Java,  or  how  to  manage  a  colony.     Showing  a  practical 
solution  of  the  questions  now  affecting  British  India. 
London:  Hurst  and  Blackett,  1861.     2  vols.     12°. 

Niox,    Gustave.     L'expansion    europeenne.     Empire    britannique.     Asie-Afrique- 
Oceanie.     3e  edition.     A vec  cartes  et  croquis.     Appendice  mis  au  courant 
jusqu'il  la  fin  de  L'annee  1897. 
Paris:  Delagrave,  [1897 '.]    472,59pp.     Foldedmaps.    8°.    (< Uographie,vol.  8.) 


Norman,  II.     The  peoples  and  politics  in  the  far  East.     Travels  and  studies  in  the 
British,  French,  Spanish,  and  Portuguese  colonies,  Siberia,  China,  Japan, 
Corea,  Siam,  and  Malaya. 
London:  T.  Fisher  Unwin,  1895.     an 


<  pp.     8  . 

ilonies.     With  ma 

Lps. 

xi,   {1),   m  pp. 

16°. 

{Hislor 

ical 

Payne,  Edward  John.     History  of  European  < 
London;  MacmiUan   &  company,    1889. 
course  for  schools.) 

Pearson,  Charles  II.     National  life  ami  character:  aforecast. 
London:  MacmiUan  and  co.     1894-     vi,  381  pp.     l.'°. 

Penn,  William.     The  benefit  of  plantations,  or  colonics. 

{In  Select  tracts  relating  to  colonies,  pp.  26-30.    London,  [1733?].) 

Pillet,  A.  Des  droits  de  la  puissance  protectrice  sin-  I' administration  interieure  de 
I'ctat  protege. 

(In  Revue  Internationale  du  droit  public,  vol.2,  pp.  583-608.) 

Questions  coloniales  et  diplomatiques. 
Paris,  1899-1900.     8°. 

Note.— Periodical  now  regularly  received  at  the  Library. 

Ricaud,  J.  A.     L' expansion  coloniale. 

Paris:    V.  Havard,  1891.     xiv,  318  pp.     8°. 

Rogers,  James  E.  Thorold.     The  colonial  question. 

{In  Cobden  Club  essays,2d  series,  1871-72, pp. 403-459.     London,1872.) 

Roscher,  Wilhelm.     Kolonien,  kolonial  Politik  und  Auswanderung.     3te  verbes- 
serte,    vermehrte  und    zum  Theil    ganz    neu    bearbeitete   Auflage   von 
Roscher's  Kolonien. 
Leipzig:  C.  F.   Winter,  1885.      (2) ,  vi,  470  pp.     8°. 

Sacerdoti,  V.     Studi  sulla  colonizzazione. 
Bologna,  1890.     248  pp.     8°. 

Select  tracts  relating  to  colonies,  consisting  of — 

I.  An  essay  on  plantations.      By  Sir  Francis  Bacon. 

II.  Some  passages  taken  out  of  the  history  of  Florence,  etc. 

III.  A  treatise.     By  John  De  Witt. 

IV.  The  benefit  of  plantations  or  colonies.     By  William  Penn. 

V.  A  discourse  concerning  plantations.     By  Sir.  Josiah  Child. 

London:  Printed  for  J.  Roberts.     {1783?~\      (8),  40  pp.     12°. 

Smith,  Adam.  Of  colonies:  of  the  motives  for  establishing  new. colonies;  causes  of 
the  prosperity  of  new  colonies;  of  the  advantages  which  Europe  has 
derived  from  the  discovery  of  America.   .   .   . 

(Inhis  An  inquiry  into  the  nature  and  causes  of  the  wealth  of  nations.     Reprinted 
from  the  6th  edition, with  an  introduction  by  E.  B.  Bax.    v. 2,  pp.62-156.     London, 
1896.) 
Note. — Also  to  be  found  in  other  editions  of  Smith's  works. 

— The  colonial  policy  of  Europe. 

i  In  Rand.  B.:  Selections  illustrating  economic  history  of  the  seven  years'  war.    2d 
edition,  pp.  1-30.     Cambridge,  1892.) 

Societe  d1  etudes  coloniales,  Bruxelles.     Bulletin,  3e-5e  annee.     1S96-98. 

Bruxelles,  1S96-98.     3  vols,  in  2.     S° . 

Note. -This  periodical  is  currently  received  at  the  Library. 
Thierry,  ('.  de.     Imperialism.      With  an  introduction  by  W.  E.  Henley. 

London:  Duckworth  &  company,  1898.     xv,  110  pp.     8°. 


Van  Octroy,  F.     ('(inventions  Internationales  (Mfinisaant  les  limites  actuelles  dea 
possessions,  protectorate  el  spheres  d'influence  eri  Afrique. 
Bruxelles:  Schepens,  1898.     518  pp.     8°. 

Wakefield,  Edward  Gibbon.     A  view  of  the  art  of  colonization,  with  present  refer- 
ence to  tlic  British  empire;  in  letters  between  a  statesman  and  a  colonist. 
London:  John  IT.  Parker,  1849.     xxiv,  513 pp.     8°. 

Note.— Inserted  in  the  body  of  the  work  are  Dr.  Hind's  "  Essay  on  colonization;" 
Charles  Butler's  "Mr.  Mothercountry  of  the  colonial  office;"  and  in  the  appendix 

"S] ch  of  Charles  Bull er  in  the  House  of  Commons,  April  6,   1843,  on  systematic 

colonization." 

Wallis,  J.P.     Early  colonial  constitutions. 

(In  Royal  historical  society.     Transactions,   new  series,   volume  10,  pp.  59-83.     Lon- 
don, 1896.) 

Worsfold,  W.  B.     South  Africa;  a  study  in  colonial   administration  and  develop- 
ment. 
London:  Methuen  &  company,  1895.     xii,  266  pp.     12°. 

Same.     2d  edition,  revised. 

London:  Methuen  &  company,  1897      xii,  308 pp.     M<i/>.     12°. 

Zimmermann,  Alfred.      Die  europaischen  Kolonien. 
Berlin,  1896-1899.     3  vols.     Mop*.     8°. 


I.  Die  Kolonialpolitik  Portugals  und  ihre  Entwickelung  von  denAnfang 
Gegenwart. 

II,  III.  Die  Kolonialpolitik  Grossbritanniens. 


THEORY  OF  COLONIZATION,  GOVERNMENT  OF  DEPENDENCIES,  PROTECTORATES,  ETC. 
ARTICLES   IN    PERIODICALS,   1898-1900. 

1898.  Does  trade  follow  the  flay?     Lord  Fairer. 
Contemporary  Review,  vol.  74  {December,  1S98),  810. 

1899.  Colonial  systems  of  the  world.      0.  P.  Austin. 
National  Geographic  Magazine,  vol.  10  [January,  1899),  21. 

1899.     The  spirit  of  conquest.     J.  Novicow. 

Appleton's  Popular  Science  Monthly,  ml.  54  [February,  1899),  518. 

1899.      Does  trade  follow  the  flag?     Lord  Masham. 

Contemporary  Review,  vol.  75  [February,  1899),  218. 

1899.     The  commercial  future:  I.  International  struggle  for  life.    Brooks  Adams. 
II.  The  commercial  sovereignty  of  the  seas.     B.  Taylor. 
Fortnightly  Review,  ml.  65  [February,  1899),  :: ',,  ^84. 

1899.      Imperialism.     .1.  L.  Walton. 

Contemporary  Review,  vol.  75  [March,  1899),  305. 


1899.     The  evolution  of  colonies:  Social  evolution.     J.Collier. 
Popular  Science  Monthly,  vol.  54  {March,  1899),  577. 

1899.     The  colonies  of  the  world  and  how  they  are  governed.     0.  P.  Aue 
Forum,  vol.  97  (May,  1899),  SOS. 

1899.     The  seamy  side  of  imperialism.     Robert  Wallace. 
Contemporary  Review,  vol.  75  (June,  1899),  782. 

1899.     The  flag  and   trade;  a  summary  review  of  the  trade  of  the  chie 
empires.     A.  W.  Flux. 
Royal  Statistical  Society  Journal,  vol.  62  (September,  1899),  489. 

1899.     The  imperial  function  of  trade.     II.  Birchenough. 
Nineteenth  Century,  vol.  46  (September,  1899),  352. 

1899.     The  value  of  the  imperial  idea. 

Spectator,  vol.  83  (October  7,  1899),  485. 

1899.  The  cooperation  of  colonial  governments.     J.  Macdomell. 
Journal  of  the  Society  of  Comp.  Legislation,  new  series,  vol.  3  (December 

1900.  Radicalism  and  the  imperial  spirit.     A.  R.  Carman. 
Contemporary  Review,  vol.  71  (January,  1900)-,  18. 

1900.     Does  colonization  pay?    O.P.Austin. 
Forum,  vol.  28  (January,  1900),  621. 


•lonial 


1899),  41. 


CLIMATE  AND  COLONIZATION. 

BOOKS. 

Annesley,  James.     Researches  into  the  causes,  nature,  and  treatment  of  the  more 
prevalent   diseases  of   India   and    of   warm    climates  generally.     Second 
edition. 
London:  Longman, Brown,  Green& Longmans,  184-1.    xii,606pp.     Portrait.   8°. 

Sketches  of  the  most  prevalent  diseases  of  India.     Second  edition,  with  cor- 
rections and  large  additions.      Illustrated  by  tables  and  plates. 
London:  S.  Highly,  1831.     xxiv,  501,  (;?)  pp.     8°. 

Burg,  C.  L.  van  der.     To  what  extent  are  tropical  altitudes  adapted  for  settlement 
by  Europeans? 

( In  International  congressof  hygieneand  demography.    Transactions,  seventh  session, 
v.  10,  pp.  170-178.     London.  1892.) 

Burnett,  Sir  William,  and  Alexander  Bryson.      Report  on  the  climate  and  principal 
diseases  of  the  African  station. 
London:  Clowes  &  sons,  1847.     xv,  {1),  266  pp.     8°. 

Burot,  F.,  and  M.  A.  Legrand.      Lea  trou  pes  coloniales.    Statistique  de  la  mortality. 
Paris:  J.  B.  Bailliere,  1897.     140  pp.     8°. 


Maladies  du  soldat  aux  pays  chauds. 

Paris:  ./.  I!.  Bailliere,  1897.     184  pp.     8°. 

Hygiene  du  soldat  sous  les  tropiques. 


Paris:  J.  11  Bailliere,  1898.     218 pp.     8°. 

The  hygiene  of  the  soldier  in  the  trollies.     Translated  by  G.  W.  Read. 

Kansas  City,  Mo.     \_1899.~]    8°.     (International  military  series.     7.) 

Cantlie,  James.     The  possibility  of  Europeans  and  their  families  becoming  natural- 
ized in  the  tropics. 

(hi  Journal  of  tropical  medicine,  November,   December,   1898;  January,   February, 
1899.) 

Climate  and  colonization. 

(Tii  Quarterly  Review,  vol.  190,  July,  1899,  pp.  268-288.) 

Cohn,  Emanuel.     Zur  Geschichte  der  deutschen  Tropenhygiene. 

(In  Deutsche  Kolonialzeitung,  neue  Folge,  vol.  13,  February  8, 1900, pp. 53-58.) 

Dumont,  Enrique.     Ensayo  de  una  historia  mgdico-quirurgica  de  la  ,  isla  de  Puerto 
Rico.     T.  1,  2,  entregal-4. 
Habana:  Imp.  "La  AntUla"  de  A".  Cacho-Negrete,  1875-1876.     j  vols.     8°. 

Volume  'J  lacks  all  after  p.  100. 

Felkin,  Robert  W.     Tropical  highlands;  their  suitability  for  European  settlement. 
{In  International  congressof  hygiene  and  demography.    Transactions,  seventh  ses- 
sion, vol.  10.  155-164.     London,  1892.  i 
8 


Giles,  G.  M.     Growth  and  developmenl  of  Anglo-Indian  children. 

[In  [nternationa]  congressof  hygiene  and  demography.    Transactions,  seventh  ses- 
sion, vol.  10,  pp.  184-185.    London,  1892.  | 

Hillary,  William.     A  treatise  on  such  diseases  as  are  the  most  freqnenl  in  or  arc 
peculiar  to  the  West  India  islands  or  the  torrid  zone.     With  notes  by  Ben- 
jamin Rush. 
Philadelphia:  Jane  Aitken,  1811.     166  pp.     8°. 

Horner,  <  iustavus  B.  B.      Medical  and  topographical  observations  upon  the  Mediter- 
ranean, and  uMini   Portugal,  Spain,  and  other  countries.     With  engrav- 
ings. 
Philadelphia:  Haswell,  Barrington  A-  Haswell,  1839.     212,  (I)  pp.     8°. 

Horton,  .lames  Africanus  15.      Physical  and  medical  climate  and  meteorology  of  the 
west  coast  of  Africa;  with  valuable  hints  to  Europeans  for  the  preserva- 
tion of  health  in  the  tropics. 
London:  John  <  'hurchill  A-  sons,  1847.     xix,  (1),  321  pp.     ,9°. 

Johnson,  James.     The   influence  of  tropical   climates  on    European   constitutions. 
Fifth  edition,  greatly  enlarged. 
London:  S.  Highley,  1836.     viii,  678pp.     8°. 

Manson,  Patrick.     Tropical  diseases.      A  manual  of  the  diseases  of  warm  climates. 
With  88  illustrations  and  1'  colored  plates. 
London:  Cassett  &  Company,  1898..    xvi,  607  pp.     12°. 

A  school  of  tropical  medicine. 

(In  Journal  of  the  Royal  Colonial  Institute, vol. 31, April,  1900, pp. 309-357. 1 

Markham,  Clements  R.     On  the  suitability  of  mountainous  regions  and  of  islands 
in  the  tropics  for  European  settlement. 

[In  International  congress  of  hygiene  and  demography.    Transactions,  seventh  ses- 
sion, vol.  10,  pp.  178-183.     London,  1S92.) 

Martin,  James  Ranald.     The  influence  of  tropical  climates  on   European  constitu- 
tions.    A  new  edition. 
London:  John  Churchill,  1856.     xv,  (1),  599pp.     S°. 

Moore,  Sir  William.     The  suitability  of  tropical  highlands  for  European  settlement. 
(In  International  congress  of  hygiene  and  demography.    Transactions,  seventh  ses- 
sion, vol.  10,  pp.  16-5-170.     London,  1892.) 

Orgeas,  J.     La  pathologie  des  races  humaines  et  le  probleme  de  la  colonisation. 
Paris:  Doin,  1886.     8°. 

Rho,  Filippo.     Malattie  predominant  nei  paesi  caldi  e  temperati.     (Igiene  e  accli- 
matazione  nei  paesi  caldi. ) 
Torino,  Rosenberg  e  Settier,  1897.     779  pp.     Plates.     S°. 

Rochard,  Jules.     Questions  d'hygiene  sociale  (l'acclimatement  dans  les  colonies 
francaises). 
Paris:  Hachette  et  Cie.,  1891.     vi,  337  pp.     16°. 

Sambon,  L.  W.     Acclimatization  of  Europeans  in  tropical  lands. 
I  In  Geographical  journal, vol.  12, pp. 589-606.    London,  1898.) 

Stokvis,  B.J.     On  the  comparative  pathology  of  human  races,  with  reference  to  the 
vital  resistance  of  Europeans  in  tropical  climates. 

[In  The  Practitioner:  vol.  46  (March,  1891),  223  240;  (April,  1891) ,  301-320;  (May,1891), 
S.     London,  1891.) 


10 

Towne,  Richard.     A  treatise  of  the  diseases  most  frequent  in  the  West  Indies,  and 
herein   nunc  particularly  of  those  which  occur  in  Barbadoes. 
London:  Printed  for  John  Clarke,  mdccxxm.     {10),  192  pp.    8°. 

Townsend,  1*.  S.     Memoir  on  the  topography,  weather,  and  diseases  of  the  Bahama 
Islands. 
New  York:  ./.  Seymmtr,  1826.     80  pp.     8°. 

Treille,  Georges.     Principes  d'hygiene  coloniale. 

Paris:  Carre  et  Naud,  1899.     I  2),  iv,  272pp.     8°. 

Williamson,  John.     Medical  and  miscellaneous  observations  relative  to  the  West 
India  Islands. 
Edinburgh:  Printed  by  Alexander  Smettie,  1817.     ?vols.     8°. 


EXPANSION   OF  THE   UNITED  STATES. 

SELECTED   LIST  OF  BOOKS  TREATING  OF  TERRITORIAL  ACQUISITIONS   PRIOR  TO 

THE  ANNEXATION  OF  HAWAII  AND  OF  THE  ISLANDS  ACQUIRED 

FROM  SPAIN  IN  1898. 

Baldwin,  Simeon  E.     The  historic  policy  of  the  United  stales  as  to  annexation. 
i  In  American  Historical  Association.    Annual  reporl  for  1893,  pp.369  390. 

Bicknell,  Edward.     The  territorial  acquisitions  of  the  United  States. 
Boston:  Small,  1899.     xi,  (1) ,  110  pp.     10°. 

Contents:  The  Northwestern  territory,  I7s7:  Louisiana,  L802;  Florida,  1819;  Oregon, 
1846;  Texas,  1845;  The  Mexican  cessions,  1848,  1853;  Alaska.  1867;  Hawaii.  1898;  The 
recent  acquisitions  in  the  West  Indies  and  the  Bast. 

Blanchard,  R.     The  discovery  and  conquests  of  the  Northwest. 

Chicago:  Gushing,    Thomas  &  Company,   1880.     ff84,   (.'),  30,   iv  />/>.      Plates 
(wood-cuts).     S°. 

Burgess,  John  W.     The  middle  period,  1817-1858.     Willi  maps. 

New  York:  Charles  Scribner' s Sows,  1897.     xvi,544pp-     Maps.     l.'°.     (Ameri- 
can History  series. ) 

Carpenter,  E.J.     America  in  Hawaii.     A  history  of  United  States  influence  in  the 
Hawaiian  islands. 
Boston,  Small,  Maynard  &  Company,  1899.     xi,  (/),  275pp.     Portraits.     12°. 

Cooley,  Thomas  M.     The  acquisition  of  Louisiana. 

Indianapolis:  The  Bowen-Merrill  Company,  1887.     93  pp.     8°.     (Indiana  His- 
torical society:  Publications,  No.  3.) 

"Considers  the  constitutional  questions  involved  in  territorial  acquisitions." 

Donaldson,  Thomas.  The  public  domain.  Its  history,  with  statistics,  with  refer- 
ences to  the  national  domain,  colonization,  acquirement  of  territory,  the 
survey,  administration,  and  several  methods  of  sale  and  disposition  of  the 
public  domain  of  the  United  States,  witli  sketch  of  legislative  historj  of 
the  land  system  of  the  colonies,  and  also  thai  of  several  foreign  govern- 
ments. 
Washington:  Government  Printing  Office,  1881.  vi,544pp-  Folded-maps.  8°. 
(  U.  S.  JjBth  ( 'ongress,  3d  session.     Exi  cutive  Document  47,  pt.  J. ) 

Farrand,  Max.     The  legislation  of  Congress  for  the  government  of  the  organized 
territories  of  the  United  States.      1789-1895. 
Wm.  A.  Baker,  printer,  Newark,  X<  w  Jersey,  1896.     (4),  101  pp.     8°. 

Freeman,   Edward    Augustus.      Greater  Greece  and  Greater  Britain,  and  George 
Washington  the  expander  of  England.     Two  lectures,  with  an  appendix. 
London:  MaaniUan  &  Company,  1880.     (4), 143pp.     12°. 

Gannett,  Henry.     Boundaries  of  the  United  States  and  of  the  several  states  and 
territories,  with  a  historical  sketch  of  the  territorial  changes. 
Washington:  Government  Printing  Office,  1885.     135pp.    S° .     t  U.S.  Geological 
Survey  Bulletin,  no.  IS.  ) 

11 


12 

Griffis,  William  Elliot.     The  romance  of  Ajnerican  colonization:  How  the  founda- 
tion stones  of  our  history  were  laid. 
Boston  and  Chicago:    W.  A.Wilde  &  Company,  [1898].    295  pp.     Plates  (pho- 
togravures).    Small  4°. 

Hermann,  Binger.     The  Louisiana  purchase,  and  our  title  west  of  the  Rocky  Moun- 
tains, with  a  review  of  annexation  by  the  United  States. 
Washington:  Government  Printing  Office,  1898.     81  pp.     Portrait.     Maps.     /,°. 
Hinsdale,  B.  A.     The  old  Northwest,  with  a  view  of  the  thirteen  colonies  as  con- 
stituted by  the  royal  charters. 
New  York:   Tovmsend  MacCoun,  1888.     vi,  (2),  440pp.     Maps.    8°. 

Jollivet,    Adolphe.       Documents   americains.      Troisieme   serie.      Les   Etats-Unis 
d'Amerique.     Annexion  du  Texas.      L'Oregon. 
Paris:  de  V imprimerie  de  Bruneau,  Avril  1845.     74  pp.     8°. 

McConachie,  Lauros  <i.     National  expansion. 

Chicago,  1899.  134  />/>■  Portraits.  8°.  (Progress.  Issued  monthly  by  the 
University  Association  in  the  interests  of  university  and  world's  congn  ss  <  xtension. 
vol.  5,  no.  2.) 

Contents:  The  national  awakening;  occupancy  of  the  vacant  continent;  homogeneity, 
federation  ami  character  building;  isolation  vs.  intercourse;  protection  of  the  weak: 
aggression  and  co-operation;  the  lessons  of  history  and  polities;  the  expansion  of 
Europe;  spheres  of  influence  and  the  open  door;  world  politics;  growth  of  American 
trade.  Bibliography:  Arguments  for  expansion,  by  Samuel  Fallows;  The  present 
crisis,  by  Edwin  D.  Mead. 

Roosevelt,  Theodore.     The  winning  of  the  West.     With  maps. 
New  Vork  and  London:  G.  I'.  Putnam' s  Sons.     1889-1896. 
contexts: 
Volume  1.  From  the  Alleghanies  to  the  Mississippi,  1769-1776. 
Volume  2.  From  the  Alleghanies  to  the  Mississippi,  1777-1783. 
Volume  3.  The  founding  of  the  trans-Alleghany  commonwealths,  lTst-1790. 
Volume  1.  Louisiana  and  the  Northwest,  1791-1807. 

Winsor,  J.     The  westward  movement.     The  colonies  and  t lie  republic  west  of  the 
Alleghanies,  1763-1798.     With  full  cartographical  illustrations  from  con- 
temporary SOI  lives. 
BostonandNew  York:   Houghton,  Mifflin  &  Co.,  1897.    viii,  595  pp.     Portraits. 

8°. 

Winsor,  J.,  and  Edward  Channing.     Territorial  acquisitions  and  divisions.     1783- 
1850. 

( In  Winsor,  J.:  Narrative  and  critical  history  of  America,  vol.7,  pp.  528-662.  Boston, 
1888.) 


EXPANSION   OF  THE   UNITED  STATES,   1898-1900. 

HISTORY,  DISCUSSION  OF  PRINCIPLES,  ETC. 

BOOKS. 

Adams,  Charles  Francis.      "Imperialism"  and  "The  tracks  of  our  forefathers." 
A  paper  read  before  the  Lexington,  Mass.,  Historical  society,  December 
20,  1898. 
BnsUm:  Dana  Estes  &  Company,  1899.     37pp.     8°. 

Allen,  William  Y.      Necessary  and  natural  territorial  expansion. 

i  in  Bryan,  \V.  J.,  and  ethers:  Republic  or  empire,  pp.  287-304.    Chicago,  1899.) 

American  academy  of  political  and  social  science.     The  foreign  policy  of  the 
United  States,  political  and  commercial;  addresses  and  discussions  at  the 
annual  meeting,  April  7-8,  1899. 
Philadelphia:  American  academy  of  •political  and  social  science,  1899.     (4),  216 
pp.     8°. 

CONTENTS. 

The  governmei  t  of  dependencies,  by  Theodore  S.  Woolsey. 

Constitutional  aspeel  of  the  government  of  dependencies,  by  E.  W.  Huffcut. 

The  government  of  dependencies,  by  A.  Lawrence  Lowell. 

The  government  of  tropical  colonies,  byW.  Alleyne  Ireland;  discussion  by  Dr.Talcott 

Williams,  Prof,  I..  S.  Rowe. 
Militarism  and  democracy,  by  Carl  Schurz. 
The  commercial   relations  of    the  United  States  with  the   tar  East,  by  Worthington 

Chauncey  Ford. 
The  commercial  relations  of  the  United  States  with  the  far  East,  by  Robert  T.  Hill; 

discussion  by  John  Ford,  Dr.  W.P.Wilson.  Prof .  E.  R.  Johnson. 
The  political  relations  of  the  United  States  with  the  far  Fast,  by  John  Bassetl  Moore. 
China's  relations  with  the  West, by  H.  E.  Wu  Ting  Fang. 
The  political  relations  of  the  United  States  with  the  European  powers  in  the  far  East, 

by  Lindley  Miller  Keasbey. 
The  real  menace  of  Russian  aggression,  by   Frederick  Wells  Williams. 

Anti-imperialistic  league.     Address  adopted  by  the  Anti-imperialistic  league. 
(In  Bryan,  W.  J.,  and  others:  Republic  or  empire, pp. 695-710.     Chicago,  1899. ) 

Bacon,  Augustus  <  >.     Independence  for  the  Philippines. 

(In  Bryan,  W.  J.,  and  others:  Republicor  empire, pp. 523-548.    Chicago,  1899.) 

Bancroft,  Hubert  Howe.     The  new  Pacific. 

New  York:  The  Bancroft  Company,  1900.     iv,  (2),  738 pp.     Map.     8°. 
"Imperialism;  the  policy  of  expansion,"  pp.144-184. 
"  Hawaii,  the  pearl  of  the  Pacific,"  pp.  548  565. 
"  Philippine  archipelago  and  Asiatic  isles."  pp.566-580. 

Blackman,  William  Fremont.     The  making  of  Hawaii;  a  study  in  evolution. 
New    York:  MacmUlan  Company,  1899.     oni,  266  pp.     8°. 

Boutwell,  George  S.     The  crisis  of  the  republic. 

Boston:  Dana  Estes  &  Company,  1900.     (4),  215pp.     8°. 


14 

Bryan,  William   Jennings,  and   others.      Republic  or  empire?      The   Philippine 
question. 
Chicago:  The  Independence  Company,  1899.     762  pp.     Portrait.    8°. 

Consists  of  speeches,  etc.,  in  opposition  to  expansion  by  W.  J.  Bryan,  Andrew 
Carnegie,  J.B. Weaver,  B.R. Tillman,  George C. Vest,  George  F.  Hoar,  S.M.White, 
Samuel  Gompers,  Charles  Francis  Adams,  Arthur  P.  Gorman,  Henry  M.Teller, 
George  F.  Edmunds,  Marion  Butler,  A.E.Stevenson,  David  Starr  .Ionian,  W.V. 
Allen.  Charles  A.  Towne,  CarlSchurz,  J.W.Daniel,  Henry  Van  Dyke.  H.D.Money, 

W.E.Mason,  H.R.Chilton,  A.O.Bai ,  George  W. Turner,  J.McLaurin,  A.S.Clay, 

E. W. Johnson,  J. G. Carlisle,  J. L. Spalding,   G. C.  Lorimer,  J.L.Barton,  H.C.  Potter, 
George  I'.  Fisher,  T.J.Conaty,  Daniel  Merriman;  also  the  following  documents: 

McEnery  and  Bacon  resolutions;  The  gospel  of  force,  poem,  by  Bertrand  Shadwell. 

Appendix:  Protocol  of  agreement:  Treaty  of  peace;  Letter  of  Admiral  Dewey;  Agui- 
naldo's  proclamation— dictatorial;  Aguinaldo's  establishment  of  revolutionary 
government:  Message  of  president  of  Philippine  revolution;  State  correspondence; 
Agninaldo  to  President:  Aguinaldo  to  Mr.  Williams. 

Bryan,  William  S.,  ed.     Our  islands  and  their  people  as  seen  with  camera  and  pen- 
cil; introduced  by  J.  Wheeler,  with  special  descriptive  matter  and  narra- 
tives by  J.  de  Olivares  .  .  .  Photographs  by  B.  Townsend. 
St.    Louis,    New    York:     N.    I>.  Thompson,    moo.     ..J  pts.,  illustrated.     Plates. 
Folio. 

Carlisle,  John  Griffin.     Our  future  policy. 

[In  Bryan.  W.  J.,  and  others:  Republic  or  empire,  pp.  649-673.     Chicago,  1899.  i 

Carpenter,  E.  J.     America  in  Hawaii.     A  history  of  the  United  States  influence  in 
the  Hawaiian  islands. 
Boston:  Small,  Maynard&Co.,  1899.     xi,  (1),  275pp.     Portrait.     12°. 

Chetwood,  John.     Manila,  or  Monroe  doctrine ? 

New   York:   Robert  Lewis  Wood  Company,  [1898.]    52pp.     16°. 

Chilton,  Horace.      Annexation  dangerous  to  labor. 

In  Bryan,  W.  . I.  and  others:  Republic  or  empire,  pp.  501-622.     Chicago,  1899 
Clay,  Alexander  S.      Excessive  taxation  destructive  to  patriotism. 

[In  Bryan,  w.  J.  and  others:  Republic  or  empire,  pp.  595-61 1.    Chicago,  1899.  i 

Copeland",  Thomas  Campbell.      American  colonial    handbook.      A    ready    reference 
book  of  lads  and  figures,  historical,  geographical,  and  commercial,  aboul 
Cuba,  Puerto  Rico,  the  Philippines,   Hawaii,  and  Guam. 
Funk  &    Wagnalls  Company,   New    York  and    London:    189$.      180,  (J)   /<;*. 
Maps.     KJ°. 

Daniel,  John  W.     The  effect  of  annexation  of  the  Philippines  on  American  labor. 
[In  Bryan,  W.  J., and  others:  Republic  or  empire,  pp.367-425.    Chicago,  1899. ) 

Draper,  A.  S.     The  rescue  of  Cuba:  an  episode  in  the  growth  of  free  government. 
London:  Gay  and  Bird,  1899.     8°. 

Duffield,  J.  Davis.      Address  at  the  foreign  policy  conference,  August,  1898. 
Philadelphia,  1898.     (4)  pp.     8°. 

Fernald,  James  ( '.     The  imperial  republic.      With  live  maps. 

Fun k  &  Wagnalls  Company,  New  York  and  London:  1898.     192pp.     12°. 

Contents;  The  ghost  of  imperialism;  Our  traditional  policy;  "  Entangling  alliances; " 
The  United  states  as  a  sea-power:  Trade  follows  the  flag;  The  highway  to  the 
orient:  The  empire  of  the  Pacific;  The  debt  of  humanity:  Colonial  policies  con- 
trasted; A  true  colonial  policy;  Possibilities  of  our  new  possessions. 

Fisher,  Horace  N.     Principles  of  colonial  government  adapted  to  the  present  needs 
of  Cuba  and  Porto  Rico  and  the  Philippines. 
Boston:   I..  C.  Page&  Company,  1899.     56  pp.     8°. 


15 

Gardiner,  Charles  A.     Our  rigid  to  acquire  and  hold  foreign  territory. 

G.  P.  Putnam's  Sons,  New  York:  1899.     [4),  56  pp.     12°.     (Questions  of  the 
day,  no.  93.) 

Giddings,  Franklin  Henry.     Democracy  and  empire.     With  studies  of  their  psy- 
chological, economic,  and  moral  foundations. 
New  York:  Macmillan  Company,  1900.     x,  363  pp.     8°. 

Pp.  267-290  contain  argument  for  Anglo-Saxon  alliance;  with  discussion  of  commer- 
cial advantages  of  the  East. 
"The  consent  of  the  governed,"  pp.257-266. 
"  imperialism,"  ]>i>.'Jti7-290. 

Griffis,  William  Elliot.     America  in  the  East.     A  glance  at  our  history,  prospects, 
problems,  and  duties  in  the  Pacific  ocean. 
New  York:  A.  S.   Barnes  &  Company,  1899.     x,  ( 2),  244  pp.     Plates  (photo- 
gravures).    12°. 

The  romance  of  conquest.     The  story  of  American  expansion  through  arms 

and  diplomacy. 
Boston:  W.  A.  Wilde  Company,  [1899].     312pp.     Plates.     8°. 

Hoar,  George  Frisbie.     "Before  everything — liberty."    Our  duty  to  the  Philippines. 
A  letter  reprinted  from  the  Springfield  Republican,  January  11,  1900. 
Published  by  the  New  England  AntiAmperialist  league,  1900.     15  pp.     1J°. 

No  constitutional  power  to  conquer  foreign  nations  and  hold  their  people  in 

subjection  against  their  will.     Speech  in  the  Senate,  January  9,  1899. 
Washington,  1899.     28  pp.     8°. 

A  question  of  conscience.     Letter  to  the  editor  of  the  Boston  Herald,  Jan- 

uary 2,   1MI  HI. 

[Washington  1900.1     11 PP-     8°-     No  title-page. 
Caption  title. 
Same  as  "  Before  everything— liberty."    our  duty  to  the  Philippines. 

Letter,  March  29,  1899.     [To  citizens  of  Massachusetts  on  the  Philippine 

policy.] 
[Boston]  Published  by  tin  Antirdmperialist  league.     1899.     14  pp. 

Our  duty  to  the  Philippines. 

Fromth   Independent,  New  York,  November  9, 1899.     [New  York,  1899.]     8  pp. 

Si, i, ill  4°. 

Johnson,  Henry  U.     Imperial  splendor  and  imperial  mistakes. 

In  Bryan,  W.  J.,  and  others:  Republic  or  empire,  pp.  649-673.    Chicago,  1899.) 
Jordan,  David  Stan-.      Imperial  democracy.     A  study  of  the  relation  of  government 
by  the  people,  equality  before  the  law,  and  other  tenets  of  democracy,  to 
the  demands  of  a  vigorous  foreign  policy  and  other  demands  of  imperial 
dominion. 
New  York:  H.  Appleton  &  Company,  1899.     ix,  (1),  293pp.     8°. 
Levere,  William  ( !.      Imperial  America.     The  policy  of  national  expansion. 
Chicago:   Forbes  &  Company,  1898.     128  pp.     12°. 

Lindsay,  William.     Lower  to  acquire  foreign  territory. 

In  American  Har  Association  reports,  vol. 22, pp. 327-357.     Philadelphia,  1899. ) 

Lomax,  Tennent.     An  imperial  colonial  policy;  opposition  to  it  the  supreme  duty  of 
patriotism.     Oration  at  the  University  of  Alabama,  June  20, 1898. 
.V.  /'..  [1898?]      21pp.     8°. 

g  McLaurin,  John  L.     Our  new  colonial  policy. 

{In  Bryan,  W. J., and  others:  Republic  or  empire,  pp.577-594.    Chicago,  1899.) 


16 

Mahan,  A.  T.      Lessons  of  the  war  with  Spain,  and  other  articles. 

Boston:  Utile,  Brown  &  Co.,  1899.     xvi,  (g),  320 pp.     Map.     12°. 

March,  Alden.  The  history  and  conquest  of  the  Philippines  and  our  other  island 
possessions.  Embracing  our  war  with  the  Filipinos  in  1899  ...  an 
authentic  history  of  the  Spanish  war  .  .  .  the  history  of  Cuba,  Porto  Rico, 
the  Ladrone,  and  the  Hawaiian  islands  from  their  discovery  to  the  present 
time.  Embellished  with  over  one  hundred  full  page  half-tone  and  other 
engravings. 
John  C.  Winston,  Philadelphia,  [1899'].     498pp.     4°. 

Mason,  William  E.     Universal  liberty. 

i  In  Bryan,  W.  J., and  others:  Republic  or  empire, pp. 473-498.    f'hicago,  1899.) 

Money,  Hernando  IK     Let  ns  not  with  our  own  hands  stain  the  immaculate  shield 
of  American  arms. 

i  /;/  Bryan,  W.J.,and  others:  Empire  or  republic,  pp.  449-470.    Chicago,  1899.  | 

Morris,  Charles.     Our  island  empire.     A  handbook  of  Cuba,  Porto  Rico,   Hawaii, 
and  the  Philippine  islands. 
./.  /.'.  Lippincott  Company,  Philadelphia,  1899.     xii,  (7),  488 pp.     Map.     8°. 

Peffer,  William  A.     Americanism  and  the  Philippines. 
(  ram  &  ( 'ompany,  Topeka,  1900.     150  pp.     8°. 

Pepper,  Charles  M.     To-morrow  in  Cuba. 

New  York  and  London:     Harper  &  Brothers,  1899.     (8),  362  pp.     Foldedmap. 

Powers,  II.  II.     The  war  as  a  suggestion  of  manifest  destiny. 

Philadelphia:     American  Academy  of  political  and  social  science,  1898.     20  pp. 
{Publications  of  the  Society,  no.  235.)     8°. 

"  Professor  Powers  shows  the  development  of  the  policy  of  imperialism  from  the  time 
of  Jefferson,  and  the  inevitableness of  the  war.  He  then  sets  forth  the  results  which 
must  follow  from  our  appearance  as  a  world  power,  and  why  the  final  struggle  for 
world  domination  must  lie  between  the  Anglo-Saxon  and  the  Slav  races.  He  also 
endeavors  to  forecast  the  result  of  this  struggle." 

Randolph,  Carman  F.     Notes  on  the  law  of  territorial  expansion. 
[New  York:  Privately  printed.     1900.]    54  pp.    8°. 

Rayner,  Isador.     Speeches  and  addresses. 

Baltimore:  John  Murphy  &  Company,  1899.     {6),  318 pp.     12°. 
Imperialism,  pp.  280-291. 

Schurz,  Carl.      American  imperialism. 

{In  Bryan,  W.  .1.,  and  others:  Republic  or  empire,  pp.329-363.    Chicago,  1899.) 

Spalding,  Bishop  J.  L.     Love  of  country. 

(In  Bryan,  W.  J.,  and  others:  Republic  or  empire.  ]>]>.  675-693.    Chicago,  1899.) 

Swift,  Morrison  I.     Imperialism  and  liberty. 

Los  Angeles:   The  Rowbroke press,  1899.     ix,  (l),  491  pp.     8°. 
"Opposed  to  expansion." 

Tompkins,  D.  A.     American  commerce,  its  expansion.     A  collection  of  addresses 
and  pamphlets  relating  to  the  extension  of  foreign  markets  for  American 
manufacturers. 
( 'harlotte,  N.  C:  Published  by  the  author,  1900.     154pp.     12°. 

Townsend,  Luther  Tracy.      "Manifest  destiny"  from  a  religious  point  of  view.     An 
address   delivered    before   the   Boston   music   hall   patriotic   association, 
November  6,  1898. 
Baltimore:  Baltimore  Methodist,  [1S98~\.     61pp.     16°. 


17 

Stat 

tepublic  orei 

apire,  pp 

il  d< 

smocracy." 

Dutcl 

Turner,  George  W.     Our  sh 
I///  Bryan,  W.  J.,  ai 

Valentine,    John   .1.      "  [mperia]    democracy."       Dutch    colonizers    in    .Malaysia. 

Annexation  of  the  Philippines. 

San  Francisco,  1899.     53  pp.     8°. 

Van  Dyke,  Henry.     The  American  birthrighl  and  the  Philippine  pottage. 

I  In  Bryan,  \V.  J.,  and  others:  Republic  or  empire,  pp.  129-446.    Chicago,  1899.) 
Visger,  .lean  A.  Owen.     The  story  of  Hawaii. 

London  and  New  York:  Harper  &  Brothers,  1898.     vii,  (5),  219pp.     Plate.    8°. 

Vivian,  Thomas  J.,  and    Unci   1'.  Smith.      Everything  about   our  new  possessions. 
Being  a  handy  book  on  Cuba,  Porto  Rico,  Hawaii,  and  the  Philippines. 
New  York:  A'.  /•'.  Fenno  &  Company,  1899.     IS.J />/>.     16°. 

Waldstein,  Charles.     The  expansion  of  Western  ideals  and  the  world's  peace. 
John  Lane,  New  Yorkand  London,  1899.     194pp.     16°. 

Whitney,  Caspar.      Hawaiian  America.     Something  of  its  history,    resources,   and 
prospects.     Profusely  illustrated. 
New   York  and  London:  Harper  &  Brothers,  1899.      xii,  (2),  357  pp.     Plates 
(photogravures).     S°. 


EXPANSION   OF  THE   UNITED  STATES,  1898-1900. 
ARTICLES  IN  PERIODICALS. 

1898.     The  war  as  a  suggestion  of  manifest  destiny.     H.  II.  Powers. 

Annuls  of  the  Amer.  Acad,  of  Pol.  and  Social  Science,  vol.  1.'  (Sept.,  1898),  pp. 
173-192. 

1898.      International  isolation  of  the  United  States.      Richard  Olney. 
Atlantic,  vol.  81  (May,  1898),  p.  577. 

1898.      The  United  States  and  the  control  of  the  tropics,      benjamin  Kidd. 
Atlantic,  vol.  82  (Dec.,  1898),  p.  721. 

1898.     Our  government  of  newly  acquired  territory.     C.  E.  Boyd. 
Atlantic,  vol.  82  (Dec,  189$),  p.  73S. 

1898.     Thoughts  on  American  imperialism.     ('.  Schurz. 
Century,  vol.  56  (Sept.,  1898),  p.  7S1. 

1898.      The  territory  with  which  we  are  threatened.      W.   Reid. 

Century,  vol.  56  (Sept.,  1898),  p.  788. 
1898.      American  expansion  and  the  inheritance  of  the  race.     W.  L.  Clowes. 

Fortnight/;/  Rev.,  vol.  64  (Dec,  1S98),  p.  884- 

1898.      Isolation  or  imperialism?     J.R.Procter. 
Forum,  vol.  26  (Sept.,  1898),  p.  14- 

1898.     The  dangers  of  imperialism.     W.  [McDonald. 
Forum,  vol.  26  (Oct.,  1898),  p.  177. 

1898.     Annexation  and  universal  suffrage.     J.  P>.  McMaster. 
Forum,  vol.  26  (Dec,  1898),  p.  393. 

1898.     Eastward  expansion  of  the  United  States.     A.  R.  Colquhoun. 

Harper's  Mag.,  vol.  07  (Nov.,  1898) ,  p.  932. 

4997 2 


18 

1898.      American  policy  of  territorial  expansion.     II.  C.  Lodge. 
Independent,  vol.  50  (Jan.  13,  1898),  p.  41. 

1898.     Dangers  of  colonial  expansion.     <!.  F.  Hoar. 
Independent,  vol.  50  [July  7,  189S),  p.  8. 

1898.     The  territorial  expansion  of  the  United  States.     J.  T.  Morgan. 
Independent,  vol.  50  (Jul//  7,  1898),  p.  11. 

1898.      Washington's  foreign  policy  and  the  Philippines.     J.  A.  Woodhnrn. 
Independent,  vol.  50  (Oct.  27,  1898),  p.  1170. 

1898.     The  parting  of  the  ways  in  the  foreign  policy  of  the  United  States.     F.  Adler. 
rut.  J.  of  Ethics,  vol.  9  (Oct.,  189S),  p.  1. 

1898.      Annexation;  Ethics  of  the  war. 

Nation,  vol.  67  (Sept.  22,  1898),  pp.  216-217. 

1898.     The  coming  struggle  in  the  Pacific.     B.  Taylor. 

Nineteenth  Century,  vol.  44  (Oct.,  1898),  )>.  656. 
1898.     The  problem  of  the  Philippines.     C.  W.  Dilke. 

No.  Amer.  Rev.,  rnl.  167  (Sept.,  1898),  p.  257. 

1898.     The  economic  basis  of  imperialism.     C.  A.  Conant. 
No.  Amer.  Rev.,  vol.  107  (Sept,  1898),  />.  326. 

1898.     Difficnlti&s  in  assimilating  Hawaii.     L.  A.  Beardslee. 
No.  Amer.  Rev.,  vol.  167  (Oct.,  1898),  p.  473. 

1898.     Pending  problems.     H.Taylor. 

No.  Amer.  Rev.,  vol.  167  (Nov.,  1898) ,  p.  609. 

1898.     Colonial  government:  What  is  our  capacity  for  it? 

Outlook,  vol.  60  (Nov.  20,  1S98),  p.  753. 

1898.     The  Anglo-Saxon  in  the  tropics.     W.  E.  Griffis. 
Outlook,  vol.  60  (Dec.  10,  1898),  p.  902. 

1898.     Imperialism.     F.  H.  Giddings. 

Pol.  Sri.  Quar.,  vol.  13  (Dec,  1898),  p.  585. 

1898.     The  evolution  of  colonies.     .T.Collier. 
Pop.  Sci.  Mo.,  vol.  53  (July-Sept.,  1898). 

1898.     L'equilibre  intercontinental.     Les  Etats-Unis  el  l'Espagne.     Les  puissances 
coloniales.     L.  Drapeyron. 

Rev.  Giographique,  vol.  43  (1898),  pp.  7-12. 

1898.     Recent  development  of  policy  in  the  United  States.     J.  Chamberlain. 
Scribner's  Mag.,  vol.  24  (Dec,  1898),  p.  674- 

1898.     The  American  colonies. 

Spectator  (  Nov.  ■',.  1898),  p.  640. 

Forecast  of  the  difficulties  of  governing  Cuba,  Porto  Rico,  and  the  Philippines. 

1898.     The  principle  of  intervention.     L.  T.  Hengstler. 
Univ.  Chronicle,  vol.  1  (Dec,  1898),  p.  521. 

1898.  Aspects  of  empire  and  colonization,  past  and  present.     R.  D.  Melville. 
Western  Rev.,  vol.  150  (Oct.,  1898),  p.  363;  Eclectic,  new  series,  vol.  us  (Dec, 

1898),  p.  721. 

1899.  Our  Federal  Constitution  and  the  government  of  tropical  territories.     II.  P. 

Judson. 
Am.  Rev.  of  Reviews,  vol.  19  (Jan.,  1899),  p.  67, 


19 


1899.     The  drift  towards  colonial  and  protectorate  governments.     I>.  Dorchester. 

Am.  Rev.  of  Reviews,  vol.  69  I  Feb.,  1899),  p.  199. 
1899.     The  problem  of  territorial  expansion.     J.  < i.  Schurman. 

Am.  Rev.  of  Reviews,  vol  20  |  Nov.,  1899),  p.  567. 

1899.     Americanizing  Spanish  colonies.     A.J.  Miller. 
Anglo-Amer.  Mag.,  vol.  1  (Mar.,  1899),  p.  156. 

1899.     American  policy  in  the  Far  East.     J.  M.  King,  jr. 
Anglo-Amer.  Mag.,  vol.  l  (May,  1899),  p.  432. 

1899.     Annex  the  Philippines.     E.  A.  Balch. 

Anglo-Amer.  Mag.,  vol.  I  (May,  1899),  p.  47.'. 

1899.     Constitutional  aspects  of  the  government  of  dependencies.     E.  W.  Huffcut. 
Annals  of  Amer.  Acad.  (May,  1899),suppl,  p.  19. 

1899.     The  government  of  dependencies.     A.  L.  Lowell. 
Annals  of  Amer.  Acad.  (May,  1899),  suppl,  p.  46. 

1899.     The  government  of  tropical  colonies.     \Y.  A.  Ireland. 
Annals  of  Amer.  Acad.  (May,  1899),  suppl,  p.  60. 

1899.     The  government  of  dependencies.     T.  S.  Woolsey. 
Annals  of  Amer.  Acad.  (May,  1899),  suppl.,  p.  .3. 

1899.     Militarism  and  democracy.     C.  Schurz. 

Annals  of  Amer.  Acad.  (May,  1899),  suppl,  p.  77. 

1899.     A  review  of  our  foreign  policy  in  the  Far  East.     J.  B.  Moore. 
Annals  of  Amer.  Anal.  (May,  1899),  suppl,  p.  163. 

1899.     Our  new  colonial  policy. 

Arena,  vol.  21  (Jan.,  1899),  p.  84. 
1899.     The  colonial  expansion  of  the  United  States.     A.  L.  Lowell. 

Atlantic  (Feb.,  1899). 

1899.      Expansion  of  the  American  people.      E.  E.  Sparks. 
Chautauguan,  vol.  30  (Oct.-Dec.,  1899):  49,  157,  264. 

1899.      American  policy  of  expansion.     Champ  Clark. 

Conserv.  Rev.,  vol.  1  (Feb.,  1899),  p.  78. 
1899.     The  treaty  with  Spain  in  its  relation  to  territorial  acquisition.     A.  1..  Knott. 

Conserv.  Rev.',  ml.  l  |  Feb.,  1899),  p.  147. 

1899.      A  question  of  national  honor.     W.  H.  Fleming. 
Conserv.  Rev.,  vol  1  (May,  1899),  j>.  199. 
In  favor  hi  recognition  of  Filipino  republic. 

1899.     North  and  South  in  national  expansion.     J.  C.  Ballagh. 
Conserv.  Rev.,  vol.  l  (May,  1899),  p.  291. 

1899.     Imperialism  in  the  United  States.     Goldwin  Smith. 
Contemp.  Rev.,  vol.  75  (May,  1899), p.  620. 

-   1899.     The  future  relations  of  Great  Britain  and  the  United  States.     C.  W.  Dilke. 
Forum,  vol.  26  i./m,.,  1S99),  p.  521. 

1899.     The  war  and  the  extension  of  civilization.     D.J.Hill. 
Forum,  vol.  26  (Feb.,  1899),  p.  650. 

1899.      Why  the  treaty  should  he  ratified.     ('.  Denby. 
Forum,  vol.  26  (Feb.,  1899),  p.  641. 


20 

1899.     The  conditions  of  g 1  colonial  government.     E.L,Godkin. 

Forum,  vol.27  [Apr.,  1899),  p.  190. 

1899.     A  side-issue  of  expansion.     Julian  Hawthorne. 
Forum,  vol.  27  {June,  1899),  p.  441- 

1899.     The  struggle  for  commercial  empire.     C.  A.Conant. 
Forum, vol.  2"i   {.him,  1899) ,  p.  4 '7. 

1899.     A  paradise  regained:  Cuba.     G.Reno. 
Forum,  vol.  27  {Aug.,  1899), p.  669. 

1899.     How  shall  Puerto  Rico  be  governed?     II.  K.Carroll. 
Forum,  vol.  28  {Nov.,  1899),  p.  257. 

1899.      Brother  Jonathan's  colonies.     A.  B.  Hart. 
Harper's  Mag.,  vol.  98  {Jan.,  1899),  p.  319. 

1899.     America  in  the  Pacific  and  Far  East.     John  Barrett. 
Harper's  Mag.,  vol.  99  {Nov.,  1899),  p.  917. 

1899.     Europe  and  American  imperialism.     T.Stanton. 
Independent,  vol.   51  {Feb.  9,  1899),  389. 

1899.      The  Catholic  church  and  expansion.     H.  A.  Stimson. 
Independent,  vol.  51  {Feb.  9,  1899),  396. 

1899.      Destiny's  little  bill. 

Nation,  vol.  68  {Mar.  9,  1899),  176. 

1899.     Shadows  of  English  imperialism. 
Nation,  vol.  68  {Mar.  9,  1899),  176. 

1899.     An  academic  discussion  of  expansion: 
Nation,  vol.  68  {Apr.  20,  1899),  292. 

1899.     The  original  territory  of  the  United  States.     I>.  J.  Hill. 
Nat.  Geog.  Mag., vol.  10  (Mar.  1899),  73. 

1899.     The  month  in  America:  colonial  policy,  etc.     A.M.  Low. 
National  Rev., vol.32  {Jan.,  1899),  680. 

1899.     Americanism  versus  imperialism.     A.  Carnegie. 

No.  Amer.  Rev.,  vol.  168  {Jan.,  1899),  1;  {Mar.,  1899),  362. 

1899.      [mperial  responsibilities  a  national  gain.     G.  S.Clarke. 
No.  Amer.  Rev.,  vol.  1GS  {Feb., 1899),  129. 

1899.     Americanism  versus  imperialism.     A.  Carnegie. 
No.  Amer.  Rev.,  vol.  168  |  Mar.,  1899),  362. 

1899.     National  bigness  or  greatness — which?     H.  C.  Potter. 
No.  Amer.  Rev.,  vol.  168  (Apr.,  1899),  433. 

1899.      What  Spain  can  teach  America.     X.  Estevanez. 

No.  Amer.  Rev.,  16S  {May,  1899),  563. 

1899.     The  paramount  power  of  the  Pacific.     J.  Barrett. 

No.  Amer.  Rev.,  vol.  169  (Aug.,  1S99),  165. 
1899.     A  trained  colonial  service.     E.  G.  Bourne. 

No.  Amer.   Rev.,  vol.  169  (  Oct.,  1899),  528. 

1899.     Has  Congress  abdicated?    J.Pulitzer. 

No.  Amer.  lire.,  vol.  169  (Dec.,  1899),  885. 

1899.     Congress,  the  President,  and  the  Philippines.     Perry  Belmont. 
No.  Amer.  Rev.,  vol.  169  {Dec,  1899),  S94. 


21 

1899.     The  Pacific  ocean  and  our  future  there.     W.  E.  Griffis. 

Outlook,  vol.  61  (Jan.  14,  1899),  110. 
1899.     The  dread  of  expansion.     A  historical  review.     J.  B.  McMaster. 

Outlook,  vol.  61  (Jan.  21,  1899),  161. 
1899.     Tin- territorial  system  for  our  new  possessions.      II.  K.  Carroll. 

Outlook,  ml.  63  (Dec.  23,  1899),  966. 
1899.     America  to-day;  the  republic  and  the^rnpire.     W.  Archer. 

Pall  Mall  Mag.,  vol.  19  (Sept.,  1899),  95. 
1899.     How  may  the  United  States  govern  its  extra-continental  territory?    J.  W. 
Burgess. 

Polit.  Sci.  Quar.,  vol.  14  (Mar.,  1899),  1. 

1899.     The  control  of  dependencies  through  protectorates.     E.  Freund. 
Polit.  Sri.  Quar.,  vol.  14  (Mar.  14,  1899),  in. 

1899.     Colonial  expansion  and  free  trade.     J.  Schoenhoff. 
Pop.  Sci.  Mo.,  vol.  55  (May,  1899),  62. 

1899.     Expansion  ami  protection.     II.  II.  Towers. 

Quart.  Jour,  of  Economics,  vol.  1.:  (July,  1899),  361. 

1899.     L'imperialisme  americain.     P.de  Rousiers. 
Remu  de  Paris  (Mar.  15,  1899). 

1899.     The  future  of  the  United  States  (as  to  expansion). 
Spectator,  vol.  8 2  I  Mar.  is,  1899),  372. 

1999.      President  McKinley  and  the  Philippines. 
Spectator,  vol.  83  (Sept.  ,.',  1899),  306. 

1899.  ( rovernment  of  alien  races  by  the  United  States. 
Vale  Rev.,  vol  7  (Feb.,  1899),  357. 

1900.  Does  colonization  pay?     0.  P.  Austin. 
Forum,  vol.  28  (Jan.,  1900),  621. 

1900.     The  white  settler  in  Hawaii.      E.  S.  Coodhue. 

Angh-Amer.  Mag.  (Jan.,  1900),  3. 
1900.      Why  we  do  not  want  the  Philippines.      Mrs.  Jefferson  Davis. 

Arena,  ml.  23  (Jan.,  1900),  1. 

1900.     ( >ur  duty  in  the  Philippines.     .1.  Schurman. 
Gunton's  Mag.,  vol.  is  (Jan.,  Won),  1,5. 

1900.      Hawaii  and  Porto  Pic,  as  colonies.     G.  L.  Bollen. 
Gunton's  Ma;/.,  ml.  IS  (Jan.,  1900),  26. 

1900.      Preliminary  report  of  the  special  committee  on  colonial  finance. 

American  Economic  Association,  Publications,  .:,/  series,  vol.  1  (Feb.,  1900),  £83. 

1900.     A  Filipino  appeal  to  the  people  of  the  United  States.     A.  Morini. 
No.  Ann,-.  Rev.,  vol.  170  (Jan.,  1000),  54. 

1900.     The  expansion  of  the  American  people.     E.  E.  Sparks. 

Chautauquan,  ml.  Jo  (Jan.,  1900),  383;  (  Feb.,  1900),  489. 

1900.     Corollaries  of  expansion.     I.  The  Nicaragua  canal. 
Literar;/  Digest,  vol.20  (Feb.  10,  1900),  177. 

1900.     The  religious  problem  of  the  Philippines. 
Literary  Digest,  vol.  20  (!■<!>.  10,  loon),  188. 


22 

1900.     The  Philippines  and  the  Transvaal.     G.  Gunton. 
Lectun  Bulletin,  vol.3  {Feb.  17,  1900),  445. 

1900.     Civic  rule  for  the  Philippines. 

Literary  Digest,  vol.  20  {Feb.  17,  1900),  203. 

1900.     Expansion;  a  political  and  moral  opportunity.     II.  K.Carroll. 
Methodist  Rev.,  vol  82  {Jan.-Feb.,  1900),  9. 

1900.     Our  rule  in  the  Philippines.     T.  M.  Anderson. 

No.  Amer.  Rev.,  vol.  170  {Feb.,  1900),  272. 

1900.     American  misgovernment  of  Cuba.     J.  E.  Runcie. 
No.  Ann,-.  Rev.,  vol.  170  {Feb.,  1900),  /.v;. 

1900.     Imperial   republicanism  historically  considered.     From  a  Canadian  view 
point.     II.  Bonis. 
Arena,  vol.  23  {March,  1900),  321. 

1900.     The  Roman  empire  and  the  United  States  (colonies).     E.  McK.  Whiting. 
Arena,  vol.  23  {Mar.,  1900),  331. 

1900.     Hole-and-corner  imperialism. 

Nation,  vol.  70  {Mar.  22,  1900),  210. 

1900.     Expansion  but  not  imperialism. 

Outlook,  vol.  64  (Mar.  24,  1900),  662. 

1900.     The  imperialist  dilemma  in  America.     W.  Clarke. 
Tfu  Speaker,  new  series,  vol.  1  {Mar.  31,  1900),  700. 

1900.     Constitution  and  the  Territories.     H.  P.  Judson. 
Amer.  Her.  of  Reviews,  vol.  21  {Apr.,  1900),  451. 

1900.     Conquest  and  the  Constitution.     II.  I).  Money. 
Arena,  vol.  23  {Apr.,  1900),  337. 

1900.     American  development  through  assimilation.     J.  M.  Scanlan. 
Arena,  vol.  23  {Apr.,  1900),  342. 

1900.     Colonial  civil  service.     E.Foster. 

Atlantic  Monthly,  vol.  85  {Mai/,  1900),  710. 

1900.      Nations  and  the  decalogue.     H.  D.  Sedgwick,  jr. 
Atlantic  Monthly,  vol.  85  {Ma;/,  1900).  577. 

1900.     Gains  and  losses  in  the  Pacific.     J.  G.  Leigh. 
Fortnight! ij  Rev.  {Jan.,  1900),  45. 

1900.     The  control  of  the  tropics.     D.  S.  Jordan. 
Gunton's  Mag.,  vol.  IS  (Mag,  1900),  385. 

1900.     Expansion  the  doom  of  protection.     G.  Gunton. 
Gunton's  Mag.,  vol.  18  {Mag,  1900),  411. 


BRITISH   COLONIES:    COLLECTIVELY. 

BOOKS. 

Acton,  R.     Our  colonial  empire. 

London:  Cassell,  1881.     192  pp.     8°. 

Adderly,   Sir  Charles  Bowyer.       Review  of    "The  colonial  policy  of  Lord  John 
Russell's  administration,"  by  Karl  Grey,  185:5;  and  of  subsequent  colonia] 
history. 
London:  Stanford,  1.869.     viii,423pp.     8°. 

Avalle,  Ernest.     Notice  sur  Irs  colonics  anglaises,  geographie,  histoire,  population, 
gouvernement,  justice,  etc. 
Paris:  Berger-Levraultet  Cie.,  1883.     696  pp.     8°. 

(Reproduction  d'articles  publiesdans  la  "Revue  Maritime  et  Coloniale.") 
Balfour,  Betty,  Lady.     The  history  of  Lord  Lytton's  Indian  administration,  1876 
to  1880;  compiled  from  letters  and  official  papers. 
London:  Longmans,  Green -and  Co.,  1899.     viii,  551  pp.     Portrait.     8°. 

Bannister,  Saxe.     British  colonization  and  coloured  tribes. 

London:   William  Ball,  1838.     xii,  323  pp.    16°. 
Beer,   George  Louis.     The   commercial    policy  of   England    toward   the  American 
colonies. 

(In  Columbia  College.    Studies  in  history,  economics,  and  public  law,  vol.  3,  pp.  299- 
405.    New  York,  1893.) 

Bell,  Sydney  Smith.     Colonial  administration  of  Great  Britain. 

London: Longman,  Brown,  Green,  Longmans  and  Roberts,  is.r><.).    xi,  470pp.  8°. 

Berard,  V.     L'Angleterre  et  l'imperialisme. 

Paris:  Colin  et  Cie,  1900.     381pp.     12°. 

Besant,  Sir  Walter.     The  rise  of  the  empire. 

London:   Horn,;-  Marshall  and  Sou,  [ISfts].     xiv,  [2),   125  pp.     16°.     (Story 
of  the  empire  series.) 
Blosseville,  Benigne  Ernest  Poret,  Vicomtede.     Histoire  de  la  colonisation  pehale 
et  des  etablissements  de  l'Angleterre  en  Australie. 
EweUx:  Tmprimerie  de  Auguste  Hirissey,  1859.     xxxii,  viii,  (2),  569 pp.     8°. 

Bowen,  Sir  George  Ferguson.     The  federation  of  the  British  empire. 

i  ///  Royal  Colonia]  Institute.     Proc, vol.  17, pp. 283-315.    London,  1886.) 

Thirty  years  of  colonial  government.     A  selection  from  the  despatches  and 

letters  of  Sir  G.  F.  Bowen,  governor  successively  of  Queensland,  New  Zea- 
land, Victoria,  Mauritius,  and  Hongkong.     Edited  by  Stanley  Lane-Poole. 
London:  Longmans,  Green  and  Co.,  1889.    2  vols.    8°. 
Buller,  Charles.     Mr.  Mothercountry,  of  the  colonial  office. 

{In  Wakefield, E.G.:  A  view  of  the  art  of  colonization,  pp.279-296.     London,  1849.) 
Burrows,  Montagu.     The  history  of  the  foreign  policy  of  Great  Britain. 

William  Blackwood  and  Sons,  Edinburgh  and  London,  1895.     xiv,  372  pp.    8°. 

23 


24 

Caldecott,  Alfred.     English  colonization  and  empire. 

Loudon:  John  Murray,  1SU7.     riii,,.'8..J  />/>.     Maj>*  in  the  text.    16°.     (Univer- 
sity extension  manuals,  i 

Canning,  Albert  Stratford  George.     British  rule  and  modern  polities.     A  historical 
study. 
London:  Smith,  Elder  and  Company,  1899.     xvi,342pp.     8°. 

Carton  de  Wiart,  Edmond.     Les  grandes  compagnies  eoloniales  anglaises  du  xi.v 
siecle.     Avee  une  preface  de  Eugene  Etienne. 
Paris:  Perrin  et  die.,  1899.     xix,  ('1),280 pp.     1..'°. 

Contents:  La  "  British  North  Borneo  company;"  La  "  Royal  Niger  company;"  L'  "-Impe- 
rial British  East  Africa  company;"  La  "British  South  Africa  chartered  company;" 
Considerations  generates  sur  les  nouvelles  "chartered"  anglaises. 

Bibliographic,  p.  271. 

Cawston,  G.,  and  A.  II.  Keane.     The  early  chartered  companies  (A.  D.  1296-1858). 
London:  Arnold,  1896.     342  pp.     8°. 

Chalmers  ( R. )     A  history  of  currency  in  the  British  colonies. 

I jim Ion:   Printed  .   .   .  by  Eyre  and  Spoil isiroodr,  [189J].     viii,495  pp.     8°. 

Chevilliard,  <;.     Les  colonies  anglaises. 

Paris:  A.  Challamel,  1899.     415  pp.     S°. 

Clarke,  Sir  G.  S.,  and  J.  R.  Thursfield.     The  navyand  the  nation;  or,  Naval  war- 
fare and  imperial  defence. 
London:  Murray,  1897.     352  pp.     S°. 

Clayden,  A.     British  colonisation. 
London,  1891.     40  pp.     8°. 

Colonic,  John  Charles  Ready.     The  defence  of  Great  and  greater  Britain.     Sketches 
of  its  naval,  military,  and  political  aspects;  annotated  with  extracts  from 
the  discussions  they  have  called  forth  in  the  press  of  greater  Britain.     With 
a  map. 
Londo,,:   Edward  Stanford,  1880.     riii,  264  pp.     8°. 

Cooper,  Augustus.     The  colonies  of  the  United  Kingdom.     A  descriptive  and  statis- 
tical work  of  reference. 
Brighton:  "Brighton  Gazette"  Printing  Company,  1888.     182pp.     8°. 

Cotton,  J.  S.,  and  E.  J.  Payne.      Colonies  and  dependencies. 

Loudon:  Macmillan  and  Co.,  1888.     vi,  (2),  164pp.    12°.    (  The  English  citizen. ) 

Creasy,  Sir  Edward   S.     The  imperial  and  colonial   constitutions  of  the  Britannic 
empire,  including  Indian  institutions. 
■    London:  Longmans,  Green  and  Company.     1872.     xv,  (.>'),  403  pp.      Folded 

map.     8°. 

Cunningham,  ( i.  0.     A  scheme  for  imperial  federation;  a  senate  for  the  empire. 
Loudon:  Longmans,  1895.     116pp.     8°. 

Cunningham,  William.     Growth  of  English  industry  and   commerce  during  the 
early  and  middle  ages.     3d  edition. 
Cambridge:   University  Press.     1896.     730pp.     8°. 

Growth  of   English  industry  and  commerce  in  modern  times. 

Cambridge:   University  Press.     1890-1892.     2  vols.     8°. 

Dawson,  G.M.,and  A.  Sutherland.     Geography  of  the  British  colonies. 
1892.     330pp.     8°.     (Macmillan's  Geographical  series.) 


25 

Denison,  Sir  William.     Varieties  of  vice-regal  life. 

London:  Longmans,  Green  and  Co.,  1870.     2  vols.     Folded  maps.    8°. 

Dilke,  Sir  Charles  Wentworth.     The  British  empire. 

London:  Chatto  and  Windus,  1899.     160  pp.     S°. 

- Greater  Britain.     A  record  of  travel  in  English-speaking  countries  during 

1866-1867.     Two  volumes  in  one,  with  maps  and  illustrations. 
Philadelphia:  J.  I!.  Lippincott  and  Company,  1869.     8°. 

Problems  of  Greater  Britain.     2d  edition. 

London:  Macmillan,  1890.     2  vols.     8°. 

Same.     4th  edition,  revised. 

London  and  New  Fork:  Macmillan,  1890.     oni,  737  pp.     Maps.    S°. 

Contents:    North  America;  Newfoundland;  The    Dominion  of  Canada;  The  United 

States,  Canada,  and  the  West  Indies;  Australasia;  Victoria;  New  South  Wales; 
Queensland;  Australia  and  New  Zealand;  Tile  Cape;  South  Africa:  India;  Crown 
colonies  of  the  present  and  of  the  future.— Colonial  problems:  Colonial  democracy; 
Labour,  provident  societies,  and  the  poor;  Protection  of  native  industries;  Educa- 
tion; Religion;  Liquor  laws.— Future  relations  between  the  mother  country  and  the 
remainder  of  the  empire.— Imperial  defence. 

Dilke,  Sir  C.  W..and  U.S.  Wilkinson.      Imperial  defence 
London,  1892.     234  pp.     *°- 

Douglas,  James.     Canadian  independence;  annexation  and  British  Imperial  feder- 
ation. 
G.  P.  Putnam's  Sons,  New   York,  1894.     vi,  (2),  114  pp.     8°.     (Questions  of 
the  day.  \ 

Doyle,  J.  A.     The  English  in  America.     The  Puritan  colonies. 

London:   Longmans,  Green  and  Co.,  1887.     2  vols.     Folded  maps.     S°. 

English  colonies  in  America.     Virginia,  Maryland,  ami  the  Carolinas. 

New  York:  Henry  Holt  and  Company,  1882.     xvi,  420  pp.     Folded  maps.     8°. 

Egerton,  Hugh  Edward.     A  short  history  of  British  colonial  policy. 
London:  Methuen  and  Company,  1897.     .<■'■,  (1).  503pp.     8°. 

Pp.481-4S'J  contain  a  bibliography. 

"This  book  deals  with  British  colonial  policy  historically,  from  the  beginnings  of 
English  colonisation  down  to  the  present  day.  The  subject  has  been  treated  by 
itself,  and  it  has  thus  been  possible  within  a  reasonable  compass  to  deal  with  a  mass 
of  authority  which  must  otherwise  be  sought  in  the  State  papers.  The  volume  is 
divided  into  live  parts:  (1)  The  period  of  beginnings,  1497-1650.  (2)  Trade  ascend- 
ency, 1051-1830.  (3)  The  granting  of  responsible  government,  1831-1860.  (4)  Laissez 
alter,  1861-1885.     (5)  Greater  Britain. 

"The  whole  story  of  the  growth  and  administration  of  our  colonial  empire  is  compre- 
hensive and  well  arranged,  and  is  set  forth  with  marked  ability."— Daily  Mail. 

"It  is  a  good  book  distinguished  by  accuracy  in  detail,  clear  arrangemenl  of  facts, 
and  a  broad  grasp  of  principles."  -Manchester  Guardian. 

"Able,  impartial,  clear  ....  A  most  valuable  volume."— Athenaeum. 

Emancipation  in  disguise,  or  the  true  crisis  of  the  colonies.  To  which  arc  added 
considerations  upon  measures  proposed  for  their  temporary  relief  and 
observations  upon  colonial  monopoly,  showing  the  different  effects  of  its 
enforcement  and  relaxation,  exposing  the  advantages  derived  by  America 
from  Louisiana  .  .  . 
London:  Printed  for  J.  Ridgeway.     1807,  (/),/>,  220  pp.     S°. 

Franklyn,    II.    Mortimer.     The    unit    of    imperial    federation.      A   solution   of    the 
problem. 
London:  Swan  Sonnenschein,  Lowrey,  "//</  Company,  1887.     xvi,  260  />/>.     8°. 


20 

Froude,  James  Anthony.     Oceana;  or  England  and  her  colonies. 

New  York.-  C.  Scribner' s  sons,  1886.     ix,  (2  (,  396  pp.     Plates.    S°. 

Fuchs,  Carl  J.  Die  Bandelspolitik  Englands  und  Beiner  Kolonien  in  den  let/ten 
.lalir/.ehntcn.  (Die  Handelspolitik  der  wichtigeren  Kulturstaaten  in  den 
letzten  Jahrzehnten,  volume  4. )  r^ 

Leipzig:    Verein  fur  Sozialpolitik,  1893.     x,  358  pp.     8°. 

Geffcken,  Friedrich  Heinrich.     The  British  Empire.     With  essays  on  Prince  Albert, 
Lord   Palmerston,    Lord    Beaconsfield,  Mr.  Gladstone,  and  reform  of  the 
House  of  Lords.     Translated  from  the  German,  by  S.  J.  Macmullan. 
London:  Sampson  Low  [etc.'],  1889.     ix,  (5)',  312 pp.     Portrait.     8°. 
Geroldt,  Fritz.     Nine  colonies. 

London:  Chapman,  1881.     144pp.     S°. 

Gibbins,  II.  de  B.      British  commerce  and  colonies. 

London:  Methuen,  1893.     136pp.     8°.     (Methuen' s  commercial  series.) 

Greswell,  William  Henry  Parr.     British  colonies  and  their  industries. 
London,  1893.      132  pp.     8°. 

Outlines  of  British  colonization. 

London:  Per cival  and  Company,  1893.     xvi,  368  pp.     l.'°. 

Contents:  The  West  Indies;  Newfoundland;  The  Dominion  of  Canada;  The  West 
African  settlements;  The  South  African  colonies;  The  Australian  colonies;  New 
Zealand;  The  islands  of  the  Pacific;  The  Fiji  group;  Ceylon  and  the  Maldive  archi- 
pelago; Mauritius;  Hongkong;  The  Straits  Settlements;  British  North  Borneo; 
Labuan. 

Grey,  Henry  George,  3d  Earl.     The  colonial  policy  of  Lord  John  Russell's  admin- 
istration.     In  two  volumes. 
London:  Richard  Bentley,  1853.    8°. 
-    Commercial  policy  of  the  British  colonies  and  the  McKinley  tariff. 
London,  1892.     79  pp.     8°. 

■ Hubert  Hervey,  student  and  imperialist; 

London:  Arnold,  1899.     160  pp.     8°. 

Hall,  Hubert.     The  imperial  policy  of  Elizabeth,  from  the  State  papers,  foreign  and 

domestic. 

(In  Royal  Historical  Society.    Transactions.     New  series,  \r<  >1. 3,  pp.  120J-241.     London, 
1888.) 

Hart,  Arthur  Wellington.     "  Our  Colonies." 

London:  Richardson.     Liverpool:  Joshua  Walmsley.     1849.      '/'//>/>■     8°. 

Heising,  Albert,     England  und  die  anglosachsische  Staaten-Bildung  in  Amerika, 
Westindien  u.  Australien  vom  Ursprung  bis  auf  die  Gegenwart. 
Berlin:  A.  Sacco,  [1854].     252pp.    12°. 
Hodgetts,  J.  Frederick.     Greater  England.     Being  a  brief  historical  sketch  of  the 
various  possessions  of  Her  Majesty,  the  Empress  Queen,  in  Europe,  Asia, 
Africa,  America,  and  Oceania. 
London:  Hatchards,  1887.     xvi,  330 pp.     S°. 

Contents:  Preface.  Little  Britain:  Account  of  the  opinion  formed  of  the  aborigines 
by  the  English  on  their  taking  possession  of  Britain;  Hatred  of  tyranny,  and 
especially  of  .Rome;  Assumption  of  Romance  manners  and  language  by  the  Normans, 
and  consequent  hatred  between  the  English  and  them;  Continual  struggle  between 
the  descendants  of  the  old  Scandinavian  English  and  those  of  Rome.  North  America: 
Discovery  of  America  by  the  Scandinavians  in  the  10th  ami  1  lib  centuries;  English 
discoveries  in  1497,  Spanish  discoveries  in  I492,in  the  West  Indies;  Columbus  inde- 
pendent of  the  Norsemen;  Continued  struggle  between  ourselvesand  Romance  races 
in  America,  resulting  in  European  war  and  English  victory.  The  Caribbean  Sea: 
Continued  battle  of  the   races;   Fights  in   the  Caribbean   Sea;  Sir  Henry  Morgan's 


27 

Hodg-etts,  J.  Frederick — Coritinued. 

victoryat  Panama;  His  true  value  in  English  history.  Oceania:  Historical  sketches 
of  our  settlements  in  the  islands  of  Australia,  New  Zealand,  and  I  inn  in,;  Accounts  of 
the  aborigines,  of  our  own  intercourse  with  them,  and  of  their  subsequent  decay. 
Africa:  The  Cape  Colony  and  causes  of  discomfort  there;  suggestions  i 'or  removing 
the  trouble;  the  Dutch  and  English  never  friends,  [ndia:  Portuguese,  Dutch,  and 
French  preceding  us;  The  war  of  face  continued  and  resultingin  English  victory; 
Troubles  in  [ndia,  their  cause;  Clive,  Warren  Hastings;  The  mutiny  and  i  he  Empire. 
Ceylon:  Battle  of  the  races  continued:  The  Dutch  our  enemies  as  well  as  the  Portu- 
guese and  French;  Final  occupation  of  the  island  by  the  English;  Descendants  of 
the  Portuguese  black,  a  circumstance  militating  against  Darwin's  theory;  The  cause 
considered;  Buddhism,  devil  worship,  and  Christianity;  Ferguson's  work  quoted; 
Possible  future  value  of  Ceylon  to  the  English  race. 

Hiibner,  .1.  A.,  Baron  von.     Through  the  British  Empire.     In  two  volumes,  with  a 
map. 
London:  John  Murray,  1886.     S°. 
Hughes,  \Y.,  and  Williams,  J.  F.     Geography  of  t lie  British  colonies. 
London,  1892.     232 pp.     S° .     {Philips  (unt/niplnco/  Manuals.) 
Hurlburt,  J.  Beaufort.     Britain  and  her  colonies. 

London:  Edward  Stanford,  1865.     xv,  271pp.     S°. 

Contents:  Government  of  the  first  English  colonies;  American  confederations  from 
1643-1790;  Colonial  governments,  ancient  and  modern;  Introduction  of  parliamen- 
tary or  responsible  governments;  Confederation  of  British  North  America;  Policy  of 
the  mother  country;  Commercial  policy;  Cost,  defence,  and  advantages  of  colonies; 

Opinions,  imperial  and  colonial;  Evidence  given  before  the  select  committi f  the 

House  of  <  'ommons  on  colonial  military  expenditure  in  18611   Future  of  the  colonies. 

Huskisson,  William.     Substance  of  two  speeches  delivered  in  the  House  of  Com- 
mons on  the  21st  and  25th  of  March,  L825,  respecting  the  colonial  policy 
and  foreign  commerce  of  the  country. 
Baltimore:  Published  by  F.  Lucas,  jr.,  1826.     88pp.     8°. 
Johnson,  Theodore,     imperial  Britain.     A  comprehensive  description  of  the  geogra- 
phy, history,  commerce,  trade,  government,  and  religion  of  the  British 
Empire. 
London:    The    Imperial  Press,   1898.     xvi,   295  pp.     Illustrations  (woodcuts). 
Map*.     8°.     {The  Imperial  Library.) 
Latham,  R.  G.     The  ethnology  of  the  British  colonies  and  dependencies. 

London:  John  Van  Voorst,  1851.     vi,  264pp.     16°. 
Lazarides,  I>.  <;.     History  of  the  commerce,  industry,  and  colonies  of  England. 

London:  Clayton  and  Co.,  1882.     150pp.     S°. 
Lecky,   William   Edward  Hartpole.     The  Empire:    its  value  and  its  growth.     An 
inaugural  address,  Nov.  20,  1893. 
London:  Longmans,  1893.     48pp.     S°. 
Ledsham,  J.  B.     Geography  of  the  British  isles  and  colonies. 

Manchester:  J.  B.  Ledsham,  1877.     16°. 
Lord,  Walton  Frewen.    The  lost  possessions  of  England.      Essays  in  imperial  history. 
London:  Richard  Bentley  and  Son,  1896.     vii,  (3),  326  pp.     12°. 

Contents:  Retrospect;  Dunkirk;  Tangier;  Minorca;  Cuba:  Manila:  Corsica;  Buenos 
Ayres,  and  Montevideo;  Java;  The  Ionian  Islands;  Forecast. 

Lucas,  Charles  Prestwood.     Introduction  to  a  historical  geography  of  the  British 
colonies. 

Oxford:  Clarendon  Press,'1887.    xii,  142pp.     Mops.     12°. 
A  historical  geography  of  the  British  colonies. 

Oxford:  Clarendon  Press,  1888-1897.     4  vols  in  5.     Maps.     12°. 

CONTENTS. 

1.  The  European  dependencies  of  Great  Britain:  Heligoland;  Gibraltar;  Malta; 
Cyprus.    The  minor  Asiatic  dependencies:  Aden  and   I'erim;  Socotra;  Ceylon  and 


28 
Lucas,  Charles  Preatwood — Continued. 

the  .Maldives.  The  British  dependencies  in  the  Malay  seas:  The  Straits  Settlements; 
iviak:  Selangor;  Sungei;  Ujong;  Labuan;  North  Borneo;  Hongkong.  Dependen- 
cies in  the  Indian  ocean.  Mauritus  and  its  dependencies;  The  Cocoa  Islands. 

2.  Wesl  [ndies:  The  Bermudas;  European  colonization  in  the  West  Indies;  The  Baha- 
ma-: Jamaica  and  its  dependencies;  The  Leeward  Islands;  Barbados;  The  Wind- 
ward Islands;  Trinidad  and  Tobago;  British  Guiana;  British  Honduras;  The  Falk- 
land Islands  and  South  I  reorgia. 

;i.  The  British  colonies  and  dependencies  in  Africa:  Early  exploration  of  Africa  down 
to  the  opening  of  the  route  round  the  Cape  of  Good  Hope.  The  West  African 
dependencies:  The  west  coast;  Early  European  trade  and  settlement  on  the  west 
coast  of  Africa;  The  African  companies  and  the  slave  trade;  English,  French,  and 
Dutch  on  the  west  coast,  1660-1821:  The  rise  of  the  British  west  coast  settlement; 
The  last  twenty  years  in  West  Africa;  The  Gambia;  sierra  Leone;  The  Gold  coast; 
Lagos;  The  Niger  protectorates;  The  islands  in  the  South  Atlantic:  Ascension;  St. 
Helena:  Tristan  da  Cunha,  and  Gough  Island. 

4.  part  1.  South  and  Fast  Africa.  Historical:  The  Cape,  1487-1652;  The  founding  of 
the  Dutch  settlement  at  the  Cape;  The  Cape  Colony  in  the  eighteenth  century;  The 
missionary  movement  and  British  immigration;  The  Kaffir  wars;  The  beginnings 
of  Natal  and  the  Boer  republics;  The  growth  of  the  Cape  Colony  and  Natal;  The 
last  twenty  years  in  South  Africa. 

4,  part  2.  Geographical:  The  Cape  Colony;  Natal;  Zululand;  Basutoland;  The  Beehu- 
analand  protectorate:  Matabeleland  and  Mashonaland;  British  Central  Africa; 
British  Fast  Africa.     Index. 

Lcyde,  L.  W.     Commercial  geography  of  the  British  Empire. 

London:  Methuen,  1894-     156  pp.     8°.     (Methuen 's  Commercial  Series.) 

Macdonald,  A.     Our  sceptred  isle  and  its  empire. 
London:   Low,  1SS3.      196  pp.     8°. 

Macknight,  Thomas.     Thirty  years  of  foreign  policy.     A  history  of  t  lie  secretary- 
ships of  the  Earl  of  Aberdeen  and  Viscount  Palmerston. 
London:   Longman,  Brown,  >/<■.,  is:,.',,     xi,  (i),  440pp.     8°. 

Martin,  Robert  Montgomery.  The  political,  commercial,  and  financial  condition 
of  the  Anglo-Eastern  Empire  in  1832.  An  analysis  of  its  home  and  for- 
eign governments,  and  a  practical  examination  of  the  doctrines  of  free 
trade  and  colonization,  with  reference  to  the  renewal  or  modification  of  the 
East  India  Company's  charter. 
London:  Parbury,  Allen  and  Co.,  is.;/,     xi,  (i),  403pp.     S°. 

Colonial  policy  of  the  British  Empire.     Tart  I. — Government. 

London,   is.;;.     \  ?),  87 pp.     8°. 

Statistics   of  the  colonies  of  the  British  Empire  in  the  West  Indies,  South 

America,  North  America,  Asia,  Austral-Asia,  Africa,  and  Europe;  com- 
prising the  area,  agriculture,  commerce,  manufactures,  shipping,  custom 
duties,  population,  education,  religion,  crime,  government,  finances,  laws, 
military  defence,  cultivated  and  waste  lands,  emigration,  rates  of  wages, 
prices  of  provisions,  hanks,  coins,  staple  products,  stock,  movable  and 
immovable  property,  public  companies,  etc.,  of  each  colony,  with  the 
charters  and  the  engraved  seals.  From  the  official  records  of  the  colonial 
office. 
Lo,»h,n:    Wm.  H.  Allen  and  Co.,  1839.     602,304pp.     Folded  map.     S°. 

History  of  the  colonies  of  the  British   Empire  in  the  West  Indies.  South 

America,    North    America,    Asia,  Austral-Asia,  Africa,  and    Europe;  com- 
prising the  area,   agriculture,   commerce,   etc..  of  each   colony,  with  the 
charters  and  the  engraved  seals. 
London:    11"///.   //.  Alien  and  Co.,  1843.     v,  {3),  602,  304  /'/>■     #  folded  sheets, 
folded  map.      8°. 


2<> 

Martineau,  John.     The  life  and  corresj lence  of  Sir  Bartle  Frere.     In  two  vol- 
umes.    2d  edition. 
London:  John  Murray,  1895.     Folded  maps,  portraits.    8°. 
(Colonial  administration  in  India  and  South  Africa.) 

Mills,  Arthur.    Colonial  constitutions;  an  outline  of  the  constitutional  history  and 
existing  government  of  the    British    dependencies,    with    schedules   of 
the  orders  in  council,  statutes,  and  parliamentary  documents  relating  to 
each  dependency. 
London:  John  Murray,  1856.     xxi,  (i),  399pp.     8°. 

Contents:  [ntroduction;  An  outline  of  the  constitutional  history  and  existing  govern- 
ment of  the  British  dependencies;  Historical  sketch  of  the  home  administration  of  the 
British  dependencies;  Laws  and  government  of  the  British  dependencies  as  affected 
by  the  mode  of  their  original  acquisition,  either  1 1 1  by  the  occupation  of  vacant  ter- 
ritory, or  (2)  by  cession  or  conquest  from  other  powers;  The  existing  constitutions  of 
the  British  dependencies:  (it  Those  nut  possessing  representative  government,  (2) 
these  possessing  representative  government;  Powers  of  colonial  governors;  Powers  of 
the  executive  councils;  Powersof  the  legislative  councils;  Powersof  the  representa- 
tive assemblies;  Prerogatives  reserved  to  the  Crown  in  the  administration  of  the  British 
dependencies:  (1)  In  respect  to  the  confirmation  or  disallowance  of  colonial  acts  or 
ordinances,  (2)  in  respect  of  territorial  revenues,  and  royalties  on  minerals,  (3)  in 
respect  of  appellate  jurisdiction,  i  I)  in  respect  of  the  foreign  relations  of  the  depend- 
encies; European  dependencies:  Ionian  Islands,  Malta,  Gibraltar,  Heligoland^ Isle 
Of  Man  and  Channel  Islands;  Asiatic  dependencies:  British  India,  Ceylon,  Hong- 
kong, and  Labuan;  African  dependencies:  1 1 1  Southern— Cape  of  Good  Hope;  British 
Kaffraria;  Natal;  (2)  Western— Sierra  Leone,  Gambia,  Gold  Coast  settlements;  (8) 
Mauritius;  i  I)  St.  Helena:  Ascension:  American  dependencies:  (1)  Northern— Canada; 
Nova  Scotia;  New  Brunswick;  Newfoundland;  Prince  Edwards  Island;  Hudson's 
Bay  territories;  Yancouvers  Island;  Bermudas;  (2)  Central— Honduras;  Jamaica; 
Bahamas;  Windward  Islands;  Leeward  Islands;  St.  Lucia;  Trinidad;  (3)  Southern- 
British  Guiana;  Falkland  Islands;  Pitcairn;  Australian  dependencies:  (1)  Australia, 
comprising  New  South  Wales,  Victoria,  South  Australia,  Western  Australia;  (2) 
Tasmania  and  Norfolk  Islands;  (3)  New  Zealand;  Chatham  Islands;  Auckland 
Islands;  Historical  sketch  of  the  system  of  transportation  of  criminals  to  the  British 
dependencies,  with  orders  in  council;  Acts  of  Parliament,  and  Parliamentary  docu- 
ments relating  thereto;  Statistical  table:  Dates  of  acquisition  and  population  of  the 
dependencies,  also,  imports  and  exports;  Revenue  and  expenditure  for  1854;  Rules 
and  regulations  for  Her  Majesty's  colonial  service  (cap.  1,  2,  and  3);  Local  govern- 
ment of  India,  and  relations  of  the  Imperial  Government  with  the  native  States; 
Statistical  table:  Dependencies  of  the  European  powers,  with  t hi' area  of  each;  Laws 
relating  to  Christianity  in  the  British  dependencies;  Index. 

Colonial  constitutions;  an  outline  of  the  existing  forms  of  Government  in 

the  British  dependencies. 
London:  E.  Stanford,  1891.     55  pp.     8°. 

Milne,   James.     The  romance  of  a  proconsul;  being  the  personal  life  and  memoirs 
of  the  lit.  lion.  George  Grey. 

London:  Chatto  and  Windus,  1899.     Portrait,     ix,  214pp.     Or.  8°. 
Moffatt,  Win.     Geography  of  British  colonies. 

London:  Moffatt  and  Paige,  1880.     77  pp.     8°. 

Molteno,   Percy  Alport.     A   federal  South   Africa.     A  comparison  of  the  critical 
period  of  American  history  with  the  present  position  of  the  colonies  and 
states  of  South  Africa,  and  a   consideration  of  the  advantages  to  follow. 
With  maps. 
London:  Sampson  Low,  Marston  &  Co.,  1896.     xxii,  260  />//.     1,.'°. 

Napier,  Charles  James.     The  colonies;  treating  of  their  value  generally,    of  the 
Ionian  islands  in  particular;  the  importance  of  the  latter  in  war  and  com- 
merce .   .  .  Strictures  on  the  administration  of  Sir  Frederick  Adam. 
London:  Thomas  and  William  Boone,  1833.    xv,  (3),  608 pp.    Plates,map.    8°. 


30 

Navez,  J..     Lea  causes  e1  Lea  conaequencea  de  la  grandeur  coloniale  de  l'Angleterre. 
Bruxelles,  1890.     56  pp.     8°. 

Parkin,  George  I!.     Imperial  federation.     The  problem  of  national  unity. 
London:  Macmillan,  1892.     xii,  314  l'l>-     <s'°- 

— Round  the  empire* 

London,  1892.     263  pp.     8°. 

Pridham,  Charles.     England's  colonial  empire;  an  historical, political,  and  statisti- 
cal account  of  the  empire-,  its  colonics  and  dependencies.     Vol.  I. 
London:  Smith,  Elder  and  Co.,  1846.     xii,  (2),  410 pp.     Folded  maps.     8°. 
Contents:  The  Mauritius  and  its  dependencies. 

Ransome,  Cyril.     Our  colonies  and    India;   how  we  got  them,  and  why  we  keep 
them.     4th  edition. 
CasseU  <t-  Co.,  London,  Paris,  and  Melbourne,  1895.     102  pp.     Folded  map. 
16°. 

Rawlings,  Thomas.  The  confederation  of  the  British  North  American  provinces; 
their  past  history  and  future  prospects;  including  also  British  Columbia 
and  Hudson's  Bay  territory;  with  a  map  and  surest  ions  in  reference  to 
the  true  and  only  practicable  route  from  the  Atlantic  to  the  Pacific  ocean. 
London:  Sampson  Low,  Son,  and Marston,  1865.  x,  (2),244pp-  Plates  (litho- 
graphs).    8°. 

Ritchie,  Leitch.     The  British  world  in  the  East;  a  guide  historical,  moral,  and  com- 
mercial to  India,  China,  Australia,  South  Africa,  and  the  other  possessions 
or  connections  of  Great  Britain  in  the  Eastern  and  Southern  seas.     In  2 
vols. 
London:   ff.  H.  Allen  and  Co.,  1847.     12°. 

CONTENTS. 

1.  The  history  of  India,  from  the  earliest  time  to  the  downfall  of  tin-  Mahomedan 
empire;  The  civilization  of  India  under  the  Hindoos  and  Mahomedans;  The  history 
of  the  settlements  of  the  English  and  other  European  nations  in  India;  The  consti- 
tution and  regime  of  the  East  India  company;  A  geographical  outline  of  India:  its 
connection  with  Europe  by  means  of  steam  navigation,  and  a  comparative  view  of 
the  condition  of  the  country  under  Hindoo,  Mahomedan,  and  British  rule. 

2.  The  countries  adjoining  India:  The  Chinese  Empire:  its  internal  recourses  and 
foreign  relations;  The  Empire  of  Japan;  Australia  and  the  islands  of  the  Pacific; 
Southern  Africa  and  the  islands  of  the  Italian  and  south  Atlantic  oceans. 

Roberts,  Browne.    History  of  the  colonial  empireof  Great  Britain. 

London:    Longman,    Green,   Longman  and   Roberts,   1861.     xi,    (1),  313  pp. 
12°. 

Robertson,  John  M.     Patriotism  and  empire. 

London:  Grant  Richards,  1899.     (6),  208 pp.     8°. 

Contents:  Thespringsof  patriotism  and  militarism;  The  military  regimen;  The  the,  ry 
and  practice  of  imperialism. 

Robinson,  Sit  John.     Some. 

London:  Macmillan  and  Co.,  1899.     vi,  128 pp.     8°. 

i  in  Royal  Colonial  Institute.    Proceedings,  vol. 30,  pp.324-367.    London,  L899.) 

Royal  Colonial  Institute  Proceedings. 
London,  1870-1899.     30  vols.     8°. 

Salmon,  C.  S.     The  crown  colonies  of  Great  Britain.     An  inquiry  into  their  social 
condition  and  methods  of  administration;  with  a  chapter  on  "The  black 
and  the  brown  landholder  of  Jamaica,"  by  R.  G.  Haliburton. 
CasseU  and  Co.,  London,  etc.,  1885.     184pp.    16°. 


81 

Scholes,  TheophilusTS.U.     The  British  Empire  and  alliances ;  or,  Britain's  duty  to 
her  colonies  and  subject  races. 
London:  Elliot  Stock,  1899.     viii,  415  pp.     S°. 

Scott,  Eben  Greenough.     The  developmenl  of  constitutional  liberty  in  the  English 
colonies  of  America. 
New  York,  London:  G.  I'.  Putnam? &  Sons,  189S.     xv.,  884pp-     l'°  ■ 

Contents:  The  era  of  constitutional  development  in  England;  The  era  of  state  derel- 
opment  in  America:  Descent;  Remoteness  of  situation;  The  forms  of  the  colonial 
governments  and  thepolitical  relationsof  thecolonies;   Religion  of  the  northern 

provinces;  The  mysticism  of  West  Jersey  and  Pennsylvania;  Rationalis i  New 

England;  Faith  of  Maryland;  Manners  in  southern  provinces;  Maimers  of  the  fron- 
tier; Manners  in  the  middle  provinces;  New  England's  five  advantages  as  enu- 
merated by  John  Adams;  The  commercial  relations  of  the  colonies;  The  era  of 
constitutional  development  in  America. 

Seeley,  John  Robert.     The  expansion  of  England.     Two  courses  of  lectures. 
Bottom-  Roberts  Brothers,  1888.     viii,  308  pp.  12°. 

Contents:  Tendency  in  English  history;    England  in  the  eighteenth  century;   The 

empire:  The  old  colonial  system;  KfTecl  of  the  New  World  on  the  Old;  Commerce 
and  war:  Phases  of  expansion;  Schism  in  <  Greater  Britain;  History  and  politics;  The 
Indian  Empire;  How  we  conquered  India;  How  we  govern  India;  Mutual  influence 
of  England  and  India;  Phases  in  the  conquest  of  India;  Internal  and  external 
dangers;  Recapitulation. 

Our  colonial  expansion.     Extracts  from  The  expansion  of  England. 

London:  Macmttlanand  Co.,1887.     96pp.     10°. 

The  growth  of  British  policy:  An  historical  essay.     In  2  vols. 

Cambridge  (Eng.):   University  Press,  1895.     Portrait.     12°. 

CONTEXTS. 

1.  Memoir;  Introduction;  Elizabeth;  The  growth  of  the  house  of  Hapsburg;  The  first 
phase  of  policy;  The  counter-reformation;  The  British  question;  The  middle  period 
of  Elizabeth;  The  Spanish  monarchy;  From  peace  to  war;  The  war  of  Elizabeth; 
Close  of  the  Elizabethan  age.  Reaction;  Epochs  in  the  reign  of  .tames  I;  .lames  I 
and  the  Thirty  Years'  War;  The  policy  of  Charles  J;  The  transformation  of  France; 
The  transformation  of  England. 

2.  Cromwell  and  the  military  state:  The  first  Dutch  war;  The  peace  of  Cromwell;  War 
6f  Cromwell.  The  second  reaction;  The  restoration  and  Charles  II;  The  French 
ascendency;  Revival  of  the  dynastic  system;  The  rise  of  a  new  opposition;  The 
last  phase  Of  the  counter-reformation;  The  Stuart  dynasty  and  the  nation;  William 
III  and  the  commercial  state. 

Sitwell,  Sidney  Mary.     Growth  of  the  English  colonies.     2d  edition. 
London:  Rivingtons,  1886.     vii,  (1) ,  125  j>j>.     16°. 

Stokes.    Anthony.        A    view  of  the  constitution   of  the   British  colonies  in  North 
America  and  the  West  Indies  at  the  time  the  civil  war  broke  out  on  the 
continent  of  America;  in  which  notice  is  taken  of  such  alterations  as  have 
happened  since  that  time  .  .  .  with  a  variety  of  colony  precedents. 
London:  Printed  for  the  author,  1788.      {2),xvi,555,  (I)  pp.     S°. 

Story,  Alfred  Thomas.     The  building  of  the  British  Empire;  the  story  of  England's 
growth  from  Elizabeth  to  Victoria. 
New  York  and  London:  0.  I'.  Putnam's  Sons,  1898.     .'  vols.     Plates.     8°. 

Tarring,  Charles  James.  Chapters  on  the  law  relating  to  the  colonies;  to  which 
are  appended  topical  indexes  of  cases  decided  in  the  privy  council  on 
appeal  from  the  colonies,  Channel  Islam  la,  and  the  Isle  of  Man,  and  of  cases 
relating  to  the  colonies  decided  in  tin'  English  courts  otherwise  than  on 
appeal  from  the  colonies.  2d  ed.,  enlarged. 
London:  Stevens  and  Haynes,  1898.     xxiii,  (1),  478pp.     8°. 


32 

Temple,  A.     The  making  of  the  Empire. 

London:  A.  Melrose,  1895.     288  pp.     8°. 

Todd,  Alpheus.     Parliamentary  government  in  the  British  colonies. 
London:  Longmans,  Green  and  Co.,  1880.     xii,  607 pp.     8°. 

-     Parliamentary  government  in  the  British  colonies.      2d  ed.,  edited  by  his 
son. 
London:  Longmans,  Green  and  Co.,  1894.     xx,  929  pp.     S°. 

Wilkinson,  Spenser.     The  nation's  awakening.     Essays  towards  a  British  policy. 
Westminister:  A.  Constable  and  Co.,  1897.     xxviii,  202 pp.     8°. 

Contents:  Our  past  apathy;  The  aims  of  the  great  powers;  the  defence  of  British  inter- 
ests; The  organization  of  government  for  the  defence  of  British  interests;  The  idea  of 
the  nation;  The  foundations  of  British  power;  The  meaning  of  empire. 

Wood,  .1.  Dennistoun.     System  of  land  transfer  adopted  by  the  colonies. 

{In  Royal  Colonial  Institute.     Proceedings,  vol.  17,  pp.343-367.    London,  1886.) 

Woodcock,  Henry  lies.     The  laws  and  constitution   of  the  British  colonies  in  the 
West  Indies  having  legislative  assemblies.     2d  ed. 
London:  R.and  W.  Swale,  1838.     xii,  304pp.     S°. 

Woodward,  W.  II.     A   short  history  of  the  expansion  of  the  British  Empire,  1500- 
L870. 
Cambridge  (Eng.):   University  Press,  1899.     x,  326  pp.     Maps.     12°. 

Young,  Frederick.     Imperial  federation  of  Great  Britain  and  her  colonies. 
London:  S.   W.  Silver  and  Co.,  1876.     xxix,  184pp.     8vo. 

Emigration  to  the  colonies. 

{In  Royal  Colonial  Institute     Proceedings,  vol.  17,  pp.  368-389.     London,  1886.) 

Editor.     Imperial  federation  of  Great  Britain  and  her  colonies. 

London:  S.  W.  Silver  and  Co.,  1876.     xx,  184pp.     8°. 
{la  Letters  edited  by  Frederick  Young.) 

Zimmermann,  Alfred.     Die  kolonialpolitik  Grossbritanniens.     2  Theile. 
Berlin,  1898-1899.      Maps.     8°. 

i  /,/  his  Die  europaischen  Kolonien,  •_',  3.  i 

"  Verzeichniss  der  wichtigsten  quellen  und  bearbeitungen,"  i,  476-479;  ii,  400-407. 
Contents:  i.  Von  den  anfangen  bis  aim  abfall  der  Vereinigten  Staaten.    1898.    ii.  Vom 
abfall  der  Vereinigten  Staaten  bis  zur  Gegenwart.    LS99. 


ARTICLES   IN    PERIODICALS,   1898-1900. 

1897-98.     Makers  of  the  Dominion  of  Canada.     By  J.  G.  Bourinot. 

Canadian  Mag.,  vol.  10  {Nov.,  1897),  8,  to  vol.  11  |  Oct.,  1S98),  567. 

1898.     Politisch-geographische  Riickblicke:  Das  englische  Weltreich.     F.  Ratzel. 

Geographische  Zeitung,  vol.  4  [1898),  211. 

A  critical  study  of  the  relations  between  the  British  colonies  and  the  mother  country. 

1898.     The  British  Empire:  its  resources  and  its  future.     J.  Lowles. 
Society  of  Arts  Journal,  vol.  46  (1898),  497. 

1898.     The  Anglo-French  dispute  in  West  Africa.     F.  de  Pressense\ 
Am.  Rev.  of  Reviews,  vol  17  (Jan.,  1898),  SO. 

1898.     European  powers  in  West  Africa. 

Independent,  vol.  50  (Jim.  13,  1S9S),  51  [map] 
1898.     Colonial  champions  in  the  mother  country. 

Quarterly  Rev.,  vol.  1S7  {Jan.,  1898),  158. 


33 

1898.     Britain's  exploitation  of  the  Nile  valley.     F.  C.  Penfield. 
Forum,  vol.  24  (Feb., '1898),  698. 

1898.     Undercurrents  in  Indian  political  life.     F.  II.  Skrine. 
Harper's  Monthly,  vol.96  (Feb.,  1898),  '+52. 

1898.     An  open  West  Africa.     (England  and  France  in  West  Africa.) 
Outlook  (Eng.),  vol.  1  (Feb.  19, 1898), 80. 

1898.     England  and  France  in  West  Africa. 

Outlook  (Eng.),  vol.  1  (Feb.  86, 1898) ,  103. 

1898.     Dominion  parliament. 

Public  Opinion,  vol.  24  (Feb.  10, 1898),  171. 

1898.     The  dispute  in  West  Africa.     (England  and  France  in  West  Africa. 
Spectator,  vol.  80  (Feb.  26, 1898),  292. 

1898.     French  at  Lake  Chad. 

Chambers'  Journal,  vol.  75  (Mar.,  1898),  221. 

1898.     England  and  Egypt.     A.  S.  White. 

Forum,  vol. 25  (Mar.,  1898), 59. 

1898.     Face  to  face  in  West  Africa.     F.  A.  Maxse. 
National  Rev.,  vol.  31  (Mar.,  1898),  29. 

1898.     England  at  war.     T.  E.  Kebbel. 

Nineteenth  Century,  vol.  43  (Mar.,  1S9S),337. 

1898.     West  Indian  depression. 

Outlook  (Eng.),  vol.  1  (Mar.  19,  1898),  199;   (Mar.  26, 1898), 232. 

1898.     The  West  African  crisis. 

Saturday  Rev.,  vol. 85  (Mar.  19, 1898),  381. 

1898.     Is  England  growing  weak?     ( England  at  war. )     Comment. 
Spectator,  vol.  80  (Mar.  12,  1898),  368. 

1898.     Clerical  work  in  the  colonies. 

Spectator,  vol.  80  (Mar.  19,  1898), 401. 

1898.     Prosperity  of  Egypt  since  the  occupation. 
Spectator,  vol.  80  (Mar.  26,  1898),  432. 

1898.     England  and  France  in  West  Africa.     W.  T.  Stead. 

Am.  Rev.  of  Reviews,  vol.  17  (Apr.,  1898),  463.     [Map.} 

1898.     Life  and  death  in  the  Niger  delta. 

Blackwood's  Mag.,  vol.  163  (Apr.,  1898),  451. 

England  and  France  in  West  Africa.     J.  Westlake. 
Contemp.  Rev.,  vol.  73  (Apr.,  1898),  582. 

England  and  France  in  West  Africa.     T.  G.  Bowles. 
Forum,  vol.  25  (Apr.,  1898),  144. 

France  and  England  in  West  Africa.     F.  de  I'ressense. 
Living  Age,  vol.  217  (Apr.  30,  1898),  283. 

Ruin  of  India  by  British  rule.     S.  H.  Kellogg. 
Missionary  Rev.,  vol.  21  (Apr.,  1898),  275. 

Imperial  defense  and  colonial  responsibility. 
National  Rev.,  vol.  31  (Apr.,  1898),  312. 

4997 3 


34 

1898.     West  Indian  depression.     M.  M.  Beeton. 

Outlook  {Eng.),  vol.  1  {Apr.  2,  1898),  267. 

1898.     New  development  theory  in  the  West  Indies. 
Outlook  {Eng.),  vol.  1  {Apr.  16,  1898),  346. 

1898.     French  case  in  West  Africa. 

Spectator,  vol.  80  {Apr.  2,  1898),  470. 

1898.     England,  the  Sudan,  and  France.     H.  Norman. 

Independent,  vol.  50  {May  5,  1898),  575. 

1898.     Life  and  death  in  the  Niger  delta. 

Living  Age,  vol.  217  {May  21,  1898),  525. 

1898.     Bond  of  empire.     J.  E.  G.  de  Montmorency. 
Westminster  Rev.,  vol.  149  {May,  1898),  552. 

1898.     England  and  France  in  West  Africa.     F.  de  Pressense. 
Eclectic  Mag.,  vol.  130  {June,  1898),  721. 

1898.     England  and  France  in  West  Africa. 

Public  Opinion,  vol.  24  {June  2,  1898),  683.     [Map.] 

1898.     England  and  France  in  West  Africa;  settlement. 
Spectator,  vol.  80  {June  18,  1S9S),  849. 

1898.     The  Anglo-French  boundaries  in  West  Africa.     E.  G.  Ravenstein. 
Geog.  Jour.,  vol.  12  {July,  1898),  73.     [Map.] 

1898.     British  influence  in  the  Western  Soudan.     R,  P.  Lobb. 

Imperial  and  Asiatic  Quar.,  3d  series,  vol.  6  {July,  1898),  322. 

1898.     Imperial  parliament  supreme  in  India.     J.  Jardine. 

Imperial  and  Asiatic  Quar.,  3d  series,  vol.  6  {July,  1898),  1. 

1898.     What  Britain  has  done  for  Egypt,     R.  Richardson. 
No.  Amer.  Rev.,  vol.  167  {July,  1898),  12. 

1898.     Australian  federation;  some  constitutional  comparisons.     J.  W.  Russell. 
No.  Amer.  Rev.  vol.  167  {July,  1898),  27. 

1898.     Imperial  concentration. 

Spectator,  vol.  81  {July  30,  1898),  137. 

1898.     Map  of  Anglo-French  boundary  dispute  in  West  Africa. 
Am.  Rev.  of  Reviews,  vol.  18  {Aug.,  1898),  140. 

1898.     The  prospects  of  Australian  federation.     J.  Vogel. 
Contemp.  Rev.,  vol.  94  {Aug.,  1898),  275. 

1898.     Dissatisfaction  with  British  rule  in  India.     R.  A.  Hume. 
Missionary  Rev.,  vol.  21  {Aug.,  1898),  580. 

1898.     Anglo-German  agreement. 

Public  Opinion,  vol.  25  {Sept.  15,  1898),  330. 

1898.     Makers  of  the  Dominion  of  Canada.     J.  G.  Bourinot. 
Canadian  Mag.,  vol.  11,  {Oct.,  1898),  505. 

1898.     How  Canada  is  governed.     J.  G.  Bourinot. 
Canadian  Mag.,  vol.  11  {Oct.,  1898),  508. 

1898.     English  colonization  in  the  Western  world.     E.  Parsons. 
Chautauquan,  vol.  28  {Oct.,  1898),  29. 

1898.     European  powers  in  West  Africa. 

Edinburgh  Rev.,  vol.  188  { Oct.,  1898),  465.     [Map. ] 


35 

1898.     Thedoom  ofthe  West  Indies. 

Living  Age,  vol.  219  {Oct.  I,  1898),  [0. 

1898.     Arc  tlu>  West  [ndies  disloyal? 

Outiook\  Eng.),vol.  .' (  Oct.  .'.'.  1898),  861. 

1898.     Secrets  of  British  success. 

Spectator,  vol.  81  {Oct.,  t898),  438. 

1898.     English  colonization  in  the  Old  World.     E.  Parsons. 
( 'hautauquan,  vol.  28  (  Nov.,  1898),  148. 

1898.     British  method  of  colonization.     The  Fashoda  question.     L.  Decle. 
Fortnightly  Rev.,  vol.  70  (  Nov.,  1898),  665.     [Ma/>.] 

1898.     Cape  politics  and  colonial  policy.     II.  L.  W.  Lawson. 
Fortnightly  Rev.,  vol.  70  (Nov.,  1S98),  750. 

1898.     Shall  the  Indian  government,  ruin  India'.'     T.  Lloyd. 
National  Rev.',  vol.  32  i  Nov.,  1S98),  326. 

1898.     Sir  George  Grey;  a  South  African  tribute-.     John  Robinson. 
Nineteenth  Century,  vol.  44  {Nov.,  1898),  754. 

1898.     Egypt  and  the  African  deal. 

Outlook  {Eng.),  vol.  .'  {Nov.  12,  1898),  453. 

1898.     West  Indian  sugar.     II.  Cox. 

Economic  Jour.,  vol.  7  {Dec,  1898),  599. 

1898.     Some  economic  aspects  of  the  imperial  idea.     E.  R.  Faraday. 

Fortnightly  Rev.,  vol.  70  {Dec,  1898),  961. 

1898.     Fashoda  and  Lord  Salisbury's  vindication.     Diplomaticus. 
Fortnightly  Rev.,  vol.  70  [Dec,  1898),  1002. 

1898.     The  West  Indies;  West-Indian  fruit  and  British  markets.     F.S.Robinson. 
Harper's  Weekly,  vol.  42  (Dec  24,  1S98),  1275. 

1898.     Economic  outlook  of  the  British  West  Indies. 
National  Rev.,  vol.  32  (Dec,  1898),  602. 

1898.     The  future  of  Egypt.     1.  Our  hampered  trusteeship.     E.  Dicey.     2.  The 
Niger  and  the  Nile.     H.  Birchenough.     3.  Egypt  and  Tunis;  a  study  in 
international  law. 
Nineteenth  Century,  vol.  44  (Dec,  1898),  881. 

1898.     England's  absorption  of  Egypt.     F.  C.  Penfield. 
No.  Amer.  Rev.,  vol.  165  (Dec,  1898),  682. 

1898.  The  seamy  side  of  empire.     Goldwin  Smith. 
Self  Culture,  vol.  8  (Dec,  1898),  385. 

1899.  The  relative  growth  of  the  component  parts  of  the  British  Empire.     Sir  Ft. 

Giffen. 
Roy.  Colonial  Institute.  Proc.j  vol.  30  {1899),  237. 

1899.     The  growth  of  Greater  Britain.     A  review  and  a  forecast.      (With  map.) 
George  Philip. 
Proc  Lit.  and  Philosoph.  Soc,  Liverpool,  vol.  53  (1899),  153-159. 

"  The  map  shows  by  appropriate  colors  the  gradual  growth  of  the  British  Empire  and 
its  territorial  extent  at  different  periods." 

1899.     The  administrative  history  of  the  British  dependencies  in  the  further  East. 
II.  M.  Stephens. 
Amer,  Hist.  Rev.,  vol.  4  (Jan.,  1899),  246. 


36 

1899.     British  system  of  colonial  government.     A.  White. 
Harper's  Mag.,  vol.  100  {Jan.,  1899),  293-304. 

1899.     India's  attitude  to  English  rule.     J.  E.Abbott. 
Independent,  vol.  52  {Jan.  11,1899),  125-127. 

1899.     Establishment  of  Sikh  military  colonies. 

United  Service  Mag.,  vol.  139  {Jan.,  1899),  4->-- 

1899.     After  the  Atliara  and  Omdurman.     W.  Gatacre. 
Contemp.  Rev.,  vol.  75  {Feb.,  1899),  W9. 

1899.     Few  facts  about  the  colonies  of  the  great  powers.     A.  Ireland. 
McClure,  vol.  14  (Feb.,  1899),  334-338. 

1899.     The  rule  of  the  Chartered  Company.     II.  C.  Thomson. 
National  Rev.,  vol.  32  {Feb.,  1899),  895. 

1899.     Civilisation  and  morals.      (African  administration.) 
Saturday  Her.,  vol.  87  (Feb.  IS,  1899). 

1899.      West  African  administration.     M.  H.  Kingsley. 
Saturday  Rev.,  vol.  87  [Feb.  25,  1899),  240. 

1899.     The  growth  of  the  empire. 

Spectator,  vol.  82  (Feb.  18,  1899),  227. 

1899.     Les  protectorats  de  lTnde  britannique.     Chailley-Bert. 
Annales  des  Sciences  Politirjues  (Mar.,  1899). 

1899.     British  experience  in  the  government  of  colonies.     J.  Bryce. 
Centura,  vol.  57  (Mar.,  1899),  718-728. 

1899.      Native  rule  in  British  West  Africa. 
Macmillan,  vol.  79  (Mar.,  1899),  379. 

1899.     Shadows  of  English  imperialism. 
Nation,  vol.  68  [Mar.  9,  1S99),  176. 

1899.     British  rule  in  India.     J.  B.  Jones. 

No.  Amer.  Rev.,  vol.  168  (Mar.,  1899),  336. 

1899.     England's  commercial  policy  towards  her  colonies  since  the  Treaty  of  Paris. 
J.  Davidson. 
Folit.  Sci.  Quar.,  vol.  14  (Mar.,  1899);  39  (June,  1899),  211. 

1899.     The  English  in  Egypt;  how  and  why  they  are  there. 
Self  Culture,  vol.  9  (Mar.,  1899),  34- 

1899.     Growth  of  the  British  colonial  conception.     W.  A.  Ireland. 
Atlantic,  vol.  83  (Apr.,  1899),  488-498. 

1899.     System  of  British  colonial  government.     E.  L.  Godkin. 
Forum,  vol.  27  (Apr.,  1899\  196-203. 

1899.     British  imperialism.     J.  McCarthy. 

Independent,  vol.  51  (Apr.  6,  1899),  940-941. 

1899.     Australian  federation.     Lord  Brassey. 

Snub,  nth  Century,  vol.  45  (Apr.,  1899),  548. 

1899.     British  rule  in  India.     J.  P.  Jones. 

No.  Amer.  Rev.,  vol.  168  (Apr.,  1899),  463. 

1899.     British  imperialism  and  the  reform  of  the  civil  service.     G.  E.  Howard. 
Folit.  Sci.  Quar.,  vol.  14  (Apr.,  1899),  240, 


37 

1899.     The  federation  of  Australia. 

Saturday  Rev.,  vol.  81  I  Apr.  29,  1899),  516 

1899.     Australasian  extensions  of  democracy. 
Atlantic,  vol.  88  [May,  1899),  577. 

1899.     How  England  governs  her  colonies.     T.  Brassey. 
Independent,  vol.  51  (May  11,  1899),  1373. 

1899.     Les  budgets,  les  finances  des  colonies  en  France  et  en  Angleterre. 

Questions  Diplomatique*  et  Colon  tides,  rol.  ■>'  i  Mmj  1.  1899),  1. 

1899.     England's  decadence  in  the  West  Indies.     Brooks  Adams. 
Forum,  vol.  27  (June,  1899),  4'M- 

1899.     The  merit  system  in  the  British  colonies.     W.  MacDonald. 
Nation,  vol.  OS  {Jane  1,  1899),  414- 

1899.     British  imperialism  and  the  reform  of  the  civil  service.     <i.  E.  Howard. 
Polit.  Sri.  Quar.,  vol.  14  (June,  1899),  240 

1899.      English  imperialism.     W.  Cunningham. 
Atlantic,  vol.  84  (July,  1899),  1. 

1899.     Britain  in  Africa — a  forecast.     M.  Seton. 

Imp.  and  Asiatic  Quar.  Rev.,  3d  series,  vol.  7  (July,  1899),  129. 

1899.     The  Commonwealth  of  Australia,     li.  R.  Wis.-. 
National  Rev.,  vol.  33  (July,  1899),  823. 

1899.      British  and  Dutch  in  South  Africa. 

Fortnightly  Rev.,  vol.  71  (Aug.-Octl,  1899). 

1899.     British  expansion  in  West  Africa. 

National  Rev.,  vol.  33  (Aug.,  1899), 968. 

1899.     The  casus  belli  in  South  Africa.     E.  Robertson. 
Nineteenth  Century,  vol.  46  (Aug.,  1899),  334. 

1899.     The  question  of  franchise  in  the  Transvaal. 
Revue  Francaise  (Aug.,  1899). 

1899.     Lesson  in  colonial  administration;  British  occupation  of  Egypt.     C.  Roberts. 
Harper's  Mag.,  vol.  99  (Sept.,  1899),  631. 

1899.     British  precedent  for  the  government  of  the  Philippines.     G.  T.  Goldie. 
Independent,  vol.  51  (Sept.  1,1899), 2 405-2 406. 

1899.     A  vindication  of  the  Boers.     A.  Diplaud. 
No.  Amer.  Rev.,  vol.  169  (Sept.,  1899). 

1899.     Shall  we  let  Hell  loose  in  South  Africa? 

Am.  Rev.  of  Reviews,  vol.  20  (Oct.  16,  1899), 355. 

1899.     The  inevitable  in  South  Africa.     F.  E.  Garrett. 
Contemp.  Rev.,  vol.  76  (Oct.,  1899),  457. 

1899.     Great  Britain  and  South  Africa. 

Edinburgh  Rev.,  vol.  190  {Oct.,  1899),  530. 

1899.     The  Australian  Federation  from  the  inside.     II.  <i.  Parsons. 
Fortnightly  Rev.,  vol.  66  (Oct.,  1899),  612. 

1899.     The  South  African  republic.     Africanus. 

Imp.  and  Asiatic  Quar.  Rev.,  3d  series,  vol.  8  (Oct.,  1899),  338. 


38 

1899.     The  situation  in  South  Africa;  a  voice  from  Cape  Colony.     0. -TJ.  Wilson. 
Nineteenth  Century, vol.  46  {Oct.,  1899), 522. 

1899.     America  and  England  in  the  East.     Sir  C.  W.  Dilke. 
No.  Amer.  Rev.,  vol.  169  {Oct.,  1899), 558. 

1899.     A  Transvaal  view  of  the  South  African  question.     F.  V.  Engelenburg. 
No.  Amer.  Jin:,  vol.  169  {Oct.,  1899). 

1899.     The  federation  of  Australia. 

Qmr.  Rev.,  vol.  190  [Oct.,  1899),  289. 
1899.     British  supremacy  in  South  Africa.      Edward  Dicey. 

Quar.   Rev.,  vol.  190  {Oct.,  1899),  550. 

1899.     L'arbitrage  et  le  Transvaal. 

Revue Bleue,  vol.  12  {Oct., 7,  J899),  474- 

1899.     The  Transvaal  twenty  years  ago.     H.  Brackenbury. 
Blackwood's,  vol.  166  {Nov.,  1899),  731. 

1899.     The  British  power  in  South  Africa.     0.  Warren. 
Contemp.  Rev.,  vol.  76  {New. ,  1899) ,  609. 

1899.     A  South  African  settlement.      (Pro-English.) 
Fortnightly  Rev.,  vol.  66  {Nov.,  1899),  721. 

1899.     Transvaal  independence  and  England's  future.     Karl  Blind.      (Pro-South 
Africa. ) 
Fortnightly  Rev.,  vol.  66  {Nov.,  1899),  856. 

1899.     British  or  American  colonial  government.     A.  II.  Hardings. 
Independent,  vol.  51  (Nov.  2,  1899),  2932. 

1899.     Story  of  the  Transvaal  struggle.     A.  Hastings. 
National  Mag.,  vol.  11  (Nor.,  1899),  125. 

1899.     The  Boer  ambition.     Douglas  Story.      (Pro-South  African  Republic.) 
New  Century  Rev.,  vol.  6  {Nov.,  1899),  393. 

1899.     The  Transvaal  question;  two  points  of  view.     England's  duty.      li.  Hoare. 
The  new  jingoism.     Liberticus. 
New  Century  Rev.,  vol.  6  {Nov.,  1899),  410. 

1899.     After  the  present  war.     E.  Dicey. 

Nineteenth  Century,  vol.  46  {Nov.,  189.9),  693. 

1899.     Native  unrest  in  South  Africa.     E.  Dicey. 
Nineteenth  Century,  vol.  46  {Nov.,  1899),  708. 

1899.     England  and  the  Transvaal.    J.Corbet.     (Opposes  Boer  war. ) 
Westminster  Rev.,  vol.  152  {Nov.,  1899),  477. 

1899.     Liberal  imperialism  and  the  Transvaal  war.     J.  G.  Rogers. 
Contemp.  Rev.,  vol.  76  {Dec,  1899),  89S. 

1899.     South  African  question  from  an  engineering  standpoint.     A.  Williams,  jr. 
Engineering  Mag.,  vol.  18  {Dec,  1899),  329. 

1899.     Some  notes  on  the  Transvaal  question.     J.  P.  Fitzpatrick. 
Fortnightly  Rev.,  vol.  72  {Dec,  1899),  1026. 

1899.     The  war  in  South  Africa.     With  map. 

Fortnightly  Rev.,  vol.  72  (Dec,  1899),  1046. 


39 

1899.     British  government  and  its  relations  with  subject  races. 
Independent,  vol.  51  (  Dec.  7.  1899),  8804-8806. 

1899.     South  African  problems.     S.  Low;  Sidney  Shippard. 
Nineteenth  Century,  vol.  46  (Dec.,  1899),  865. 

1899.      The  historical  causes  of  the  present  war  in  Smith  Africa.      .1.  I'.rvce. 
No.  Amer.  Rev., vol.  169  (Dec.,  1899), 788. 

1899.      A  possible  continental  alliance  against  England.     D.  C.  Boulger. 
No.  Amer.  Rev.,  vol.  169  I  Dec,  1899),  805. 

1899.     The  South  African  question.     A.  Carnegie. 
No. Amer.  Rev.,  vol.169  [Dec,  1899), 798. 

1899.      The  Australian  constitution.     W.  G.  Beach. 
Polit.  Sci.  Quar.,  vol.14  (Dec.,  1899), 668. 

1899.  The  expansion  of  Egypt. 

Saturday  Rev.,  vol.  88  (Dec.  23,  1899), 802. 

1900.  British  policy  in  South  Africa. 
Blackwood's  Mag.,  vol.  167  (Jan.,  moo),  142. 

1900.     Die  britischen  Kolonien:  Britisch-Indien.     A    Zimmermann. 

Deutsche  KolonMzeitung,  ml.  i:  (Jan.,  11,  18,   Feb.  1,  1900),  18,  26,  46. 

1900.     John  Hays  Hammond  on  the  South  African  situation.     C.  B.  Going. 
Engineering  Mag.,  vol.  IS  (Jan.,  1900), 493. 

1900.     Issues  at  stake  in  South  Africa.     Dr.  Hillier. 
Fortnightly  Rev.,  vol.  73  (Jan.,  1900),  11. 

1900.     England  and  the  higher  morality.     W.  Hopkins. 
Forum,  vol.  28  (Jan.,  1900),  566. 

1900.     The  British  system  of  colonial  government.     Arnold  White. 
Harper's  Mag.,  ml.  100  (Jan.,  1900),  293. 

1900.     British  and  Dutch  in  South  Africa.     S.  Brooks. 
Harper's  Mag.,  ml.  ion  (Jan.,  1900),  304. 

1900.     The  defence  of  the  empire  and  the  militia  ballot.     Sir  G.  S.  Clarke. 
Nineteenth  Century,  vol.  47  (Jan.,  1900), 2. 

1900.     The  South  African  conspiracy  against  British  rule.     A.  T.  Wirgman. 
Nineteenth  Century,  rah  47  (Jan.,  1900),  41. 

1900.     Origin,  duration,  and  outcome  of  the  war.     W.  J.  Leyds. 
No.  Amer.  Rev.,  vol.  170  (Jan.,  1900),  6. 

1900.     England  and  the  Transvaal.     Earl  Grey. 
No.  Amu:  Rev.,  vol.  170  (Jan.,  1900),  9. 

1900.     England,  the  Transvaal,  and  the  European  powers.     H.  Delbriick. 
No.  Amer.  Rev.,  vol.  170  (Jan.,  1900) ,25. 

1900.     Great  Britain  on  the  warpath.     V.  Holmstrom. 
No.  Amer.  Rev.,  vol.  170  (Jan.,  1900), 34. 

1900.     The  empire  in  action. 

Spectator,  vol.  84  (Jan.  6,  1900),  6. 


40 

1900.     What  the  crushing  of  Mahdism  signifies.     F.  C.  Fennel. 1. 

Forum,  vol.  28  (Feb.,  1900),  708. 

1900.     Whig  imperialism.     Bolton  King. 

Contemp.  Rev.,  vol.  77  (Apr.,  1900),  564. 

1900.     Colonial  sovereignty.     C.  de  Thierry. 

Imp.  and  Asiatic  Quar.  Rev.,  8d  series,  ml.  9  [Apr.,  1900),  325. 

1900.      L'imperialisme  anglais.     V.  Berard. 

Revue  de  /'oris.  vol.  7  (Apr..  1900),  491. 

1900.     L'imperialisme.      (English.)     C.  Beguin. 

Revue  Encydop'edique.,  vol.  10  (Mar.,  1900),  190. 

1900.     The  colonies  and  the  mother  country.     T.  Lloyd. 
Statist,  vol.  45  (Mar.  24,  1900),  452. 

1900.     Federation  and  the  future. 

Saturday  Rev.,  vol.  89  (May  J:>.  1900),  609. 


BRITISH   EUROPEAN  COLONIES. 

GIBRALTAR. 

Drinkwater,  John.     The  late  siege  of  Gibraltar.     2d  edition. 

London,  1795:  T.  Spilslmry,  printer,  1786.    xxiv,356  pp.     Plates.     Charts.    4°- 

Field,  H.  M.     Gibraltar. 

New  York:  C.  Scribner'1  s  Sons,  1888.     139  pp.     Illustrated.     Ma/,.     8°. 

Gilbard,  G.  J.     Popular  history  of  Gibraltar. 
Gibraltar,  1881. 

Sayer,  Frederick.     The  history  of  Gibraltar,  and  of  its  political  relation  to  events 
in  Europe.     2d  edition. 

London:  Chapman  and  Hall,  1SG5.     x,  viii,  520  pp.     8°. 

MALTA. 

Ballou,  M.  M.     The  story  of  Malta. 

Boston:  Houghton,  Mifflin  A-  Company,  1893.     ix,  (1),  318 pp.     12°. 

Caruana,  A.  A.     Report  on  the  Phoenician  and  Roman  antiquities  in  the  group  of 
the  islands  of  Malta. 
Malta:  Government  printing  office,  1882.     viii,  168  pp.     Plates.     Facsimiles. 

Davy,  John.     Notes  and  observations  on  the  Ionian  islands  and  Malta.     In  two 
volumes. 
London:  Smith,  Elder  &  Co.,  1842.     Plates.     8°. 

Eton,  W.     Authentic  materials  for  a  history  of  the  people  of  Malta. 

London,  1807.     4  vols.     S°- 

Page,  G.  A.     Guide  to  the  laws  and  regulations  of  Malta. 
Malta,  1892.     139  pp.     8°. 

Porter,  Major  W.     A  history  of  the  Knights  of  Malta,  or  the  Order  of  the  Hospital 
of  St.  John  of  Jerusalem. 
London:  Longman,  Brown,  Green,  etc.,  1858.     2  vols.     Plates.     Map.     8°. 

Seddall,  H.     Malta,  past  and  present. 

London:  Chapman  &  Hall,  1870.     xi,  355  pp.     Map.     8°. 

Tallack,  William.     Malta  under  the  Phenicians,  knights,  and  English. 
London:  A.  W.  Bennett,  1861.    322  pp.     12°. 

41 


BRITISH  ASIATIC  COLONIES. 

Torrens,  William  M.     Empire  in  Asia;  how  we  came  by  it.     A  book  of  confessions. 
London:  Trubner  &  Co.,  1872.     id,  426  pp.     8°. 

ADEN,    PERIM,    ETC. 

Hunter,  F.  3b     An  account  of  the  British  settlement  of  Aden  in  Arabia. 
London,  1877.    8°. 

Pearce,  F.  B.     Bambles  in  lion  land:  three  months  in  Somaliland. 

London:  Chapman  and  HaU,  1898.     272  pp.     Photographs.     Map.     8°. 

Swayne,  H.  G.  C.     Seventeen  trips  through  Somaliland,  1885  to  1893. 
London:  R.  Ward,  1895.    386  pp.     8°. 

BORNEO. 

Boyle,  Frederick.     Adventures  among  the  Dyaks  of  Borneo. 

London:  Ilurd  and  Blackett,  1865.     xii,324pp.     Plate  (woodcut).     8°. 

Hatton,  Frank.     North  Borneo  explorations  and  adventures  on  the  equator.     With 
biographical  sketch  and  notes  by  Joseph  Hatton,  and  preface  by  Sir 
Walter  Medhurst.     Illustrated. 
New  York:  Scribner  &  Welford,  1886.     xiv,  (2),  342  pp.     8°. 

Pryer,  Mrs.  W.  B.     A  decade  in  Borneo. 

London:  Hutchinson,  1894.     200  pp.     8°. 

Roth,  H.  L.     The  natives  of  Sarawak  and  British  North  Borneo. 
London:  Truelove  &  II.,  1896.     2  vols.     8°. 

St.  John,  Sir  Spenser.     Rajah  Brooke.     The   Englishman  as  ruler  of  an  eastern 
state. 
London:  Lon-gmans,   Green  &  Co.,  1899.     xxiii,   (i),  302  pp.     Portrait.     8°. 
(Builders  of  Greater  Britain. ) 

"Woodford,  C.  M.     A  naturalist  among  the  head  hunters.     (Borneo.) 

London:  Philip,  1890.     xii,249pp.     S°. 

CEYLON. 

Baker,  Sir  S.  W.     Eight  years  wandering  in  Ceylon. 

London:  Longman,   Brown,   Green   and   Longmans,  1855.     .rii,  (2),  423  pp. 
Colored  plates.     8°. 

Bertolacci,  Anthony.  A  view  of  the  agricultural,  commercial,  and  financial  inter- 
ests of  Ceylon.  With  an  appendix  containing  some  of  the  principal  laws 
and  usages  of  the  Candians;  port  and  customs-house  regulations;  tables 
of  exports  and  imports;  public  revenue  and  expenditure,  etc. 
London:  Printed  for  Black,  Parbury  and  Allen,  1817.  (16),  577  pp.  Folded 
map.  8°. 
42 


43 

Cave,  TT.  W.     The  ruined  cities  of  Ceylon,     [llustrated. 
London:  Low,  1897.     126  pp.     4°. 

Cumming-,  Constance  Frederica  Gordon.    Two  happy  years  iii  Ceylon,     [llustrated 
by  the  author.     In  two  volumes. 
William  Blackwood  and  sons,  Edinburgh  and  London.     1892.     8°. 

Hatton,  J.     "  The  New  Ceylon,"  beinga  sketch  of  British  North  Borneo,  or  Sabah. 
With  new  ami  original  maps  corrected  to  date. 
London:  Chapman  and  Hall,  1881.     xi,  (1),  209  [>i>.     Plate  {woodcut).     l.'°. 

Schmidt,  E.  Ceylon. 

Berlin:  Schall  &  Grund,  1897.     Illus.     M<i/>.     8°. 
(Veroffentlichungen  a.  Vereins  fur  Bucherfroimde.) 

Tennent,  Sir  J.  E.     Ceylon:  An   account   of  the  island,   physical,   historical,   and 
topographical. 
Loudon:  Lonymau*,  I860.      ;  vols.     S°. 

CYPRUS. 

Cesnola,  Gen.  L.  P.     Cyprus:  Its  ancient  cities,  tombs,  and  temples.     A  narrative 
of  researches  and  excavations  during  ten  years  residence  in  that  island. 
New   York,  Harper,  1878.     xix,  (1),  456  pp.     Illustrations  in  the  text.     Plate. 
8°. 

Dixon,  William  Hepworth.     British  Cyprus. 

London:  Chapman  and  Hall,  1879.     x,  (1),  368  pp.     Colored  plate :     8°. 

Lang,  R.  Hamilton.     Cyprus:  its  history,  present  resources   and   future  propects. 
With  two  illustrations  and  four  maps. 
London:  Mdcmillian  and  Co.,  1878.     x,  (2),  370pp.     S°. 

Loher,  Franz  von.     Cyprus:  historical  and  descriptive  from  the  earliest  times  to 
the  present  day.     Adapted  from  the  German,  with  additional  matter  by 
A.  Batson  Joyner. 
New  York:  R.  Worthington,  1875.     xvi,  {2),  324 pp.     8°. 

Mallock,  W.  H.     In  an  enchanted  isle;  or,  A  winter's  retreat  in  Cyprus.     3d  edition. 
London:  R.  Bentley,  1892.    viii,  407  pp.     Plate.     12°. 

Mariti,  Giovanni.     Voyages  dans  Pisle  de  Chypre,  la  Syrie  et  la  Palestine;  avec 
l'historie  generate  du  Levant.     Traduits  de  l'ltalien. 
Paris:  Belin,  1791.     2  vols.     12°. 

Travels  through  Cyprus,  Syria,  and  Palestine;  with  a  general  history  of  the 

Levant.     Translated  from  the  Italian. 
London:  G.  G.  J.  and  J.  Robinson,  1791-92.     3  vols.     8°. 

Robinson,  P.     Cyprus:  Its  physical,  commercial,  economical,  and  social  aspects. 
London:  Clowes,  1878.     8°. 

HONGKONG. 

Dennys,  Nicholas  B.,  editor.     The  treaty  ports  of  China  and  Japan.     A  complete 
guide  to  the  open  ports  of  those  countries.     With  29  maps  and  plans. 
London:   TruJmer,  1867.     viii,  (2),  668,  (2),  xxoipp.     8°. 

Eitel,  E.  J.     Europe  in  China. 

London:  Luzac,  1895.     8°. 


44 

Leg-g-e,  W.     A  handbook  to  Hongkong,  being  a  popular  guide  to  the  various  places 

of  interest  in  the  colony  for  the  use  of  tourists. 
Hongkong:  Kelley  &  Walsh,  1893.     77  pp.    8°. 

INDIA. 

Adye,  Sir  J.     Indian  frontier  policy;  historical  sketch. 
London:  Smith  &  Elder,  1897.     70  pp.     8°. 

Bacon,  R.  H.     Benin,  the  city  of  blood. 

London:   E.  Arnold,  1897.     152pp.     8°. 

Ballantine,  Henry.     On  India's  frontier;  or,  Nepal,  the  Gurkhas'  mysterious  land. 
New  York:  .1 .  S.  Tail  and  Sons,  [1895].     (4),  19!  pp.     12°. 

Blackwood,  Sir  F.  T.  H.  T.,  Earl  of  Dufferin.      Speeches  delivered  in  India,  1884- 
1888. 
London:  Murray,  1890.     8°. 

Boisragon,  A.     The  Benin  massacre. 

London:  Methuen,  1897.     198pp.     8°. 

Bolts,  William.     Considerations  on  India  affairs,  particularly  respecting  the  pres- 
ent state  of  Bengal  and  its  dependencies,  with  a  map  of  those  countries, 
chiefly  from  actual  surveys. 
London:  printed  for  J.  Almon,  1762.     xxxi,  (1),  165  pp.     Folded  map.     4°. 

Brahmins  and  pariahs.  An  appeal  by  the  indigo  manufacturers,  parliament,  and 
people,  for  protection  against  the  lieutenant-governor  of  Bengal:  setting 
forth  the  proceedings  by  which  this  high  officer  has  interfered  with  the 
free  course  of  justice,  has  destroyed  capital  and  trade  of  British  settlers 
in  India  .... 
London:  Jo  mis  Ridgway,  1861.     ..'10  pp.     S°. 

Chailley-Bert,  J.     La  colonisation  de  l'Indo-Chine.     L'experience  anglaise. 
Paris:  Colin,  1892.     xvi,  398  pp.     16°. 

Chesney,  Sir  George.     Indian  polity.     A  view  of  the  systems  of  administration  in 
India.     3d  edition. 
London:  Longmans,  Green  &  Co.,  1894-     -''■<',  409pp.     Folded  map.     8°. 

Clarke,  Hyde.     Colonization,  defence,  and  railways  in  our  Indian  empire. 
London:  John  Weale,  1857.     viii,  244  pp.     Folded  map.     8°. 

Coke,  Roger.     Reflections  upon  the  East-Indy  and  Royal  African  companies,  with 
animadversions  concerning  the  naturalization  of  foreigners. 
London:  Printed  in  the  year  1695.     {2),  25  pp.     12°. 

Colonial  and  Indian  exhibition,    1886.     Her  Majesty's  colonies.     A  series  of 
original   papers   issued   under  the  authority  of  the   Royal  commission. 
Compiled  and  edited  by  A.  J.  R,  Trendall.     With  introduction  by  J.  R. 
Seeley.     2d  edition. 
London:  W.  Clowes,  1886.     xxx,  508pp.     Folded  maps.     8°. 

Cotton,  Sir  Arthur  Thomas.     Public  works  in  India;   their  importance,  with  sug- 
gestions for  their  extension  and  improvement. 
London:   William  H.  Allen  &  Co.,  1854.     {4),  295 pp.     12°. 

Dubois,  J.  A.     Hindu  manners,   customs,  and  ceremonies.     Translated  from  the 
author's  later  French  MS.  and  edited  with  notes,  corrections,  and  biogra- 
phy by  Henry  K.  Beauchamp,  with  a  prefatory  note  by  the  Right  Hon. 
F.  Max  Muller  and  a  portrait.     2d  edition. 
Oxford:  Clarendon  Press,  1899.     xxxvi,  730  /<)>.     8°. 


45 

Duff,  James  Grant     A  history  of  the  Mahrattas.     In  three  volumes. 

Loudon:  Printed  for  Longman,  Rees,  Orme,  Brown  and  Green,  1826.    8°. 

Durand,  A.     The  making  of  a  frontier.     Five  years'  experiences  and  adventures  in 
Gilgit,  Hunza,  Nagor,  Chitral,  and  the  eastern  Hindu-Kush. 
London:  John  Murray,  1899.    xi>i,298pp.     Portrait.    Map.     Illustrations.    8°. 

Elphinstone,  Sir  Mountstuart.     The  history  of  India. 
London;  John  Murray,  1841-     ■■'  vols.     8°. 

Engelhardt,  Ed.     Les  protectorates  de  l'lnde  britannique. 

{In  Revue  de  Droit  Internationale,  vol.  29,  pp.  4(11-47:1.    1897. ) 

Evans,  De  Lacy.     On  the  practicability  of  an  invasion  of  British  India,  and  on  the 
commercial  and  financial  prospects  and  resources  of  the  empire. 
London:  Printed  for  J.  M.  Richardson,  1829.     Iviii,  147  pp.     Folded  map.     8°. 

Gough,  Sir  C,  and  A.  D.  Innes.     The  Sikhs  and  the  Sikh  wars.     Rise,  conquest, 
annexation  of  Punjab  state. 

London:  Innes,  1897.     320  pp.     8°. 

Greville,  .     British  India  analyzed.     The  provincial  and  revenue  establish- 
ments of  Tippoo  Sultaun  and  of  Mahomedan  and  British  conquerors  in 
Hindostan,  stated  and  considered. 
London:  Printed  for  R.  Faulder,  1795.      In  3  parts.     8°. 

Griffin,  Sir  L.  II.     The  Rajahs  of  the  Punjab;  being  the   history  of  the  principal 
states  in  the  Punjab.     2d  edition. 
London:  Trubner,  187 S.     2  vols.     S°. 

Hart,  Mrs.  E.     Picturesque  Burma,  past  and  present. 
Lmdon:  Bent,  1895.     370  pp.     8°. 

Hough,  William.     India  as  it  ought  to  be  under  the  new  charter  act.     Improve- 
ments suggested. 
Londrni:  Published  for  the  author  by  Messrs.   II".  Thacker  &  Co.,  1853.     vii,  WO 
pp.     8°. 

Hunter,  Sir  W.  W.     Annals  of  rural  Bengal.     7th  edition. 
London:  Smith,  Elder  A  Co.,  1897.     492pp.     8°. 

A  history  of  British  India.     Volume  1,  to  the  overthrow  of  the  English  in 

the  Spice  archipelago. 
Longmans,  Green  &  Co.,  London,  Neio  York,  1899.     (4),  475  pp.    Folded  map. 
8°. 

The  Indian  empire;  its  history,  people,  and  products. 

London:    ]¥.  H.  Allen,  1893.     852  pp.     8°. 

Life  of  the  Earl  of  Mayo,  fourth  viceroy  of  India. 

London:  Smith,  Elder  &  Co.,  1875-1876.    2  vols.    8°. 

Hutchinson,  II.  D.     The  campaign  in  Tirah,  1897-98. 
London:  Macmittan,  1898.     200  pp.     8°. 

Ilbert,  Sir  Courtenay.     The  government  of  India.     Being  a  digest  of  the  statute  law 
relating  thereto. 
Oxford:  Clarendon  Press,  1898.     xi,  607  pp.     8°. 

India.     Department  of  Finance  and  Commerce.     Prices  and  wages  in  India. 

Calcutta:  Printed  by  the  superintendent  of  government  printing,  India,  1886.     iv, 
48,   {19)  pp.     8°. 


46 

Kaye,  Sir  John  William.     The  administration  of  the  East  India  Company;  ahistory 
of  Indian  progress. 
London:  Richard  Bentley,  1853.     x,  712pp.     8°. 

editor.     Selection?  from  papers  of   Lord  Metcalfe,  late  governor-general  of 

India,  governor  of  Jamaica,  and  governor-general  of  Canada. 
London:  Smith,  Elder  and  Co.,  1855.     xiv,  (2) ,  476  pp.     8°.     ■ 

Law,  Thomas.      A    sketch   of   some   late  arrangements,    and   a  view  of   the    rising 
resources  in  Bengal. 
London:  Printed  for  John  StockdaU,  MDCCXCIL     {6),  xxxvi,  283  pp.    8°. 

Lawrence,  Sir   Henry    Montgomery.      Essays,   military  and   political,   written    in 
India. 
London:    Wm.  II.  Allen  A-  Co.,  1859.     i.>;  (2),  483pp.     8°. 

Contents:  Military  defence  of  our  Indian  empire;  The  kingdom  of  Oude;  Mahratta 
history  and  empire:  Lord  Hardinge's  Indian  administration:  The  Indian  army; 
Army  reform. 

Lyall,  Sir  Alfred.     The  rise  of  the  British  dominion  in  India. 

London:  John  Murray,  1893.     xv,  {!),  288  pp.     Foldedmap.     in0.     (Univer- 
sity i''i<  nsion  manuals.) 

Malcolm,  Sir  John.     The  government  of  India. 

London:  John  Murray,  1833.     [6),  258pp.     8°. 

Malleson,  (i.  B.     History  of  the  Indian  mutiny,  1857-18~>s.     2d  edition. 
London:    II".  IT.  Allen,  1878-1880.     3  vols.     8°. 

Mills,  Arthur.     India  in  1858;  a  summary  of  the  existing  administration,  political, 
fiscal,  and  judicial,  of  British  India,  together  with  the  laws  and  public 
documents  relating  thereto,  from  the  earliest  to  the  present  time.     With 
a  revenue  map. 
London:  John  Murray,  18-58.     xvii,  303 pp.     8°. 

Montagne,  C.     Histoire  de  la  Compagnie  des  Indes. 
Paris,  1899.     8°. 

Montalembert,  Charles  Forbes  de  Tryon,  Comte  de.     Un  debat  sur  l'Inde  an  parle- 
ment  anglais. 
London:    W.  Jeffs,  1858.     {2),  117 pp.     8°. 

Morison,  Theodore.     Imperial  rule  in  India,  being  an  examination  of  the  principles 
proper  to  the  government  of  dependencies. 
London:  Constable,  1899.     152  pp.    8°. 

Napier,  Sir  Charles  James.     Defects,  civil  and  military,  of  the  Indian  government. 
Ed.  by  Sir  W.  F.  P.  Napier.     Second  edition. 
Lrmdon:  Charles  Westerton,  1853.     xii,  437  pp.     8°. 

Phayre,  Sir  Arthur  P.     History  of  Burma,  including  Burma  proper,  Pegu,  Taungu, 
Tenasserim,  and  Arakan,  from  the  earliest  time  to  the  end  of  the  first 
war  with  British  India. 
London:  Trubner  &  Co.,  1883.     x,  (2),  311  pp.     Folded  maps.     8°. 

Powell,  B.  H.  Baden.     Land  revenue  and  tenure  in  British  India. 
Oxford:  Clarendon  press,  1893.    8°. 

The  land  systems  of  British  India. 

Oxford:  Clarendon  press,  1892.     3  vols.     8°. 

Rickards,  Robert.     India;  or  facts  submitted  to  illustrate  the  character  and  condi- 
tion of  the  native  inhabitants,  with  suggestions  for  reforming  the  present 
system  of  government.     In  two  volumes. 
London:  Published  by  Smith,  Elder  A-  Co.,  1829.    8°. 


47 

Roberts,  Frederick  Sleigh,  Lord.     Forty-one  years  in  [ndia,  Er subaltern  to  com- 
mander-in-chief.    With  portraits  and  maps.     In  two  volumes. 
New  York:  Longmans,  Green  &  Co.,  1898.     s°. 

Royle,  John  Forbes.     Essay  on  the  productive  resources  of  India. 
London:   Wm.  H.  Allen,  1840.     x,   ',■'<!  pp.     8°. 

Russell,  Francis.     A.  short  history  of  the  East   India  Company.     The  2d  edition, 
with  some  additions. 
London:  Printed  for  John  Sewell,  1793.     (6),  95  pp.     4°. 

St.  John,  Horace.     History  of  the  British  conquests  in  India.     In  two  volumes. 
London:  Colburn  &  Co.,  1852.     12°. 

Shore,  Frederick  John.     Notes  on  Indian  affairs,      [n  two  volumes. 
London:  John  W.  Parker,  1837.     8°. 

Smith,  George.     Twelve  Indian  statesmen. 

London:  John  Murray,  1897.     viii,  {2),  326 pp.     8°. 

Contents:  Charles-Grant;  Sir  Henry  Lawrence;  John,  Lord  Lawrence  of  the  Punjab: 
Sir  James  Outram;  Sir  Donald  McLeod;  Sir  Henry  Marion  Durand;  Lieut.-Gen.  Colin 
Mackenzie:  Sir  Herbert  B.  Edwardes:  John  Clark  Marshman;  Sir  Henry  Sumner 
Maine:  Sir  Henry  Ramsay;  Sir  Charles  N.  Aitchison. 

Strachey,  Sir  John.     India.     New  and  revised  edition. 

London:  Kegan  Paul,  French,  Trubner&  Co.,  1894-    4U  i>i>.     Foldedmap.    8°. 

Strachey,  John,  and  Richard  Stracbey.     The  finances  and  public  works  of  India 
from  1869  to  1881. 
London:  Kegan  Paul,  Trench  &  Co.,  1882.     xx,  467,  (1),  pp. 

Temple,  Sir  Richard.     Men  and  events  of  my  time  in  India. 
London:  John  Murray,  1882.     xvii,  (1),  526pp.     S°. 

Thomason,   James.     Selections  from  the  records  of   the  government,  Northwest 
provinces.     In  two  volumes.     Vol.  1. 
Calcutta:  Printed  by  J.  Thomas,  1856.     viii,  516  pp.     4°. 

Thorburn,  S.  S.     Banmi;  or,  our  Afghan  frontier. 

London:   Trubner  &  Co.,  1876.     x,  (2),  480pp.     Map.     8°. 

Thornton,  Edward.     India;  its  state  and  prospects. 

London:  Parbury,  AUen  <_(•  Co.,  1835.     xx,  354pp.     8°. 

Thornton,  T.  II.     General  Sir  Richard  Meade  and  the  feudatory  states  of  central 
and  southern  India:  a  record  of  43  years  as  soldier,  political  officer,  and 
administrator. 
London:  Longmans,  1898.    418 pp.      I II us.      Portrait.     Map.     8°. 

True  declaration  of  the  news  that  came  out  of  the  East  Indies  with  the  pinnace 
called  the  Hare,  which  arrived  in  Texel  in  June,  1624,  concerning  a  con- 
spiracy discovered  in  the  island  of  Amboyna,  and  the  punishment 
following  thereupon  in  March,  1624,  comprehended  in  a  letter  missing, 
and  sent  from  a  friend  in  the  Low  Countries  to  the  friend  of  note  in 
England. 
Printed  anno.,  1624-     {2),  20 pp.     Sq.  16°. 

Bound  with  "Answer  to  the  Hollandese  declaration." 

Tupper,  Charles  Lewis.     Our  Indian  protectorate.     An  introduction  to  the  study  of 
the  relations  between  the  British  government  and  its  Indian  feudatories. 
London:  Longmans,  1893.     xvi,  426  pp.     L.  8°. 

Tucker,   Henry  St.  George.     Memorials  of  Indian  government;   being  a  selection 
from  the  papers  of  Henry  St.  <  reorge  Tucker. 
London:  Richard  Bentley,  1853.     xii,  507  pp.     8°. 


48 

Valbezan,    E.  de.     Les   Anglais   et    I'Inde.     Avec    notes,    pieces   justificatives  et 
tableaux  statistiques. 
Paris:   Levy  frbres,  1857.     {2),  442  pp.     8°. 

Warburton,  Sir  Robert.     Eighteen  years  in  the  Khyber,  1879-1898. 

London:  Murray,  1900.      (18),  351  pp.     Ittus.     Portrait.     Folded  map.     8°. 

"Sir  Robert  Warburton  represents  a  class  of  Indian  administrators  now  almost 
extinct.  He  was  one  of  the  last  survivors  of  the  school  associated  with  the  ven- 
erated nanus  of  Nicholson,  the  Lawrences,  and  all  that  group  of  worthies  who  laid 
deep  and  strong  the  foundations  of  our  rule  over  the  warlike  races  whom  each 
successive  wave  of  conquest  brought  within  our  influence— men  who  ruled  by  force 
of  character,  sympathy,  courage,  and  all  the  personal  qualities  which  in  settled 
times  and  places  are  replaced  by  code  and  section  and  the  rules  of  a  dozen  depart- 
ments." 

Wheeler,  J.  T.     The  history  of  India  from  the  earliest  ages. 
London:   Trubner  &  Co.,  1869-1881.     4  vols.     8°. 

Williams,  Sir  Monier-Monier.     Modern  India  and  the  Indians. 
London:  Trubner  &  Co.,  1878.     (4),  244  pp.     S°. 

Brahminisin   and   Hindooism.     Religious   thought  and    life  in   India.     2d 

edition. 
London:  Murray,  1887.     8°. 

STRAITS  SETTLEMENTS. 

Bishop,  Isabella  L.  Bird.     The  golden  Chersonese  and  the  way  thither.     With  map 
and  illustrations. 
New  York:  G.  P.  Putnam's  Sons,  1883.     xiv,  (2),  483  pp.     8°. 

Boulger,  D.  C.     Life  of  Sir  Stamford  Raffles. 

London:  Marshall  and  Son,  1897.     4-0 pp.     8°. 

Clifford,  H.     In  court  and  kampong:  tales  and  sketches  of  native  life  in  the  Malay 
peninsula. 
London:  G.  Richards,  1897.     268  pp.     8°. 

Dennys,  N.  B.     A  descriptive  dictionary  of  British  Malaya. 
London:  China  T.,  1894-     8°. 

Innes,  Mrs.     The  Chersonese  with  the  gilding  off. 
London:  Bentley,  1885.     2  vols.     8°. 

Rathbone,  Ambrose  B.    Camping  and  tramping  in  Malaya.     Fifteen  years'  pioneer- 
ing in  the  native  states  of  the  Malay  peninsula. 
London:   Svoan  Sonnenschein  &  Co.,  1898.     x,   (2),  339  pp.     Plates.     Folded 
map.     8°. 

Swettenham,  F.  A.     Malay  sketches. 
London:  Lane,  1895.     8°. 

Wallace,  A.  R.     The  Malay  archipelago;  land  of  the  orang-utan.     New  edition. 
London:  Macmillan,  1898.     515  pp.     Plate.     Folded  maps.     8°. 


BRITISH    AFRICAN    COLONIES. 

BRITISH    SOUTH    AFRICA. 

British  Africa.     With  4  maps. 

London:  K.  Paul,  Trench,  Trubnertk  Co.,  1899.    xiii,  (1)  418pp.    8°.     {British 

Empire  series.  2.) 
Contents:  Cape  of  Good  Hope,  by  Sir  D.Tennant;  Rhodesia,  by  C.  W. Boyd;  Rhodesia, 
by  H.M.Hole;  Rhodesia,  byW.  E.  L.;  Beehuanaland,  by  Sir  S.  G.  A.  Shlppard;  Tin- 
Transvaal,  by  W.Y. Campbell;  Natal,  by  F.R.Statham;  The  Highlands  of  Natal,  by 
E.McMaster;  Zululand,  by  Miss  Colenso;  Briton,  Boer  and  Black  in  South  Africa, 
by  J.  A.  Liebmann;  Native  races  of  South  Africa  and  their  polity;  Natives  under 
British  rule  in  Africa,  by  R.  H.Fox  Bourn. ■;  The  gold  era  in  South  Africa,  byW.B. 
Worsfold;  British  Central  Africa,  by  A.  Werner;  Protectorate  of  Zanzibar,  by 
W.  K.  Firminger;  East  Africa  protectorate,  by  H.  S.  Newman;  Uganda,  by  Sir  H. 
Colville;  What  England  has  done  for  Egypt,  by  A.  Nichols;  District  of  the  Niger,  by 
P.  A.  Bennett;  Our  West  African  Colonies,  by  Sir  W.  H.  Quayle-Jones;  Life  in  West 
Africa,  by  M.  Kingsley;  Mauritius,  by  Conde-Williams;  Appendix. 

Brown,   William  Harvey.     On  the  South  African  frontier.     The  adventures  and 
observations  of  an  American  in  Mashonaland  and  Matabeleland. 
New  York:  Charles  Scribner's  Sons,  1899.     xxii,  (2),  430  pp.     Illustrations  and 
folded  maps.     8°. 
Bryce,  James.     Impressions  of  South  Africa. 

New  York:  Century  Co.,  1897.     xvi,  (2),  499 pp.     8  folded  maps.     8°. 

Same.     3d  edition  with  a  new  prefatory  chapter  dealing  with  the  events 

which  have  induced  the  present  crisis. 
London:  MacmiUan,  1899.     Ixiii,  499  pp.     8°. 
Cloete,   Henry.     The  story  of  the  great  Boer  trek,  and  the  origin  of  the  South 
African  republics. 
London:  Murray,  1899.     xvi,  196  pp.     8°. 
Greswell,  William  Henry  Parr.     Geography  of  Africa  south  of  the  Zambesi.     With 
notes  on  the  industries,  wealth,  and   social   progress  of  the  states  and 
peoples.     With  three  maps. 
Oxford:  Clarendon  Press,  1892.     xii,  400  pp.     12°. 
Native  states  and  protectorates,  pp.  285-307. 
Hertslet,  Sir  Edward.     The  map  of  Africa  by  treaty.     2d  and  revised  edition. 

Iiondon:  Harrison  and  Sons,  1896.     3  vols.     8°. 
Johnston,   Sir  Harry  H.     A  history  of  the  colonization  of  Africa  by  alien  races. 
With  eight  maps  by  the  author  and  J.  G.  Bartholomew. 
Cambridge:    University  Press,  1S99.     xii,  (2),  319 pp.     8°. 
Keltie,  John  Scott.     The  partition  of  Africa.     With  24  maps.     2d  edition. 

London:  Edward  Stanford,  1895.     xv,  (1),  564  pp.     8°. 
Latimer,  Elizabeth  Wormeley.     Europe  in  Africa  in  the  nineteenth  century. 

Chicago:  A.  C.  McClurg  &  Company,  1895.     451pp.     Portraits.     8°. 
Mackenzie,  John.     Central  Africa;  extension  of  British  influence  in  transcolonial 
territories. 
(In  Manchester  Geographical  Society.    Journal,  vol.  4,  pp.  201-231.    Manchester,  1888.) 

Austral  Africa;  losing  it,  or  ruling  it,  being  incidents  and  experiences   in 

Beehuanaland,  Cape  Colony,  and  England. 
London:  S.    Low,  Marston,  Searle  and  Rivington,  1887.     ■'  vols.     Plates,  port., 

Ulus.     8°. 
4997 4  49 


50 

Nicholson,  G.     Fifty  yearn  in  South  Africa;  recollections  and  reflections  of  a  veteran 
pioneer. 
London:    W.   W.  Greener,  1898.     310  pp.     8°. 

Sanderson,  E.     Africa  in  the  nineteenth  century. 
London:  Seeley,  1898.    346  pp.     8°. 

Stanley,  Henry  M.,  and    others.      Africa;  its   partition  and    its   future.     With   an 
introduction  by  Harry  Thurston  Peck.     With  colored  map. 
New  York:  Dodd,  Mead  and  Co.,  1S9S.     .rrii,  (3),  263  pp.     12°. 

Contents:  Introduction,  by  H. T.  Peck.  Africa  in  the  twentieth  century,  by  H.  M.  Stan- 
ley. The  partition  of  Africa,  by  J.  Scott  Keltic.  The  British  empire  in  Africa .  1  <\  \V.  T. 
Stead.  The  German  empire  in  Africa,  by  F.  Bley.  The  French  empire  in  Africa, 
by  Panl  Guieysse.  The  independent  Kongo  State,  by  Charles  Lemair.  England, 
the  Sudan,  and  France,  by  Henry  Norman.  The  future  of  Nigeria,  by  Sir  George 
Taubman-Goldie.  The  kingdom  of  Uganda,  by  F.  D.  Lugard.  Abyssinia  and  its 
people,  by  T.  C.  S.  Speedy.  The  republic  of  Liberia— its  future,  by  J.  C.  Hartzell. 
The  commerce,  railways,  and  telegraphs  of  Africa,  by  Stanley  Edward  Heawood. 
The  maps  of  Africa,  by  H.  K.  Carroll. 

Statham,  F.  R.     Blacks,  Boers,  and  British. 

London:  Macmillan,  1881.     viii,  271pp.     8°. 

South  Africa  as  it  is. 

London:    Unwin,  1897.     8°. 

Theal,  George   McCall.      Compendium    of   the   history   and   geography   of    South 
Africa.     3d  edition,  revised  and  enlarged. 
London:  Edward  Stanford,  1S78.     viii,  {2),  208pp.     8°. 

History  of  the  emigrant  Boers  of  South  Africa  .   .   .     2d  edition. 

London,  1888.     8°. 

History  of  South  Africa,  1486-1691. 

London,  1888.     8°. 

— ! History  of  South  Africa,  1691-1795. 

London,  1S88.     8°. 

History  of  South  Africa,  1795-1834. 

London,  1891.    8°. 

— History  of  South  Africa.     The  republics  and  native  territories,  1  N,">4-1872. 

London,  1889.     448  pp.     8°. 

History  of  South  Africa  under  the  administration  of  the  Dutch  India  Com- 

pany .   .   . 
London,   1897.     2  vols.     S°. 

South  Africa  .   .   . 

New  York:  Putnam's  Sons,  1894.     Must.     Map.     12°.     (Story  of  the  Nations 

series. ) 

South  Africa:  The  Cape  Colony,  Natal,  Orange  Free  State,  South  African 

Republic,  Rhodesia,  and  all  other  territories  south  of  the  Zambesi.    4th 
edition. 
London:  T.  Fisher  Unwin.     462  pp.     8°.     (Story  of  the  Nations  series.) 

Trollope,  Anthony.     South  Africa.     In  two  volumes. 
London:  Chapman  and  Hall,  1878.     2  vols.     8°. 

Contents:  1.  South  Africa;  Cape  Colony;  Natal.  2.  The  Transvaal;  Griqualand  West; 
The  Orange  Free  State;  Native  territories. 


51 

Van  Octroy,  F.     Conventions  intemationales  definissanl   les  iim.ites  actuelles  des 
possessions,  protectorats  el  spheres  d' influence  en  Afrique. 
Bruxelles:  Schepens,  t898.     518  pp.     S°. 

Voigt,  J.  C.     Fifty  years  of  the  history  of  the  republic  in  South  Africa  (  17'.i5-1845). 

London:   T.  /•'.   Unwin,  1899.     .'  vols.      Mops.     8°. 
Wilkinson,  Sir  Spencer.      British  policy  in  South  Africa. 

London:  Lou;  1899.     viii.  114  pp.     12°. 
Wilmot,  Alexander.     The  story  of  the  expansion  of  southern  Africa.     2d   edition, 
with  supplementary  chapter,  index,  special  map,  and  new  appendix. 

London:  T.  Fisher  Unwin,  1895.     xxvii,  (l),  277  pp.     8°. 

Worsfold,  William   Basil.     South  Africa.      A  study  in  colonial  administration  and 
development. 
Loudon:  Methuen,  1897.     266pp.     12°. 

Contents:  Early  history;  The  Kafir  wars;  Sir  Bartle  Frere  and  federation;  The  Boers; 
Natal  and  the  Kafir  problem;  The  Beehuanaland  settlement;  Agricultural  and 
pastoral  resources;  The  diamond  mines;  Gold  mining. 

South  Africa.     A  study  in  colonial   administration  and  development.     2d 

edition,  revised. 
London:  Methuen  &  Co.,  1897.     mi,  808pp.     Folded  map.    8°. 

Younghusband,  Francis  E.     South  Africa  of  to-day.     With  illustrations. 
London:  Macmillan  &  Co.,  1898.     mi,  (1),  177  pp.     Plates.    S°. 

BASUTOLAND. 

Barkly,  Mrs:     Among  Boers  and  Basutos. 

The  Roxburgh  Press,  Westminster,  [1896].     257pp.     12°. 

Widdicombe,  J.     Fourteen  years  in  Basutoland. 

London,  \_1891~\.     306 pp.     Illustrations.     12°. 

CAPE   COLONY. 

Campbell,  C.  T.     British  South  Africa.     A  history  of  the  colony  of  the  Cape  of 
Good  Hope,  from  its  conquest,  1795,  to  the  settlement  of  Albany  by  the 
British  emigration  of  1819  (A.  D.  1795-1825). 
London:  Haddon,  1897.     230  pp.     8°. 

Wallace,  R.     Farming  industries  of  Cape  Colony. 

London:  P.  S.  King  <Sc  Son,  1896.     Illustrations.     Maps.     s°. 

Weber,  Ernst  von.     Vier  Jahre  in  Afrika,  1871-75.      Mit  Abbildungen  in  Holz- 
schnitten,  u.  s.  w. 
Leipzig:  Brockhaus,  1878.     2  rots.     8°. 

MASHONALAND. 

Bent,  J.  Theodore.    The  Ruined  Cities  of  Mashonaland.     Being  a  record  of  excava- 
tion and   exploration  in  1891.     With  a  chapter  on  the  orientation  and 
mensuration  of  the  temples,  by  R.  M.  W.  Swan. 
London:  Longmans,  Green  and  Co.,  1892.    xi,  (1),  376  pp.     3  folded  maps  and 
plans.     8°. 

Bruce,  G.  W.  H.  Knight.     Memories  of  Mashonaland.  • 
London:  E.  Arnold,  1895.     99  pp.    8°. 


52 

Waal,  D.  ('.  de.     With   Rhodes  in  Mashonaland.     Translated   from  the  original 
Dutch  by  Jan  H.  Hofmeyer  de  Waal. 
Cape  Town:  J.  C.  Juta  &  Co.,  ISM.     xix,  (1),  351  pp.     Portrait.     1J°. 

MATABELELAND. 

Laing,  D.  T.     The  Matabele  Rebellion,  1896. 
London:  Dean,  1897.     328pp.     8°. 

Plumer,  H.     An  Irregular  Corps  in  Matabeleland. 

London:  Paid,  1897.     258pp.     8°. 

Powell,  R.  S.  S.  Baden-.     The  Matabele  Campaign,  1896;  being  a  narrative  of  the 
campaign  in  suppressing  the  native  rising  in  Matabeleland  and  Mashona- 
land. 
London:  Meihuen,  1807.     514pp.     Illustrations.     8°. 

Sykes,  F.  W.     With  Plumer  in   Matabeleland.     Sketches  by  F.  V.  Worthington. 
Photographs  by  author. 
London:  Constable,  1897.     304pp.     8°. 

MAURITIUS. 

Decotter,  N.     Geographie  de  Maurice  et  de  ses  dependances. 
Mauritius,  1891.     vii,  123  pp.     8°. 

iSpinay,  Adrien  d'.     Renseignements  pour  servir  a  l'histoire  de  Pile  de  France 
jusqu'A,  Pannee  1810,  inclusivement. 
Mauritius,  1890.     8°. 

Flemyng,  F.  P.     Mauritius,  or  the  Isle  of  France. 

London:  Soc.  Prom,  of  Chr.  Knowledge,  1862.     8°. 

Grant,  C,  Viscount  de  Vaux.     The  history  of  Mauritius,  or  the  Isle  of  France,  and 
the  neighboring  islands  .  .  .  Illustrated  with  maps. 
London:  G.  and  W.  Nichol,  1801.     xxi,  (i),  571  pp.     Folded  plan.     J  folded 
maps.     4°- 

TJnienville,  Baron  d\     Statistique  de  Pile  Maurice  et  ses  dependances,  suivie  d'une 
notice  historique  sur  cette  colonie  et  d'un  Essai  sur  Pile  de  Madagascar. 
Paris:  G.  Barba,  1838.     3  vols.     Plates.     8°. 

NATAL. 

Bird,  John.     The  annals  of  Natal.     1495-1845. 

Pietermaritzburg:  P.  Davis  &  Sons,  1888.     2  vols.     8°. 

Brooks,  Henry.     Natal;  a  history  and  description  of  the  colony. 

London:  L.  Reeved-  Co.,  1876.     viii,  (4),  336pp.     Photographs.     8°. 

Holden,  William  C.     History  of  the  colony  of  Natal,  South  Africa.     To   which  is 
added,  an  appendix  containing  a  brief  history  of  the  Orange  River  sov- 
ereignty, etc.     With  3  maps  and  19  illustrations. 
London:  A.  Heylin,  1855.     viii,  463  pp.     8°. 

Ingram,  J.  F.     Natalia:  a  condensed  history  of  the  explorations  and  colonization 
of  Natal  and  Zululand. 
London:  Marshall,  1897.     212pp.     4° ■ 

Peace,  W.     Our  colony  of  Natal.     2d  edition. 

London:  E.  Stanford,  1885.     201  pp.     8°. 


53 

Russell,  R.     Xatal,  the  land  and  its  story. 
Pietermaritzburg,  1897.     8°. 

Shooter,  Joseph.     The  Kafirs  of  Natal  and  the  Zulu  country. 

London:  E.  Stanford,  1857.     x,  403 pp.     Plates  (lithographs).     s°. 

RHODESIA. 

Knight,  E.  F.      Rhodesia  of  to-day. 

London:  Longmans,  1895.     vii,  (1),  151pp.     Foldedmap.     1.'°. 

Selous,  F.  C.     Sunshine  and  storm  in  Rhodesia. 

London:  R.  Ward,  1896.     320  pp.     TUus.     Maps.     8°. 

Tangye,  II.  Lincoln.     In  new  South  Africa:  travels  in  the  Transvaal  and  Rhodesia. 
With  26  illustrations. 
London:  Horace  Cox,  1896.     mix,  431pp.     Plates  (photogravures) .     8°. 

Thomson,  II.  ('.      Rhodesia  and  its  government.      With  illustrations. 

London:  Smith, Elder  &  Co.,  1898.     xi,  (3),  352 pp.     Foldedmap.     8°. 

BRITISH    WEST   AFRICA. 

Banbury,  G.  A.  L.     Sierra  Leone;  or,  the  white  man's  grave. 
London:  Sonnenschein,  1888.     296  />/>.     8°. 

Ellis,  A.  B.     The  Ewe-speaking  peoples  of  the  Slave  Coast  of  West   Africa:  *heir 
religion,  manners,  customs,  laws,  languages,  etc. 
London:  Chapman  and  Hall,  1890.     viii,  331  pp.     Foldedmap.     8°. 

Ellis,  A.  B.     The  Yoruba-speaking  peoples  of  the  Slave  Coast  of  West  Africa. 
London:  Chapman,  1894.     402  pp.     8°. 

Freeman,  R.  A.     Travels  and  life  in  Ashanti  and  Jaman.     With  100  illustrations 
by  the  author. 
London:  Constable,  1898.     580  pp.     Maps.     S°. 

Griffith,  R.     Sierra  Leone,  past,  present,  and  future. 

///  Royal  Colonial  Institute.     Proceedings,  vol.  13.     pp.  56-98.     London,  1882.) 
Ingham,  E.  G.     Sierra  Leone  after  a  hundred  years. 
London:  Seeley,  1894.     308  pp.     8°. 

Jobson,  R.     The  golden   trade;  or,    A   discovery   of   the    River  Gambra  and  the 
golden  trade  of  the  Ethiopians. 
London:  X.  Okes,  1623.      (2),  166pp.     Sm.  4°. 

Kemp,  D.     Nine  years  at  the  Gold  Coast. 

London:  MacmUlan,  1898.     294  pp.     8°. 

Kingsley,  Mary  II.     Travels  in  West  Africa,  Congo  Francois,  Corisco,  Cameroons. 
London:  MacmWan,  1897.     xvi,  743pp.     Plates.     8°. 

The  story  of  West  Africa. 

London:  II.  Marshall,  1899.     170  pp.     8°. 

West  African  studies.     With  illustrations  and  map. 

London:  MacmMan  &  Co.,  1899.     xxiv,  639pp.     8°. 

"  Miss  Kingsley's  indictment  of  the  Crown  colony  system,  and  the  sketch  which  she 
suhmits  of  an  alternative  plan  for  the  government  of  the  colonies,  at  present 
administered  as  Crown  colonies,  constitute  a  brilliant  contribution  to  the  discussion 
as  to  the  best  method  of  governing  tropical  colonies."— Saturday  Review. 


54 

Macdonald,  ( I.     The  Gold  Coast,  past  and  present, 

London:  Longmans,  1898.     864  pp.     Illustrated.     80. 

Mockler-Ferryman,  A.  F.     The  imperial  library.      Imperial  Africa,  the  rise,  prog- 
ress, and  future  <>f  the  British  possessions  in  Africa.    Vol.  1.    British  West 
Africa. 
London:  The  Imperial  Pre**,  1898.    xd,  512  pp.     Maps  and  illustrations.     8°. 

Poole,  Thomas  Eyre.     Life,  scenery,  and  customs  in  Sierra  Leone  and  the  Gambia. 
London.    1850.     2  vols.     12°. 

Powell,  R.  S.  S.  Baden-.    The  downfall  of  Prempeh;  adayof  life  with  the  native  levy 
in  Ashanti. 
London:  Methuen,  1896.     200pp.     Illustration*.     8°. 

Sibthorpe,  A.  B.C.     The  history  of  Sierra  Leone.     2d  edition. 
Elliot  Stock:  London,  [1881.]     86  pp.     12°. 

Wadstrom,  ('.  B.  An  essay  on  colonization,  particularly  applied  to  the  western 
coast  of  Africa,  with  some  free  thoughts  on  cultivation  and  commerce; 
also,  brief  description  of  the  colonies  already  formed,  or  attempted  in 
Africa,  including  those  of  Sierra  Leona  and  Bulama.  In  two  parts.  Illus- 
trated with  a  nautical  map  (from  lat.  5°  30/  to  lat.  14°  N. )  and  other  plates. 
London:  Printed  for  the  author  by  Barton  and  Harvey,  1794.  (8),  Ir,  196,  (2), 
363,  {27)  pp.     Folded  map*.     4°  ■ 

BRITISH    EAST   AFRICA. 

Fitz-Gerald,  W.  W.A.     Travels  in  the  coast  lands  of  British  East  Africa,  and  the 
islands  of  Zanzibar  and  Pemba;  agricultural  resources;  general  character- 
istics. 
London:   Chapman,  1898.     Illustrations.      Map*.     8°. 

Junker,  W.     Travels  in  Africa,  1882-86.     Translated  by  A.  II.  Keane. 
London:  Chapman,  1892.     586  pp.     <S'°. 

Ijugard,  F.  D.     The  rise  of  our  East  African  empire.     Early  efforts  in  Nyassaland. 
With  130  illustrations;  also  14  specially  prepared  maps.     In  2  vols. 
William  Blackwood  and  Son*,  Edinburgh  ami  London.  1893.     8°. 

Macdonald,  J.  R.  L.     Soldiering  and  surveying  in  British  East  Africa,  1891-94. 
London:  K  Arnold,  1897.     340pp.     8°. 

McDermott,   P.  L.     British  East  Africa;  Ibea.     Work  of  the  British  East  Africa 
( iompany. 
London:  Chapman,  1895.     632  pp.     S°. 

Selous,  F.C.     Travel  and  adventure  in  Southeast  Africa. 
London:  II.   Ward,  1S9S.     503  pp.     8°. 

Stanley,  II.  31.     In  darkest  Africa;  or,  The  quest,  rescue,   and  retreat  of  Emin, 
governor  of  Equatoria.     With   150  woodcut  illustrations  and  maps.     In 
two  volumes. 
London:  Sampson  Lou;  Marston,  Searle  and  Rivington,  1890.    8°. 

Thomson,  Joseph.    Through  Masai  land,  snow-clad  volcanic  mountains,  and  si  range 
tribes  of  Africa,     New  edition. 
London:  Low,  1S95.     8°. 


NIGER    PROTECTORATE. 

Bindloss,  II.     Tn  the  Niger  country. 

London:  Blackwood,  1899.     348pp.     Map.    8°. 

Trotter,  J.  K.     The  Niger  sources. 

/»  Geographical  journal,  vol.  10,  237-259;  386-401.    London,  1897.) 

Vandeleur,  S.     Campaigning  on  the  Upper  Nile  and  Niger. 
London:  Methuen,  1898.     848  pp.     8°. 

EGYPT   AND   THE   SOUDAN. 

Alford,  II.  S.  L.,  and  "W.  D.  Sword.     The  Egyptian  Soudan:  its  loss  and  recovery. 
London:  MacmiUan,  1898.     352  pp.     Plate8.     Maps.     Portrait*.     8°. 

Barre,  P.     Fachoda  el  le  Bahr-el-Ghazal. 
Pons:  Plon,  1898.     31  pp.     H° . 

Bennett,  Ernest  N.     The  downfall  of  the  Dervishes;  being  a  sketch  of  the  final  Sou- 
dan campaign  of  1898.     With  photogravure  portrait  of  the  Sirdar,  maps, 
and  plans.     2d  edition. 
Methuen  &  Co.,  London,  1899.     xii,  255  pp.     8°. 

Boulger,  D.  C.     The  life  of  <  rordon. 

London:   Thwin,  1897.     2  vols.     Portrait*.     8°. 

Burleigh,  Bennet.     Sirdar  and  Khalifa;  or,  The  re-conquest  of  the  Soudan.     1898. 
With  portraits,  illustrations,  maps,  and  plan  of  battle.     I'd  edition. 
London:   Chapman  and  Halt,  1S9S.     xiv,  305  pp.     8°. 

Cameron,  D.  A.     Egypt  in  the  nineteenth  century;  or,  Mehemet  Ali  and  his  succes- 
sors until  the  British  occupation  in  1882. 
London:  Smith,  Elder  &  Co.,  1898.     xv,  (1) ,  280 pp.     Folded  map.     13°. 

Casati,  ( i.     Ten  years  in  Equatoria.     Translated  by  Mrs.  J.  Randolph  Clay. 
London:   Warm,  1898.     526  pp.     150  illustrations.     Map.     8°. 

Churchill,  Winston  Spencer.     The  river  war:  an  historical  account  of  the  reconquest 
of  the  Soudan.      Edited  by  Col.  F.  Rhodes.     In  two  volumes. 
Longmans,  Green  &  Co.,  London,  1899.     Plates.     Map*.     8°. 

Gessi,  Romolo.     Seven  years  in  the  Soudan:  being;  a  record  of  explorations,  adven- 
tures, and  campaigns  .   .  . 
London:   Sampson  Loir,  Marston  <fe  Co.,  1892.     xxiv,  467  pp.     Illustrations. 
Map.     Portrait.     S°. 

Mieville,  Sir  Walter.     Under  Queen  and  Khedive:  the  autobiography  of  an  Anglo- 
Egyptian  official. 
London:  Heinemann,  1899.     viii,  306  pp.     Portrait.     8°. 

Milner,  Sir  Alfred.     England  in  Egypt.     6th  edition,  revised.     With  an  additional 
chapter  bringing  down  the  work  to  the  end  of  1898. 
London:  Edwin  Arnold,  1899.     41*  pp.     8°. 

Penfield,  Frederic  Courtland.     Present-day  Egypt.     Illustrated. 

New  York:  The  Century  Co.,  1899.     xiii,  (2),  372 pp.     Plates.    8°. 


56 

Slatin,  Rudolf  C,  pasha.     Fire  and  sword  in  the  Soudan.     A  personal  narrative  of 
fighting  and  serving  the  Dervishes.    1879-1895.    Translated  by  F.  R.  Win- 
gate.     Illustrated  by  R.  Talbot  Kelly. 
Edward  Arnold,  London,  New  York,  1896.     xviii,  (2),  636pp.    1  folded  plan. 
1  folded  map.     8° 

Steevens,  G.  W.     Egypt  in  1898.     With  illustrations. 

W.  Blackwood  &  Sons,  Edinburgh,  1898.     x,  (2),  283  pp.     8°. 

With  Kitchener  to  Khartum. 

W.  Blackwood  &  Sons,  Edinburgh,  1S9S.     Maps  and  plans.     8°. 

Stuhlmann,  F.     Mit  Emin  Pasha  ins  Herz  von  Africa. 
Berlin:  Reimer,  1894.     2  vols.     Plates.     Map.     8°. 

Traill,  H.  D.     Lord  Cromer:  a  biography. 

London:  Bliss,  1897.     352  pp.     lllus.     8°. 

Wallace,  D.  M.     Egypt  and  the  Egyptian  question. 

London:  MacmMlan  &  Co.,  1883.     x,  {2),  523pp.     8°. 

White,  A.  Silva.     The  expansion  of  Egypt  under  Anglo-Egyptian  condominium. 

Mi  1 1 m en  &  Co.,  London,  1899.     xv,  (1),  483  pp.     Folded  maps.     S"\ 
Wilson,  C.  T.,  and  R.  W.  Felkin.     Uganda  and  the  Egyptian  Soudan.     In  two 
volumes. 

London:  S.  Low,  etc.,  1882.     Portrait.     Folded  maps.     12°. 

Wing-ate,  F.  R.     Mahdism  and  the  Egyptian  Sudan. 

London,  Macmillan,  1891.     630  pp.     30  maps  and  plans.     8°. 

Worsfold,  W.  B.     The  redemption  of  Egypt.     With  illustrations. 

London:  George  Allen,  1899.     xvii,  {!),  353  pp.     Colored  plates.     8°. 


BRITISH  AUSTRALASIA. 

AUSTRALASIA. 

Australian  Handbook  (incorporating  New  Zealand,  Fiji,  and  New  Guinea),  ship- 
pers', importers'  and  professional  directory  and  business  guide  for  1900. 
London,  etc.:  Gordon  &  Gotch.     672  pp.     Maps,  plans,  and  illustrations.     8°. 

Backhouse,  James.     A  narrative  of  a  visit  to  the  Australian  colonies.     Illustrated 
by  three  maps,  fifteen  etchings,  and  several  woodcuts. 
London:   Hamilton,  Adams  &  Co.,  1843.     xviii,  560,  cxliv  pp.     8°. 

Bannow,  W.     The  colony  of  Victoria,  socially  and  materially. 
London:  Robertson,  1897.     314  pp.     Map.     8°. 

Becke,   Louis,  and  Walter  Jeffery.     Admiral  Phillip,  the  founding  of  New  South 
Wales. 
New    York:   Longmans,    1899.      xx,   336  pp.      Portrait.      12°.     (Builders  of 
Greater  Britain. ) 

Bicknell,  A.  C.     Travel  and  adventure  in  northern  Queensland.     Illustrated. 
London:  Longmans,  1895.     8°. 

Bonwick,  J.     The  lost  Tasmanian  race. 
London:  Loir,  1884-     8°. 

Byrne,  J.  C.     Twelve  years'  wanderings  in  the  British  colonies,  from  1835  to  1847. 
In  two  volumes. 
London:  Richard  Bentley,  1848.     8°. 

Callandar,  John.     Terra  AustralisCognita;  or,Voyages  to  the  southern  hemispheres 
during  the  sixteenth,  seventeenth,  and  eighteenth  centuries. 
Edinburgh:  A.  Donaldson,  1766-1768.     3  vols.     8°. 

Calvert,  A.  F.     The  discovery  of  Australia.     With  maps,  etc. 
London:  Philip,  1893.     4°. 

The  exploration  of  Australia,  from  1844  to  1896. 

London:  Philip,  1895-96.     2  vols.     4° ■ 

My  fourth  tour  in  West  Australia.     Illustrated  by  W.  Hodgson. 

London:  Heinemann,  1897.     388  pp.     4° ■ 

Western  Australia  and  its  gold  field. 

London:  Philip,  1893.     8°. 

Western  Australia:  its  history  and  progress. 

London:  Simpkin,  1894-     8°. 

Western  Australia  and  its  welfare.     1893-94. 

London:  Simpkin,  1895.     8°. 

Carnegie,   I).   W.     Spinifex  and  sand;  a  narrative  of  five  years'   pioneering  and 
exploration  in  Western  Australia. 
London:  C.  Arthur  Pearson,  1898.     470  pp.     8°. 

57 


58 

Craig1,  G.  C.     The  federal  defence  of  Australasia. 
London:  Clowes,  1897.     368pp.     8°. 

Dalrymple,  A.     An  historical  collection  of  the  several  voyages  and  discoveries  in 
the  South  Pacific  ocean. 
London:  1770-71.     2  vols.     4°  ■ 

Epps,  \V.     The  land  systems  of  Australasia. 

London:  Swan  Sonnenscheiri,  1S94-     8°. 

Favenc,  Ernest.     The  history  of  Australian  exploration  from  1788  to  1888.     Com- 
piled from  state  documents,  private  papers,  and  the  most  authentic  sources 
of  information.     Issued   under  the  auspices  of    the  governments  of   the 
Australian  colonies. 
London:  Griffith,  Farran,  Okeden  &  Welsh,  [1888].     474 pp.    Maps.     L.     8°. 

AVestern  Australia:  its  past  history:  its  present  trade  and  resources;  its  future 

position  in  the  Australian  group. 
Sydney,  1887.     4°- 

Fenton,  James.     A  history  of  Tasmania,  from  its  discovery,  in  1642,  to  the  present 
time.      With  map,  and  portraits  of  aborigines. 
Hohart,  1884.     xvi,  434,  {28)  pp.     8°. 

Finn,  E.     Chronicles  of  early  Melbourne,  1835-52.      Historical,  anecdotal,  and  per- 
sonal.    With  portraits  and  illustrations. 
Melbourne,  1888.     2  vols.     4°. 

Firth,  .1.  C.     Nation  making.     A  story  of  New  Zealand.     Savagism  v.  civilization. 
London:  Longmans,  Green  and  Co.,  1890.     viii,  4<>-  pp.     Plate.     12°. 

Forrest,  John.  Explorations  in  Australia:  I.  Explorations  in  search  of  Dr.  Lei- 
chardt  and  party.  II.  From  Perth  t<  >  Adelaide,  around  the  great  Australian 
bight.  III.  From  Champion  Bay  across  the  desert  to  the  telegraph  and 
to  Adelaide.  With  an  appendix  on  the  condition  of  western  Australia. 
Illustrated  by  G.  F.  Angas. 
London:  Sampson  Low,  Marston,  Low  and  Searle,  1875.  mi,351pp.  Portraits, 
plates,  folded  mops.     s°. 

Galloway,  W.  J.     Advanced  Australia;  or,  The  eve  of  federation. 
London:  Methuen,  1899.     .Km  pp.     8°. 

Gisborne,  W.     The  colony  of  New  Zealand;  its  history,  etc.,  to  1890. 
London:  Petherick,  1891.     S°. 

-     New  Zealand  rulers  and  statesmen,  1840-97.     Revised  and  enlarged  edition. 
London:  Low,  1897.     S°. 

Griffin,  G.  W.     New  South  Wales;  her  commerce  and  resources. 
Sydney:  Charles  Potter,  1888.     (8),  293  pp.     L.  8°. 

Harcus,  W.     South  Australia:  its  history,  resources,  and  productions.     Illustrated 
from  photographs  taken  in  the  colony.     With  maps. 
London:  S.  Lov),  Marston,  Searle  A'  Rivington,  1876.     xv,  (1),  432  pp.     Folded 
maps.     8°. 

Harper,  A.  P.     Pioneer  work  in  the  Alps  of  New  Zealand.     A  record  of  the  first 
exploration  of  chief  glaciers  and  ranges  of  southern  Alps. 
London:    Unwin,  1897.     352  pp.      Maps.      Illustrations.     S°. 

Hart,  F.     Western  Australia  in  1893. 
Loudon:  Stanford,  1894.     8°. 


59 

Hay,  W.  I>.     Brighter  Britain;  or,  Settler  and  Maori  in  northern  New  Zealand. 
London:  Bentley,  1882.     .'  rah.     s°. 

Hocken,  T.  M.     Contributions  to  the  early  historyof  New  Zealand.     (Settlement 
of  Otago.) 
London:  Low,  1898.     S58 pp.      Portraits  and  illustrations.     8°. 

Hodder,  E.     The  history  of  South  Australia. 
London:  Lou;  1893.     2  vols.     8°. 

editor.     The  founding  of  South  Australia,  as  recorded  in  the  journals  .if  Mr. 

Robert  <  rouger. 
London:   Sampson   Low  Marston  and  Company,  1898.     oi,  (2),  239pp.     Por- 
trait.    12°. 

Hutchinson,  Frank.     New  South  Wales;  the  mother  colony  of  the  Australias. 
Sydney:  Charles  Potter,  1896.     xi,  369  pp.     Plates.      Folded  maps.     8°. 

Contents:  Introduction,  by  the  editor  (Frank  Hutchinson);  Physical  geography  and 
climate,  by  H.  C,  Russell;  The  constitution  and  laws,  by  Pitt  Corbett;  The  laws  relat- 
ing to  Crown  lands, by  H.  A.G.  Curry;  Commercial  relations, by  R.L.Nash;  Import 
trade, by  W.G.  Rendall;  Wool  industry, by  Henry  W.Wright;  Pastures, grasses,  and 
forage  plants,  by  Fred  Turner;  Live  stork,  by  Alexander  Bruce;  Agriculture, by  J. 
I..  Thompson;  Fruit  culture,  by  Albert  H.  Benson;  Viticulture,  by  P.  F.  Adams; 
Sugar  growing  and  its  manufacture,  by  W.S.Campbell;  Horticulture, by  W.S.Camp- 
bell; Silk  culture, by  W. S. Campbell;  Tobacco  culture, by  Samuel  Lamb;  Timbersof 
the  colony,  by  J.  H.  Maiden;  Vegetable  products,  by  J.  H.  Maiden;  The  dairying 
industry,  by  A.  A.  Dunnicliff;  Meat  export  trade,  by  Cuthbert  Fetherstonhaugh; 
Fish  hul  ust  ry.l  >y  .I.Douglas  Ogilby:  Mining  industry,  by  W.H.J.  Slee;  Collieries,  by 
John  Mackenzie;  Water  conservation,  irrigation,  and  drainage,  by  H.G.  McKinney; 
The  rise  and  progress  of  artesian  boring,  by  ,1.  W.  Boultbee;  Sydney  and  principal 
towns,  by  Frank  J.  Donohue;  Railways  and  tramways,  by  R.  L.  Nash;  Postal  and 
telegraphic  service,  by  S.  II.  Lambton;  Public  works,  including  roads  and  bridges,  by 
J.  W. Holliman;  our  social  conditions,  by  Frank  J.  Donohue;  Literature  and  art,  by 
Frank  Hutchinson;  Religious  institutions,  by  Frank  J.  Donohue;  Education, by U. 
X.  Morris;  The  manufacturing  interest,  by  Frank  J.  Donohue;  Federation,  by  Edward 
Dow  ling. 

Appendices:  Historical  data,  by  F.  M.  Bladen;  From  Europe  toSydney,and  howtolive 
thereby  W.G-  Kendall. 

Jenks,  E.     A  historyof  the  Australasian  colonies  from  their  foundation  to  the  year 
1893.     Stereotyped  edition. 
Cambridge:   University  Press,  1897.    368pp.    8°.     {Cambridge  historical  series.) 

Labilliere,  F.  P.  de.     Early  history  of  the  colony  of  Victoria,  from  its  discovery  to 
its  establishment  as  a  self-governing  province  of  the  British  Empire. 
London:  Sampson  Low,  Marston,  Searh  &  Bivington,  1878.     .'  vols.     12°. 

Lang,  <i.  S.     The  aborigines  of  Australia,  in  their  original  condition  and  in  their 
relations  with  the  white  men.     A  lecture  .  .  .  revised  and  enlarged,  with 
an  appendix. 
Melbourne,  1S65.    867  pp.    8°. 
Lang,  John  Dunmore.     An  historical  and  statistical  account  of  New  South  Wales; 
including  a  visit  to  the  gold  regions,  and  a  description  of  the  mines;  with 
an  estimate  of  the  probable  results  of  the  great  discovery.     3d  edition. 
London:  Longman,  Brown,  Green  and  Longmans,  1852.     .'  vols.     12°. 

Freedom  and  independence  for  thegolden  lands  of  Australia;  the  right  of  the 

colonies,  and  the  interest  of  Britain  and  of  the  world. 
London:  Longman,   Brown,   Green  and  Longmans,  1852.     xvi,  334  pp.     Map. 
12°. 
Lloyd,  <;.  T.     Thirty-three  years  in  Tasmania  and  Victoria;  being  the  actual  expe- 
rience of  the  author,  interspersed  with  historic  jottings,  narratives  .  .  . 
London,  1862.     xvi,  496,  19  pp.     8°. 


60 

Lyne,  C.  E.     Life  of  Sir  Henry  Parkes,  Australian  statesman. 
London:  Unvnn,  1897.     582  pp.     Illustrated.     8°. 

Mackay,  G.     History  of  Bendigo. 

Melbourne,  1891.     195  pp.    8°. 

Mennell,  P.     The  coming  colony;  practical  notes  on  western  Australia. 
London:  Hutchinson,  1892.     8°. 

Australasian  biography,  eminent  colonists,  1855-92. 

London:  Hutchinson,  1892.     8°. 

Napier,  Charles  James.     Colonization,  particularly  in  southern  Australia;  with  some 
remarks  on  small  farms  and  over  population. 
London:  T.  <.(•  W.  Boone,  1835.     xxxii,  268pp.     12°. 

Newland,  S.     The  far  north  country. 
Adelaide,  1887.     8°. 

New  South  Wales  Historical  Records.      Volumes  1-6. 

Sydney:  Government  Printer,  1893-1898.     6  vols.     8°. 

New  Zealand  Official  Year-Book,  1899.      ( Eighth  year  of  issue. )     Prepared  .  .  . 
by  E.  J.  von  Dadelszen,  registrar-general. 
Wellington,  1899.     vi,  702  pp.     Map  and  illustrations.     8°. 
"  Eleven  new  special  articles  are  introduced  into  this  edition.'' 

Parkes,  Sir  Henry.     Fifty  years  in  the  making  of  Australian  history. 
London:  Longmans,  1892.     2  vols.     Portrait.     8°. 

An  emigrant's  home  letters.     English  edition.     Preface  by  Arthur  Galton. 

London:  Simpkin,  1897.     164  pp.     8°. 

Price,  J.  M.     The  land  of  gold;  the  narrative  of  a  journey  through  the  West  Aus- 
tralia gold  fields  in  the  autumn  of  1895. 
London:  Low,  1896.     Illustrated.     S°. 

Rees,  William  Lee.     The  life  and  times  of  Sir  George  Grey.     In  two  volumes.     2d 
edition. 
London:  Hutchinson  &  Co.,  1892.     8°. 

Contents:  Government  of  South  Australia,  1841-45;  First  government  of  New  Zealand, 
1845-54;  Governorship  of  Cape  Colony,  1854-61;  Second  governorship  of  New  Zealand, 
1861-67;  Life  in  New  Zealand,  1870-92. 

Reeves,  W.  P.     The  long  white  cloud;  Ao  Tea  Roa. 
London:  H.  Marshall,  1898.     446  pp.     8°. 

New  Zealand. 

London:  H.  Marshall,  1898.     190pp.     12°.     (Story  of  empire  series.) 

Roth,  H.  L.     The  aborigines  of  Tasmania.     Preface  by  E.  B.  Tylor.     With  numer- 
ous autotype  plates  from  original  drawings. 
Loudon:  Kegan  Paul,  Trench,  Trubner  &  Company,  1890.    xxvii,  (l),  224,  ex 
pp.     8°. 

Same.     2d  edition. 

London:     King  A-  Sun,  1899.     8°. 

Roydhouse,  T.  R.     Labor  party  in  New  South  Wales. 
London:  Swan  Sonnenschein,  1892.     127  pp.    8°. 

Rusden,  G.  W.     History  of  Australia.     2d  edition. 

Melbourne:  Melville,  Mullen  A-  Slade,  1897.     3  vols.    8°. 


(U 

Rusden,  (i.  \V.     History  of  New  Zealand.     In  three  volumes. 
London:  Chapman  and  Hall,  188S.     Folded  maps.    8°. 

CONTENTS. 

Vol.  I.  The  Maoris;  European  discoveries;  Traffic  with  Maoris;  Te  Peri;  Sir  George 
Gipps;  Spain's  court;  TheWairau;  The  war  of  1846;  Provincial  legislatures. 

Vol.  2.  Colonial  office  requires  information;  Governor  Browne's  departure;  stale  of 
the  Maoris;  The  Weld  ministry;  Native  land  court;  Sir  George  Bowen;  Colonel 
Whit  more. 

Vol.3.  Donald  McLean  and  the  Maoris;  Session  of  1874;  The  "Waka  Maori;"  News- 
paper; The  raid  upon  Parihaka. 

Russell,  II.  S.  The  genesis  of  Queensland:  an  account  of  the  first  exploring 
journeys  to  and  over  Darling  Downs;  the  earliest  days  of  their  occupa- 
tion; social  life;  station  seeking;  the  course  of  discovery,  northward  and 
westward;  and  a  resume"  of  the  causes  which  led  to  separation  from  New 
South  Wales.  With  portrait  and  facsimiles  of  maps,  etc. 
Sydney,  1888.     osvi,  512,  124  pp.    8°. 

Shaw,  F.  L.     The  story  of  Australia. 

London:  II.  Marshall,  1897.     150  ]>}>.     12°.     (Story  of  Empire  series. ) 

Smyth,  R.  Brough.    The  Aborigines  of  Victoria;  with  notes  relating  to  the  habits  of 
the  natives  of  other  parts  of  Australia  and  Tasmania. 
John  Ferres,  London,  1878.    2  vols.    4°. 

Spencer,  B.,  and  F.  J.  Gillen.     The  native  tribes  of  Central  Australia. 
London:  MacmUlan,  1899.     692  pp.     8°. 

Swainson,  William.     New  Zealand.     The  substance  of  lectures  on  the  colonization 
of  New   Zealand,  delivered  at  Lancaster,  Plymouth,    Bristol,    Hereford, 
Kirkby,    Lonsdale,   Richmond,  and  the  Charter  house,  London.     With 
notes. 
London:  Smith,  Elder  A  Co.,  1856.     64  pp.     12°. 

Torrens,  Robert,     Colonization  of  South  Australia. 

London:  Longman,  Rees,etc,  1835.     xv,  (1),  303,  (1),  x.tii  pp.     8°. 

Wakefield,  Edward.     New  Zealand  after  fifty  years. 

New  York:  Cassell  &  Company,  1889.    vi,  (4),  £36  pp.    Plates  (photogravures). 
8°. 

Walker,  H.  de  R.     Australasian  democracy. 
London:   Unwin,  1897.     346  pp.     8°. 

Weedon,   T.      Queensland,  past  and    present.      An  epitome  of   its  resources  and 
development. 
Brisbane,  1896.     240  pp.     8°- 

Westgarth,  Wm.     The   Colony   of    Victoria:    its   history,   commerce,    and    gold- 
mining;  its  social  and  political   institutions  down  to  the  end  of  1863. 
With  remarks  .  .  .  upon  the  other  Australian  colonies.     (With  a  map.) 
London:  Low,  1864.     xx,  503  pp.     8°. 

White,  John.     Ancient  history  of  the  Maori;  his  mythology  and  tradition  .  .  . 
London:  Low,  1889.     4  vols.     8°. 

Te  Rou;  or,  The  Maori  at  home.     A  tale  exhibiting  the  social  life,  manners, 

habits,  and  customs  of  the  Maori  race  in  New  Zealand  prior  to  the  intro- 
duction of  civilization  among  them. 
London:  Sampson  Low,  Marston,  Low  and  Searle,  1874-     t'u,  343  pp.     12°. 


62 

Wilson,  Mrs.  R.     In  the  land  of  the  Tui:  my  journal  in  New  Zealand. 
London:  Low,  1894,     80  pp.     Illustrated.    8°. 

Woods,  J.  D.     The   province  of  South  Australia;   with  a  sketch  of    the  northern 
territory. 
Adelaide,  1894.     8°. 

BRITISH    PACIFIC    ISLANDS. 

Bevan,  Th.  F.     Toil,  travel,  and  discovery  in  British  New  Guinea. 
London:   Paul,  1*90.     8°. 

Burney,  Capt.  James.    A  chronological  history  of  the  discoveries  in  the  South  Seas, 
or  Pacific  Ocean. 

London,  1803-1817     5  vols.     4°. 

Chalmers,  J.      Pioneer  life  and  work  in  New  Guinea,  1S77— '. >4. 
London:  Religious  Tract  Society,  1895.     Tllus.     8°. 

Cooper,  II.  S.     Coral  lands.     In  two  vohwnes.     With  illustrations. 
London:  Bentley,  1SS0.     Photographs.     8°. 

Fiji,  Samoa,  and  Solomon  islam  Is. 

Coote,  W.     Western  Pacific:  the  group  of  islands  north  and  east  of  Australia. 
London:  Low,  1S83.     12°. 

Cumming,  C.  F.  Gordon.     At  home  in  Fiji.     Second  edition,  complete  in  1  volume, 
with  map  and  illustrations. 
A'-"'   )'<//■/,-.•  .1.  <\  Armstrong  <Sc  Son,  1886.    x,  (2),  365  pp.     12°. 

D'Albertis,  L.  M.     New  Guinea.     What  I  did  and  what  I  saw. 
London:  Low,  1880.     2  vols.     Plates.     Maps.    8°. 

David,  Mrs.  Edgeworth.      Funafuti;  or,  Three  months  on  a  coral  island:  An  unscien- 
tific account  of  a  scientific  expedition.     With  portraits,  maps,  and  illustra- 
tions. 
London:  John  Murray,  1899.     .nil,  (3),  318 pp.     8°. 

Denison,  Sir  William.     Varieties  of  vice-regal  life.     In  two  volumes. 

London:   Longmans,  Green  &  Company,  1870.     Folded  maps.     8°. 

Guppy,  II.  B.     The  Solomon  islands,  their  geology  and  physical  characteristics. 
London:  Sonnenschein,  1887.     8°. 

- The  Solomon  islands  and  their  natives. 

London:   Sonnenschein,  1SS7.     xvi,  3S4  pp.     Map  ami  plates  (photogravures). 
L.     8°. 

Home,  J.     A  year  in  Fiji;  or,  An  inquiry  of  the  botanical,  agricultural,  and  economi- 
cal resources  of  the  colony. 
London:  Eyre  &  Spottiswoode,  1881.     297pp.     Map.     8°. 

Hort,  D.     Tahiti,  the  garden  of  the  Pacific. 

London:  T.  Fisher  Unwin,  1891.     352  pp.     Portrait.     8°. 

Macgregor,  Sir  W.     British  New  Guinea.     Administration. 

(  ///  Royal  Colonial  Institute.     Proceedings,  vol.  26,  pp.  194-226;  vol.  30,  pp.  238-254. 
London,  1895-99. ) 

Moresby,  Capt.  John.     New  Guinea  and  Polynesia.     Discoveries  and  surveys  in  New 
Guinea  and  the  d'Entrecasteaux  islands,  a  cruise  in  Polynesia,  and  visits 
to  the  pearl-shelling  stations  in  Torres  Straits  of  H.  M.  S.  Basilisk.     With 
maps  and  illustrations. 
London:  John  Murray,  1876.     xviii,  (4),  327  pp.     8°. 


63 

Norman,  EL     The  peoples  and  politics  in  the  Far  East.     Travels  and  studies  in  the 
British,  French,  Spanish,  and  Portuguese  colonies,  Siberia,  China,  Japan, 
Corea,  Siam,  and  Malaya. 
London:  T.  Fisher  Unvrin,  1895.     xvi,  608  pp.     8°. 

Powell,  B.  F.  S.  Baden-.      In  savage  isles  ami  settled   lands — Malaysia,  Australasia, 
and  Polynesia.     L888-1891.     With  numerous  illustrations.. 
London:  Bentley,  1892.     x,  438 pp.     S°. 

Reed,  W.     Recent  wanderings  in  Fiji. 

London,  18SS. 

Reeves,  E.     Brown  men  and  women;  or,  The  South  Sea  islands  in  1895  and  1896. 
With  i>0  illustrations  and  map. 
London:  Swan  Sonnenschein,  1898.     vi,  {2),  294pp.     8°. 

Romilly,  Hugh   Hastings.     The  Western   Pacific  and   New  Guinea:    Notes  on   the 
natives,  Christian  and  cannibal,  with  someaccount  of  the  old  labour  trade. 
With  a  map.     Second  edition. 
London:  John  Murray,  1887.     vi,  {2),  284pp.     12°. 

From  my  veranda  in  New  Guinea:  Sketches  and  traditions;  with  an  intro- 
duction by  Andrew  Lang. 
London:  Nvtt,  1889.     Map.     8°. 

Seemann,  Berthold.     Viti:  an  account  of  a  government  mission  to  the  Vitian   or 
Fijian  islands  in  the  year  1860-61.     With  illustrations  and  a  map. 
Cambridge:  Macmillan  A  Co.,  1862.     xv,  {5),  447  pp.     S°. 

Thoburn,  J.  31.     India  and  Malaysia. 

Cincinnati:  Cranston  and  Curts.     New  York:  Hunt  and  Eaton.     1892.    562  pp. 

Plates  {photogravures).     8°. 

Thomson,   Basil.     The  diversions  of  a  prime  minister.     With  a  map,  numerous 
illustrations  by  J.  W.    Cawston  and  others,   and  reproductions  of  rare 
plates  of  early  voyages  of  xviith  and  xviiith  centuries. 
William  Blackwood  and  Sons,  1894,  Ediidmrgh  and  London,    xiii,  (3),  407 pp. 

8°. 

On  the  island  of  Tonga. 

Wallace,  A.  R.     Australasia.     Maps  and  illustrations. 
London:    E.  Stanford,  1893-94-      2  vols.      8°. 

Contents:  1.  Australia  and  New  Zealand.    2.  Malaysia  and  the  Pacific  archipelagoes. 
Edited  and  greatly  extended  by  F.  H.  H.  Guillemard. 

Wawn,  William  T.     The  South  Sea  islanders  and  the  Queensland  labour  trade.     A 
record  of  voyages  and  experiences  in  the  Western  Pacific,  from  1875-6- 
1891.     With  numerous  illustrations. 
London:  Swan  Sonnenschein,  1893.     xvi,  (1),  440  pp.     Plates.     Mops.    8°. 

Webster,  II.   Cayley.     Through   New  Guinea  and  the  cannibal   countries.     With 
illustrations  and  map. 
London:  T.  Fisher  Umrin,  1898.     xm,  (1),  387  pp.     S°. 

Woodford,  C.  M.     A  naturalist  among  the  head  hunters  (Solomon  Islands). 
London:  Philip,  1890.     8°. 


BRITISH   NORTH  AMERICAN  COLONIES. 

CANADA,  ETC. 

Anderson,  David.  Canada;  or,  A  view  of  the  importance  of  the  British  American 
colonies;  showing  their  extensive  and  improvable  resources  .  .  . 
together  with  the  great  sacrifices  which  have  been  made  by  our  late  com- 
mercial regulations  of  the  commerce  and  carrying  trade  of  Great  Britain 
to  the  United  States. 
London:  Printed  for  J.  M.  Richardson,  1814-  xxxi,  (1),  353  pp.  Folded 
map.     8°. 

Bourinot,  John  George.     Federal  government  in  Canada. 

Baltimore,  1889.     173pp.     8°.     (Johns  Hopkins  University  studies  in  historical 
and  political  science.     7th  series,     nos.  10-12. ) 

Local  government  in  Canada.     An  historical  study. 

Baltimore,  1887.     72 pp.     8°.     (Johns  Hopkins  University  stadia  in  historical 
and  political  science.     5th  series,     nos.  5,  6. ) 

Bryce,  George.     A  short  history  of  Canadian  people. 

London:  Sampson  Low  .  .  .  1887.     vii,  (1) ,  528  pp.     Folded  map.     12°. 

The  Canadian  crisis,  and  Lord  Durham's  mission  to  the  North  American  colonies. 
With  remarks,  the  result  of  personal  observation  in  the  colonies  and  the 
United  States,  on  the  remedial   measures  to  be  adopted   in  the   North 
American  provinces. 
London:  J.  Rodwell,  1838.     56  pp.     8°. 

Cavendish,  Sir  Henry.  Government  of  Canada.  Debates  of  the  House  of  Com- 
mons in  the  year  1774  on  the  bill  for  making  more  effectual  provision  for 
the  government  of  the  Province  of  Quebec;  drawn  up  from  the  notes  of  Sir 
Henry  Cavendish.  Now  first  published  by  J.  Wright.  With  a  map  of 
Canada,  copied  from  the  second  edition  of  Mitchell's  map  of  North  America. 
London:  Ridgway,  1839.     xii,  303  pp.     8°. 

Douglas,  Sir  Howard.     Considerations  on  the  value  and  importance  of  the  British 
North  American  provinces,  and  the  circumstances  on  which  depend  their 
further  prosperity  and  colonial  connection  with  Great  Britain. 
London:  John  Murray,  1831.     36  pp.     8°. 

Glenelg,  Charles  Grant,  Baron.     Despatches  to  Sir  F.  B.  Head,  Bart.,  during  his 
administration  of  the  government  of  Upper  Canada.     Abstracted  from  the 
papers  laid  before  Parliament. 
London:  James  Ridgway  and  Sons,  1839.     (4),  193  pp.     8°. 

Gourlay,  Robert,     General   introduction  to  statistical  account  of  Upper  Canada, 
compiled  with  a  view  to  a  grand   system  of  emigration,  in  connection 
with  a  reform  of  the  poor  laws. 
London:  Simpkin  and  Marshall,  1822.     xii,  504,  47  pp.     Folded  map.     8°. 

Statistical  account  of  Upper  Canada,  compiled  with  a  view  to  a  grand  system 

of  emigration.     In  two  volumes. 
London:  Simpkin  and  Marshall,  1822.     Engraved  title-pages.     8°. 
64 


65 

Haliburton,  R.  G.     Intercolonial  trade  our  <mly  safeguard  against  disunion. 

Ottawa:  G.  E.  Desbarets,  1868.     42  pp.     8°. 
Haliburton,  T.  ('.     The  bubbles  of  Canada. 

Philadelphia:  Lee  and  Blanchard,  1839.     262  pp.     8°. 

Same. 

London:  Richard  Bentley,  1839.     (6),  332  pp.     8°. 

Hesse-Wartegg,  C.  E.  von.     Canada  und  Neu  Fundland.     Nach  eigenen  Reisen 
und  Beobachtungen,  mit  54  illustrationen  und  einer  TTbersichtskarte. 

Freiburg  i>n  Breisgau:  Herder,  1888.     ix,  (3),  223,  {2)  pp.     8°. 

Hogan,  J.  Sheridan.     An  essay:  To  which  was  awarded  the  first  prize  by  the  Paris 
exhibition  committee  of  Canada. 
Montreal:  B.  Dawson.     London:  Sampson  Low,  Son  and  Co.,  1855.     86  pp. 
Folded  map.     8°. 
Hopkins,  J.  C.     Canada:  an  encyclopaedia  of  the  country.    The  Canadian  dominion 
considered  in  its  historic  relations,  its  natural  resources,  its  material  prog- 
ress, and  its  national  development. 
Toronto:  The  Linscott 'publishing  company,  1898-99.     5  vols.     Plates.     4°  ■ 
Houston,  "William.     Documents  illustrative  of  the  Canadian  constitution.     Edited 
with  notes  and  appendixes. 
Toronto:  Carswell  and  Co.,  1891.     xxii,  338 pp.     8°. 

Kingsford,  W.     The  history  of  Canada.     1608-1841. 

Toronto:  Roicsell  and  Hutchison.     London:  Trubner  and  Co.,  1887-98.     10  vols. 
Maps.     8°. 
Lee,  Charles.     The  importance  of  Canada  considered  in  two  letters  to  a  noble  lord. 

London:  Printed  for  R.  &  J.  Dodsley,  MDCCLXL     (2),  38  pp.     8°. 
Lefroy,  A.  H.  F.     The  law  of  legislative  power  in  Canada. 

Toronto:   The  Toronto  law  book  and  publishing  company,  1897-98.     (12),  Ixx, 
823  pp.     8°. 
Mac  Beth,  R.  G.     The  making  of  the  Canadian  West,  being  the  reminiscences  of 
an  eyewitness.     With  portraits  and  illustrations. 
Toronto:   William  Briggs,  1898.     230  pp.     8°. 
Macmullen,  John.     History  of  Canada  from  its  first  discovery  to  the  present  time. 
Brookville,  C.  W.:  J.  M'MuUan,  1855.     (2),  506  pp.     8°. 

Maseres,  Francis.     The  Canadian  freeholder:  in  two  dialogues  between  an  English- 
man and  a  Frenchman  settled  in  Canada.     In  two  volumes. 
London:  B.  White,  1777.    8°. 

Meredith,  Sir  William..    A  letter  to  the  Earl  of  Chatham  on  the  Quebec  bill.     The 
third  edition,  corrected. 
London:  Printed  for  T.  Cadell,  MDCCLXXLL     (2),  36  pp.     12°. 

Same.     5th  edition. 

Same  imprint. 

Metcalfe.     Charles,  Lord.     The  life  and  correspondence  of  Charles,  Lord  Metcalfe, 
Governor  of  Jamaica  and  Governor-General  of  Canada.     From  unpub- 
lished letters  and  journals.     By  John  William  Kaye. 
London:  R.  Bentley,  1854.     2  vols.     8°. 

Morris,  Alexander.  Prize  essay.  Canada  and  her  resources;  an  essay,  to  which, 
upon  a  reference  from  the  Paris  exhibition  committee  of  Canada,  was 
awarded  by  his  excellency  Sir  Edmund  Walker  Head  the  second  prize. 
Second  edition. 
Montreal:  B.  Dawson.  London:  Sampson  Low,  Son  and  Co.,  1855.  119pp.  S°. 
4997 5 


66 

Munro,  J.  E.  C.     The  constitution  of  Canada. 

Cambridge  (Eng.):   Unirerxify  I'nss,  1889.     8°. 

Parkin,  G.  R.     The  great  dominion.     Studies  of  Canada;  with  maps. 

London  and  New  York:  Macmillan  and  Co. ,  1895.     viii,  251  pp.     3  folded  maps. 
12°. 

Pearson,  Charles.  Ireland  and  Canada.  The  substance  of  five  speeches  explaining 
the  plan  of  the  colonial  association  for  the  profitable  employment  of 
capital  in  planting  British  colonies  in  Her  Majesty's  North  American 
provinces  by  means  of  a  systematic  emigration  from  the  United  Kingdom 
of  persons  of  all  classes  and  conditions. 
London:  Printed  by  R.  and  J.  E.  Taylor,  1839.     w,  52  pp.     8°. 

Pope,  J.  Memoirs  of  the  Right  Hon.  Sir  John  A.  Macdonald,  first  prime  minister 
of  Canada. 

London:  Arnold,  1894-     2  vols.     8°. 

Roberts,  Charles  D.  G.     A  history  of  Canada. 

Boston:  Lamson,  Wolfe  and  Co.,  1897.     xi,  (1),  493 pp.     8°. 

Smith,  Goldwin.     Canada  and  the  Canadian  question;  with  map. 
London  and  New  York:  Macmillan,  1891.     x,  32u  pp.     12°. 

Synge,  Millington  Henry.  Canada  in  1848.  Being  an  examination  of  the  exist- 
ing resources  of  British  North  America.  With  considerations  for  their 
future  and  more  perfect  development,  as  a  practical  remedy  by  means  of 
colonization  for  the  prevailing  distress  in  the  united  empire,  and  for  the 
defence  of  the  colony. 
London:  Published  by  Effingham  Wilson,  [1848].     32,viipp.     8°. 

Van  Sommer,  J.     Canada  and  the  empire. 

Toronto:  The  author,  1898.     125  pp.     8°. 

Wheeler,  G.  J.     Confederation  law  of  Canada. 

London:  Eyre  &  Spottiswoode,  1S96.     8°. 

"Wilson,  F.  A.,  and  Alfred  B.  Richards.     Britain  redeemed  and  Canada  preserved. 
In  two  parts. 
London:  Longman,  Brown,   Green  and  Longmans,  1850.     xxx,  (2),  556  pp. 
Plates.    Folded  map.     8°. 

NEWFOUNDLAND. 

Harvey,  M.     Newfoundland  in  1897. 

London:  Low,  1897.     218pp.     Illustrated.     Maps.     8°. 

Hatton,  J.,  and  M.  Harvey.     Newfoundland:  the  oldest  British  colony;  its  history, 
its  present  condition,  and  its  prospects  in  the  future.     Illustrated. 
London:  Chapman  and  Hall,  1883.     xxiv,  489  pp.     8°. 

Prowse,  D.  W.  A  history  of  Newfoundland,  from  the  English,  colonial,  and  foreign 
records.  With  numerous  illustrations  and  maps.  2d  edition,  revised  and 
corrected. 

London:  Eyre  and  Spottiswoode,  1896.     x,  634  pp.     8°. 

NOVA  SCOTIA. 

Bourinot,  John  G.     Builders  of  Nova  Scotia;  with  an  appendix  containing  copies 
of  rare  documents  relating  to  the  early  days  of  the  province. 
Toronto:  Copp-Clark  Co.,  1900.     8°. 


67 

Haliburton,  Thomas  C.     An  historical  and  statistical  account  of  Nova  Scotia.     In 
two  volumes.     Illustrated  1  >y  a  map  of  the  province  and  several  engravings. 
Halifax:  Joseph  Howe,  1829.     8°. 

Murdoch,  Beamish.     A  history  of  Nova  Scotia;  or  Acadie. 
Halifax,  X.  S.:  James  Barnes,  1867.     S  vols.     8°. 

BRITISH  NORTHWEST,  COLUMBIA,  ETC. 

Bancroft,  Hubert  Howe.     History  of  British  Columbia,  1792-1887. 
San  Francisco,  1890.     xxxi,  (1),  792  pp.     Folded  map.     8°. 
"  Authorities  quoted,"  pp.  xxiii-xxxi. 

Begg,  Alexander.     History  of  British  Columbia  from  its  earliest  discovery. 

Toronto:    W.  Briggs,  1894-     xvii,  (1),  7-567  pp.     Folded  map.     Portrait.     8°. 

— ■ History  of  the  Northwest. 

Toronto:  Hunter,  Rose  and  Co.,  1894-95.     3  vols.     Portraits.     8°. 

Bryce,  G.     Manitoba:  its  infancy,  growth,  and  present  condition. 

London:  S.  Low,  1882.     riii,  367  pp.     Folded  maps.     Portrait.     8°. 

Forbes,  Charles.     Vancouver  Island  :  its  resources  and  capabilities,  as  a  colony. 
Published  by  the  colonial  government,  1862.     (4),  63,  (1),  18,  (1)  pp.     8°. 

HUDSON'S  BAY. 

Bryce,  G.     The  remarkable  history  of  the  Hudson's  Bay  Company,  including  that 
of  the  French  Traders  of  north-western  Canada,  and  of  the  North- West, 
X  Y  and  Astor  Fur  Companies. 
London:  S.  Low,  Warston&  Co.,  1900.     32  fidl  page  illustrations  and  maps.     8°. 

Martin,  Archer.     The  Hudson's  Bay  Company's  land  tenures,  and  the  occupation  of 
Assiniboia  by  Lord  Selkirk's  settlers. 
London:   W.  Clowes,  1888.     xvi,  238  pp.     8°. 

Newton,  W.     Twenty  years  on  the  Saskatchewan. 
London:  Stock,  1897.     190  pp.     8°. 

Willson,  Beckles.  The  Great  Company,  1667-1871.  Being  a  history  of  the  Honor- 
able Company  of  Merchant-Adventurers  trading  into  Hudson's  Bay. 
Compiled  from  the  company's  archives,  from  diplomatic  documents  and 
state  papers  of  France  and  England,  from  the  narratives  of  factors  and 
traders,  and  from  many  accounts  and  memoirs. 
London:  Smith,  Elder  and  Co.,  1900.     2  vols.     Portraits.     Maps.     8°. 


BRITISH  COLONIES  IN  CENTRAL  AND  SOUTH  AMERICA. 

BRITISH    HONDURAS. 

Bristowe,  L.  W.,  and  P.  B.  Wright.     Handbook  of  British  Honduras. 

Edinburgh,  1898.     8°. 

Fowler,  H.     A  narrative  of  a  journey  across  the  unexplored  portion   of   British 
Honduras,  with  a  short  sketch  of  the  history  and  resources  of  the  colony. 

Belize,  1879.     8°. 

Gibbs,  A.K.     British  Honduras:  An  historical  and  descriptive  account  of  the  col- 
ony from  its  settlement,  1670. 
London:  S.  Low  {etc.),  1883.     viii,  198 pp.     12°. 

Morris,  D.     The  colony  of  British  Honduras. 

London:  E.  Stanford,  1883.     xiii,  152 pp.     16°. 

BRITISH    GUIANA. 

Bevan,  Theodore.     Toil,  travel,  and  discovery  in  British  New  Guiana. 

London:  Kegan  Paul,  Trench,  Trubner  and  Co.,  1S98.     viii,  317  pp.     Folded 
map.     8°. 

"  From  the  Protectorate  to  the  Sovereignty.    1884-1888." 

Bronkhurst,  H.  V.  P.     The  colony  of  British  Guiana  and  its  labouring  population. 
London:  T.  Woolmer,  1883.     xii,  479  pp.      Woodcut.     12°. 

Crookall,  L.     British  Guiana;  or,  Work  and  wanderings  among  the  Creoles  and 
Coolies,  the  Africans  and  Indians  of  the  wild  country.     Illustrated. 
London:   Unwin,  1898.     xii,  247  pp.     12°. 

Dalton,  H.  G.     The  history  of  British  Guiana. 

London:  Longmans,  1855.     2  vols.     Plates.     Map.     8°. 

Kirke,  H.     Twenty-five  years  in  British  Guiana.     With  map  and  illustrations. 
London:  S.  Low  (etc.),  1898.     x,  (2)," '364 pp.     Portrait.     8°. 

Rodway,  James.     Handbook  of  British  Guiana.     Prepared  under  the  direction  of 
the  Columbian  exposition  literary  committee  of  the  Royal  Agriculture 
Society. 
Georgetown,  British  Guiana:    Publ.   by  the  committee,  1893.     Plates.     Folded 
map.     8°. 

History  of  British  Guiana. 

Georgetown,  British  Guiana:  J.  Thomson,  1891-94-     3  vols.     8°. 

In  the  Guiana  forest.     Illustrated.     2d  edition. 

London:  T.  Fisher  Unwin,  1895.     xxiii,  (1),  242pp.     12°. 

Rodway,  J.,  and  J.  H.  Stark.     Stark's  Guide  book  and  history  of  British  Guiana; 
containing  a  description  of  everything  relating  to  this  colony  that  would 
be  of  interest  to  tourists  and  residents  respecting  its  history,  inhabitants, 
climate.  .  .  . 
Boston:  J.  H.  Stark,  \_1898].     120pp.     Plus.     Map.     8°. 
68 


69 

Schomburg-k,    Sir  R.    H.      A    description   of   British   Guiana,    geographical  and 
statistical. 
London:  Simpkins,  Marshall  &  Co.,  1840.     (4),  155  pp.     Map.    8° 

Reisen  in  British-Guiana  in  den  Jahren  1840-44.     Mit  Abbildungen  und 

einer  Karte. 
Leipzig:  J.  J.  Weber,  1847-48.     3  vols.     8°. 

Thurn,  E.  F.     Among  the  Indians  of  Guiana:  being  sketches  chiefly  anthropologic 
from  the  interior  of  British  Guiana.     With  33  illustrations  and  map. 
London:  Kegan  Paid  (etc.),  1883.    .vvi,  445  pp.     8°. 

FALKLAND   ISLANDS. 

Falkner,  Thomas.     Description  of  Patagonia,  and  the  adjoining  parts  of  South 
America,  and  some  particulars  relating  to  Falkland's  islands. 
Hereford,  1774-     144  pp.     Plates.     Map.     Folio. 

Grimblot,  P.     Politique  coloniale  de  l'Angleterre.     Les  iles  Falkland. 
(In  Revue  des  Deux  Mondes,  new  series,  vol.  3,  pp.  781-815, 1843.) 

Murdoch,  W.  G.  B.     From  Edinburgh  to  the  Antarctic  (1892-93). 
London:  Longmans,  1894-     8°. 

Pernety,  Dom  Antoine  Joseph.     The  history  of  a  voyage  to  the  Malouine  (or  Falk- 
land) islands,   made  in  1763  and  1764.      Illustrated  with  copperplates. 
The  2d  edition. 
London:  Printed  for  William  Goldsmith,  MDCC.    Ixxiii,  (4),  xvii,  (1),  294  pp. 
Folded  maps.     4°. 

Rutledge,  R.  M.     The  Falkland  islands. 

(In  Scottish  Geographical  Magazine,  vol.  12,  pp.  241-252.    Edinburgh,  1896). 

Snow,  W.  Parker.     A  two  years'  cruise  off  Tierra  del  Fuego,  the  Falkland  islands, 
Patagonia  ....  with  charts  and  illustrations.     In  two  volumes. 
London:  Longman,  Brown,  (etc.),  1857.     12°. 

Stirling,  W.  H.     Brief  account  of  the  Falkland  islands. 
Buenos  Ayres,  1891.     27  pp.     8°. 


BRITISH   WEST   INDIES,   ETC. 

BERMUDA. 

Lefroy,  Sir  J.  H.     Memorials  of  the  discovery  and  early  settlement  of  the  Bermudas 
or  Somers  islands  1511-1685.      Compiled  from  the  colonial  records  and 
other  original  sources. 
London:  Longmans,  Green  and  Co.,  1877-79.     2  vols.     Plates.     Maps.     L.    8°. 

Ogilvy,  J.     An  account  of  Bermuda,  past  and  present. 

Hamilton,  Bermuda:  S.  Nelmes,  1883.     64  pp.     8°. 

Stark,  J.  H.     Stark's  illustrated  Bermuda  guide:  containing  a  description  of  the 
Bermuda  islands,  including  their  history,  inhabitants,  climate,  agricul- 
ture, geology,  government,  and  resources. 
Boston:  J.  H.  Stark,  1897.     viii,  154  pp.     12°. 
(Library  of  Congress  has  edition  of  1884.) 

Illustrated  Bermuda  guide. 

Boston,  1887. 

Whittingham,  F.     Bermuda:  a  colony,  a  fortress,  and  a  prison;  or,  Eighteen  months 
in  the  Somers'  islands. 
London:  Longman,  Brown,  Green,  Longmans  and  Roberts,  1857.     x,  (2),  287  pp. 
Colored  plates.     Folded  map.     Illustrations.    8°. 

BRITISH  WEST  INDIES,   COLLECTIVELY. 

Bayley,  F.  W.  N.  Four  years'  residence  in  the  West  Indies,  during  the  years  1826, 
1827,  1828,  and  1829.  Third  edition,  enlarged,  with  engravings.  To  which 
is  added  a  faithful  narrative,  derived  from  official  documents  and  private 
letters,  of  the  dreadful  hurricanes  in  Barhados,  St.  Vincent,  and  St.  Lucia 
in  August,  1831,  and  an  appendix  containing  the  geography,  geology,  and 
chronology  of  the  British  colonies  in  the  West  Indies. 
London:   William  Kidd,  1833.     xiii,  (3),  742 pp.     Plates  (lithographs). 

Dautoree,  Paul.     Colonists  and  manufacturers  in  the  West  Indies.     Translated  from 
the  French. 
London:  James  Bain,  1844.     103  pp.     8°. 

Edwards,  B.     The  history,  civil  and  commercial,  of  the  British  West  Indies.     5th 
edition. 
London:  Printed  by  T.  Muller,  1819.     5  vols.     8°. 
Note.  Other  editions  in  Library  of  Congress. 

Eves,  C.  W.     The  West  Indies.     4th  edition. 

London:  Sampson,  Low,  Marston  &  Company,  1897.   xxxi,  (1),  359  pp.    Plates. 
Folded  maps.     12°. 

Froude,  James  Anthony.     The  English  in  the  West  Indies;  or,  The  bow  of  Ulysses. 
New  York:  Charles Scribner' s Sons,  1888.    x,  (2),  373 pp.    Illustrations,  engraved 
on  wood.     8°. 
70 


71 

Jay,  E.  A.  Hastings.     A  glimpse  of  the  tropics;  or,   Four  months'  cruising  in  the 
West  Indies. 
London:  Low  &  Company,  1900.     384  pp.     Map  and  illustrations.     8°. 

"A  diary  of  atrip  in  a  Royal  mail  steamer,  with  some  historical  notes  as  to  t  he  islands 
visited.    The  term  'roaring'  forties  applied  to  north  latitudes  appears  to  be  new." 

King-sley,  Charles.     At  last.     A  Christmas  in  the  West  Indies. 

London:  Macmillan,  1S74-     xii,  401  pp.     Plates  (woodcuts).     S°. 

Labat,  J.  B.    Nouveau  voyage  aux  ties  de  PAmerique,  contenant  l'histoire  .  .  .  .  le 
gouvernement  des  habitans  anciens  et  modernes. 
Paris:  Chez  Theodore  Le  Gras,  1742.     8  vols.     Plates.     Maps.     16°. 

Rodway,  J.     The  West  Indies  and  the  Spanish  Main. 

London:  T.  Fisher  Unicin.     New  York:  G.  P.  Putnam's  Sons,  1896.     xxiv,  871 
pp.     Plates  (woodcuts).     12°. 

Southey,  T.     Chronological  history  of  the  West  Indies. 

London:  Printed  for  Longman,  Rees,  etc.,  1827.     3  vols.     8°. 

ANTIGUA. 

Flannigan,  Mrs.     Antigua  and  the  Antiguans;  a  full  account  of  the  colony  and  its 
inhabitants  from  the  time  of  the  Caribs  to  the  present  day. 
London:  Saunders  &  Otley,  1844-     2  vols.     8°. 

Luffman,  J.     A  brief  account  of  the  island  of  Antigua,  together  with  the  customs 
and  manners  of  its  inhabitants.     In  letters  to  a  friend,  written  in  the  years 
1786,  1787,  1788.     Second  edition. 
London:  Printed  for  John  Luffman,  [1789?].    (4),  180  pp.    Folded  map.    16°. 

Oliver,  V.  L.     The  island  of  Antigua.     History. 

London:  Mitchell  &  H.,  1894-1899.     3  vols.     L.  8°. 

BAHAMAS. 

Ives,  Charles.     The   Isles  of  Summer;  or,  Nassau  and  the  Bahamas.     Illustrated 
edition. 

New  Haven,  Conn.:  The  author.     356  pp.     Plates.     12°. 

Powles,  L.  D.     The  land  of  the  Pink  Pearl;  or,  Recollections  of  life  in  the  Bahamas. 
London:  Sampson  Low,  and  Company,  1888.     xi,  321  pp.     8°. 

Stark,  J.  H.     History  and  guide  to  the  Bahama  Islands. 

Boston:  Photo-Electro  Co.,  1892.     Illustrated.     Maps.     12°. 

BARBADOS. 

Lig-on,  R.     A  true  and  exact  history  of  the  island  of  Barbados.     Illustrated  with  a 
mapp  [sic]  of  the  island. 
London:  Printed  for  H.  Moseley,' 1657.     (10),  122,  (2)  pp.    Map.    Plans.     F°. 

Same. 

London,  1677. 

Poyer,  J.     History  of  Barbadoes  from  the  first  discovery  of  the  island  in  the  year 
1605  till  the  accession  of  Lord  Seaforth,  1801. 
London:  Printed  for  J.  Mawman,  1808.     xxix,  (7),  668  pp.     4°. 


72 

Schomburgk,  Sir  R.  II.     History  of  Barbadoes,  comprising  a  geographical  and  sta- 
tistical description  of  the  island,  a  sketch  of  the  historical  events  since  the 
settlement,  and  an  account  of  its  geology  and  natural  productions. 
London:  Longmans,  1848.     xx,  722  pp.     Plates.     8°. 

Stark,  J.  H.     History  and  guide  to  Barbadoes  and  the  Caribbee  Islands. 
Boston,  1898.     12°. 

DOMINICA. 

Atwood,  Thomas.     The  history  of  the  island  of  Dominica,  containing  a  description 
of  its  situation,  extent,  climate  .   .   .   with  an  account  of  its  civil  govern- 
ment  ...    its  conquest  by  the  French,  and  restoration  to  the  British 
dominions. 
London:  Printed  for  J.  Johnson,  1791.     riii,  285  pp.     8°. 

GRENADA. 

Drayton,  E.     The  Grenada  Handbook. 
London,  1898.     8°. 

"Wells,  S.     Historical  and  descriptive  sketch  of  the  island  of  Grenada. 
Kingston,  Jamaica,  1890.     S°. 

JAMAICA. 

Bridges,  George  Wilson.     The  annals  of  Jamaica. 
London:  J.  Murray,  1828.     2  volumes.     8°. 

Gardner,  W.  J.     A  history  of  Jamaica  from  its  discovery  to  the  present  time,  includ- 
ing an  account  of  its  trade  and  agriculture;  sketches  of  the  manners,  habits, 
and  customs  of  all  classes  of  its  inhabitants. 
London,  1873.     8°. 

The  Handbook  of  Jamaica  for  1899.     Published  by  authority.     Comprising  his- 
torical,  statistical,  and  general  information  concerning  the  island. 
London:  E.  Stanford,  1898.     8°. 

Long,  E.     The  history  of  Jamaica;  or,  General  survey  of  the  ancient  and  modern 
state  of  that  island,  with  reflections  on  its  situation,  settlements,  inhabi- 
tants, climate,  products,  commerce,  laws,  and  government. 
London:  printed  for  T.  Lowndes.     1774-     3  volumes.     Plates.     Map.     4°. 

Millner,  Thomas  Hughes.     The  present  and  future  state  of  Jamaica  considered. 
London:  H.  Hooper,  1839.     96  pp.     8°. 

Phillippo,  James  M.     Jamaica;  its  past  and  present  state. 

London:  John  Snow,  1843.     xri,  487  pp.     Plates  (woodcuts).     12°. 

Same. 

Philadelphia:  James  M.  Campbell  &  Company,  1843.     176  pp.    8°. 

Stark,  J.  H.     Jamaica    guide,   containing  a  description  of  everything  relating  to 
Jamaica  .  .  .  including  its  history,   inhabitants,  government,  resources, 
and  places  of  interest  to  travellers. 
Boston  and  London:  Low  and  Company,  [1898.]     viii,  208 pp.     12°. 

1899.     Jamaica,  with  remarks  on  some  of  the  other  West  Indian  islands.     (With 
maps  and  illustrations. )     Alfred  G.  Nash. 
Scottish  Geographical  Magazine,  vol.  15  [Dec,  1899),  pp.  617-626. 


73 


ST.    KITTS. 

Jeaffreson,  J.  C.     A  young  squire  of  the  seventeenth  century.     From  the  papers  of 
Christopher  Jefferson,  1676-1686. 
London:  Hurst,  1S77.     ?  vols.     8°. 
Note.— Relates  to  si.  Kitts. 

ST.    LUCIA. 

Breen,  H.  H.     St.  Lucia:  historical,  statistical,  and  descriptive. 
London:  Longman,  1x44.     xvii,  423  pp.     Map.     8°. 

ST.    VINCENT. 

Shephard,  C.     An  historical  account  of  the  island  of  St.  Vincent. 
London:  Ridgway,  1831.     S°. 

TOBAGO. 

Hay,  L.  G.     Handbook  of  the  colony  of  Tobago,  etc. 

Scarborough,  Tobago:  Government  printing  office,  1884-     iv,  66,  xx  pp.     8°. 

Woodcock,  Henry  lies.     History  of  the  island  of  Tobago. 
Ayr,  1867.     8°. 

TRINIDAD. 

Stark,  J.  H.     A  guide  book  and  history  of  Trinidad,  including  Tobago,  Granada, 
and  St.  Vincent. 
Boston:  J.  H.  Stark,  1897.     x,  170  pp.     Illustrated.     Maps.     12°. 

Verteuil,  L.  A.  A.  de.     Trinidad:  its  geography,  natural  resources,  administration, 
present  condition,  and  prospects.     2d  edition. 
Cassell  &  Company,  1884,  London,     xi,  (1),  484  pp.     Folded  map.     8°. 
Have  also  edition  of  1858. 


FRENCH   COLONIES. 

BOOKS 

Blondel,  Henri.     Le  regime  du  travail  et  la  colonisation  libre  dans  nos  colonies  et 
pays  de  protectorat. 
Paris:  Berger-Levraultet  Ok.     1896.     (2),  159 pp.     S°.     (Organisation  des col- 
onies francaises. ) 

Bordier,  A.     La  colonisation  scientifique  et  les  colonies  francaises. 
Paris:  Reinwald  and  Co.,  1884.     506  pp.     8°. 

"Gives  suggestive  information  as  to  climate,  race,  and  other  factors  in  colonisa- 
tion."—Lucas. 

Bossiere  (R.  E. ).     Notice  sur  les  ties  Kerguelen  (possession  francaise). 
Paris:  Challamel,  1893.     8°. 

Boutmy  (Emile).     Le  recrutement  des  administrateurs  coloniaux. 
Paris:   (Mm,  1895.     127  pp.     12°. 

Burot  (F. ),  et  A.  Legrand.     Les  troupes  coloniales.     Tome  I.  Statistique  de  la  mor- 
talite.      Tome  II.    Maladies  du   soldat  aux  pays  chauds.      Tome   III. 
Hygiene  du  soldati  sous  les  tropiques. 
Paris:  J.  B.  Bailliere,  1897-98.     3  vols.     8°. 

Canu,  A.  H.     La  petaudiere  coloniale. 

Paris:  Chamuel,  1895.     316  pp.     12°. 

Castonnet  de  Fosses,  H.      La  perte  d'une  colonie.      La  revolution  de  Saint  - 
Domingue. 
Paris:  Faivre,  1893.    vi,  380  pp.     16°. 

Cerisier,  Charles.      Impressions  coloniales.      (1869-1892.)     Etude  comparative  de 
colonisation. 
Paris:  Berger-Levrault  et  Cie,  1893.     8°. 

Chailley-Bert,  Joseph.     Ou  en  est  la  politique  coloniale  de  la  France.     L'age  de 
1' agriculture. 
Paris:  Colin,  1896.     (2),  68  pp.     16°.     (Questions  du  temps  present.) 

La  Tunisie  et  la  colonisation  francaise. 

Paris:  Chailley,  1896.     8°. 

Chesse,  J.     Veritas  coloniales.     Le  desordre,  les  abus,  le  danger. 
Paris:  Chamuel,  1895.     (2),  154,  (1)  PP-     12°. 

Cor,  Henri.     Questions  coloniales.     De  la  transportation  consideree  comme  moyen 
de  repression  et  comme  force  colonisatrice. 
Paris:  Giard  et  Brier e,  1895.     180  pp.     8°. 

Delauney  du  Dezen,  — .     Manuel  du  futur  colon  en  Alg£rie. 
Paris:  Challamel,  1895.     viii,  200  pp.     18°. 

Denancy,  Edgard.     De  la  colonisation  dans  ses  rapports  avec  la  production  et  la 
consommation. 
Epernay:  Dubreuil,  1894.     131  pp.     16°. 
74 


75 

Deschamps,  Leon.     Histoire  de  la  question  coloniale  en  France. 
Paris:  /•-'.  Plon,  Nourrit  et  Oie,  1891.     zvi,  {05  pp.     8°. 

Contents;  Premiere  epoque:  Des  debuts  dn  seizieme  siecleau  ministere  de  Richelieu— 
Les  decouvertes.  Deuxieme epoque:  Du  ministere  de  Richelieu  a  lannduregnede 
Louis  XIV— La  plus  grand  expansion;  Les  compagnies.  1°  partie:  Richelieu  et  la 
RC'gence;  2«  partie:  Colbert  et  Louis  XIV.— Livre  3.  Troisieme  i>poque:  De  la  paix 
<V  Utrecht  a  la  paix  de  Vienne  (1815) :  Le  declin.  1»  partie:  Louis  XV  et  Louis  XVI; 
2«  partie:  Revolution  et  empire. 

Les  colonies  p en< hint  la  Revolution.     La  constituante  et  la reiorme  coloniale. 

Paris:  Perrin  et  (Me.,  1898.     xxvi,  840  pp.     Folded  sheet.     16°. 

Histoire  sommaire  de  la  colonisation  francaise.     A  vec  1 3  gravures  et  10  cartes. 

Paris:  Nathan,  1894-    8°. 

Dubois,  Marcel.     Les  colonies  et  l'enseignement  geographique.     Conference. 
Paris:  ChaUley,  1896.    8°. 

Duchene,  Albert.     I )u  regime  legislatif  des  colonies.     (These.) 
Paris:  A.  Rousseau,  1893.     184pp.     8°. 

Dussieux,  L.     Le  Canada  sous  la  domination  francaise. 

Paris:  Ch.  Tanera,  1855.     {2),  104pp.     Folded  map.    8°. 

Duval,  Jules.     Les  colonies  et  la  politique  coloniale  de  la  France.     A  vec  deux  cartes 
du  Senegal  et  de  Madagascar  dressees  par  V.  A.  Malte-Brun. 
Paris:  Arthur  Bertrand,  [1864].     xxi  (1),  526 pp.     Folded  maps.    8°. 

Episode  (Tin)  de  l'expansion  de  l'Ang-leterre.     Lettresau  "Times"  surl'Afrique 
du  Sud,  traduites  avec  l'autorisation  sp6ciale  du  conseil  de  redaction  du 
"Times"  par  le  Colonel  Bailie. 
Paris:  Colin,  1893.     (4),  286  pp.     12°. 

L'Expansion  de  la  France  et  la  diplomatie.     Hier-aujourd'hui. 
Pariv  Hachette,  1895.     xii,  298  pp.     12°. 

Faillon,  Etienne  Michel.     Histoire  de  la  colonie  francaise  en  Canada.     [1534-1674.] 
ViUemarie  [Montreal],  Bibliothhjur  pdmissidle,  1865.     3  vols.     Folded  maps. 
Portraits.     4°  • 

Fonctionnaires    (Les)    coloniaux.      Documents  officiels.      Tome    ler:   Espagne, 
France. 
Paris:  Colin,  1897.     8°. 

("Forme  la  2me  s6rie  de  "la  Bibliotheque  internationale."  Publication  <le  l'lnstitut 
colonial  international  de  Bruxelles.") 

Gaflarel,    Paul    Louis  Jacques.      Les    colonies    francaises.      5e  edition,  revue    et 
augmentee. 
Paris:  Germer-Bailliere  et  Cie.,  1893.     (2),  ii,  552  pp.     8°. 

Contents:  La  colonisation  francaise — L'Afrique  francaise:  Le  Senegal;  Le  Soudan 
francaise;  Les  rivieres  du  sud;  Le  Fonta-Djallon;  Comptoirs  de  Guinee;  Le  Gabon; 
L'Ogoue"  et  le  Congo;  La  Reunion;  Madagascar  et  ses  d£pendances.  L'Am^rique 
francaise:  La  Guyane  francaise;  Les  Antilles  francaises;  Saint-Pierre  et  Miquelon. 
L'Asie  francaise:  L'Inde  francaise;  La  Cochinchine  francaise;  Voyages  d'explora- 
tion  en  Indo-Chine;  Les  pays  prot6g6s:  Le  Cambodge;  L'Annam;  L'intervention 
francaise  an  Tongking.  L'Oceanie  francaise;  Ta'i'ti  et  ses  dt-pendances;  Les 
Taumotu  et  Gambia;  L'archipel  neo-caledonien;  Kerguelen  et  Clipperton;  Les 
Nouvelles-Hebrides;  Les  Salomon. 

Gallais,  H.     La  colonisation  dans  ses  rapports,  avec  la  production  et  la  consom- 
mation. 
Paris:  J.  Andre,  1897.     72,  (1),  pp.     16°. 


76 

Garneau,  Francois  Xavier.     Histoire  du  Canada  depuis  sa  deconverte  jusqu'a  noa 
jours.     4e  edition. 
Montreal:  Beauchemin  el  Valois,  1882-83.     4  vols.     Portrait.     8°. 

Gautier,  E.,  and  others.     Guide  pratique  du  colon  et  du  soldat  a  Madagascar. 
Paris:  Andre,  1895.     viii,  208  pp.     Folded  map.     16°. 

Girault,  A.     Principes  de  colonisation  et  de  legislation  coloniale. 
Paris:  Larose,  1895.     12°. 

Le  probleme  colonial.     Assujettissement,  autonomic  ou  assimilation. 

Paris:  Chevalier  Maresq,  1894-     52  pp.     8°. 

Grandmaison,  Louis  de.     L' expansion  francaise  au  Tonkin. 

Paris:  E.  Plon,  Nourrit  et  Cie.,  1898.    viii,  270  pp.     2  maps.     8°. 

Gu^nin,  Eugene.      Histoire  de  la  colonisation  francaise.     La  Nouvelle-France. 
Paris:  Fourneau,  1896.     2  vols.     12°. 

Haussonville,  G.  P.  O.  de  C.  comted',  et  J.   Chailley-Bert.      L'emigration  des 
femmes  aux  colonies,  allocution  de  M.  le  comte  d'  Haussonville  et  discours 
de  M.  J.  Chailley-Bert  a  la  conference  donnee  le  12  Janvier  1897  par 
F  Union  coloniale  franchise. 
Paris:  Colin,  1897.     62,  (1)  pp.     16°.     (Questions  du  temps  present.) 

Jeanneney,  A.     Ce  que  produisent  nos  colonies.     Lecons  de  choses  et  lectures. 
Paris:  Delagrave,  1896.     94  pp.     18°. 

Joanne,  Paul.     Dictionnaire  geographique  et  administratif  de  la  France  (et  de  ses 
colonies),    vols.  1-4. 
Paris:  Hachette,  1890-99.     4  v.     Plates,  maps,  illustrations.     4°. 

Jollivet,  Adolphe.     Discours  dans  la  discussion  des  articles  du  projet  de  loi  relatif 
au  regime  des  colonies. 
Paris:  Imp.  Guiraudet,  1845.     86  pp.     8°. 

Lamy,  Etienne.     L'ceuvre  sociale;  Les  settlements  anglais  et  americains. 
Paris:  Plon,  1897.     8°. 

Lanessan,  Jean  Marie  Antoine  de.     L'expansion  coloniale  de  la  France.     Etude 
6conomique,  politique,  et  geographique  sur  les  etablissements  francais 
d'outre-mer. 
Paris,  1886.     xxiii  {1),  1016  pp.     Maps.     8°. 

La  colonisation  francaise  en  Indo-Chine. 

Paris:  Alcan,  1895.     12°. 

Principes  de  colonisation. 

Paris:  Alcan,  1896.     8°. 

"Forme  le  tome  84  de  la  Bibliotheque  scientiflque  internationale." 

Iiechevalier,  Jules.     Rapport  sur  les  questions  coloniales  adresse  a  M.  le  due  de 
Broglie,  president  de  la  commission  coloniale,  a  la  suite  d'un  voyage  fait 
aux  Antilles  et  aux  Guyanes  pendant  les  annees  1838  et  1839. 
Paris:  Imprimerie  royale,  1843-1844-     2  vols.     F°. 

Lemire,  Ch.     Le  peuplement  de  nos  colonies.     2e  Edition. 
Paris:  Giard  et  Briere,  1897 '.     72  pp.     18°. 

Leroy-Beaulieu,  P.     Les  grandes  compagnies  de  colonisation.     (Conferences  de 
1' Union  coloniale  francaise  1895-1896.) 
Paris:  Chailley,  1896.     8°. 


77 

Main-d'ceuvre  (La)  aux  colonies.     Documents  officiele  sur  le  contrat  de  travail  et 
de  Louage  d'ouvrage  aux  colonies.     Tome  lcr. 
Paris:  Colin,  1895.    8°. 

PubllcatioD  de  l'lnstitul  colonial  international  :<  Bruxelles  (1»  se"rie) .  Bibliotheque 
coloniale  Internationale. 

Documents  officiels.    Tome  11.    (Bruxelles,  [nstitut  colonial  international. ) 

Paris:  Colin,  1897.     8°. 

(Fait  partie  de  la  "Bibliotheque  coloniale  international e,"  L»serie.  Publication  de 
l'lnstitute  colonial  international.) 

Malouet,  V.  P.     Collection  de  memoires  et  correspondences  officielles  sur  l'adminis- 
tration  des  colonies,  et  notamment  sur  la  Guiane  francaise  et  hollandaise. 
Paris:  Boudouin,  an.  X  [1799].     5  vols.     8°. 

Nicolas,  Pierre.     Attributions  du  commissariat  general.     Aide-memoire  pour  les 
successions  du  personnel  des  colonies. 
Paris:  Challamel,  1893.     244  PP>     8°. 

Norman,  C.  B.     Colonial  France. 

London:   W.  H.  Allen  &  Co.,  1886.     xii,  331  pp.     Folded  map.     8°. 

Contents:  Historical  summary  and  financial  administration;  French  settlements  in 
Africa;  Islands  in  the  Indian  Ocean;  Reunion;  Nossi-Be;  Sainte  Marie  de  Mada- 
gascar; Mayotte;  East  Indies;  Islands  in  the  Pacific;  Tahiti;  The  Marquesas;  New 
Caledonia;  Cochin-China;  Annam;  Tonkin;  Martinique;  Guadaloupe  and  its 
dependencies;  French  Guiana;  the  islands  of  Saint  Pierre  and  Miquelon;  Mada- 
gascar; Obock;  Tunis;  Colonial  defense. 

Notices  sur  les  colonies  francaises,  accompagnees  d'un  atlas  de  14  cartes.  His- 
toire,  geographie,  meteorologie,  population,  gouvernement,  administration, 
culte,  assistance  publique,  instruction  publique,  justice,  forces  militaires 
et  maritimes,  finances,  agriculture,  industrie,  commerce,  navigation,  service 
postal. 
Paris:  Challamel  aine,  1866.     {4),  767,  {1)  pp.     8°. 

Contents:  Notice  preliminaire;  Colonies  d'Afrique:  La  Reunion;  Mayotte;  Nossi-Be; 
Sainte-Marie  de  Madagascar;  Senegal  et  dependances;  Etablissements  de  la  Cote-d'or 
(Grand-Bassam,  Assinia  et  Dabon) ;  Gabon.  Colonies  d'Amerique:  lies  Saint-Pierre 
et  Miquelon;  Martinique;  Guadeloupe  et  dependances;  Guyane.  Colonies  d'Asie: 
Etablissements  dans  l'lnde;  Cochinchine.  Colonics  de  l'Oceanie:  lies  de  la  Societe; 
lies  Basses;  archipcl  Tubua'i  et  Marquises;  Nouvelle-Caledonie. 

Organisation  et  fonctionnement  de  l'^cole  coloniale. 

Paris:  Challamel,  1897.     8°.     (Publication  du  Minisiere  des  colonies.) 

Orleans,  Henri,  Prince  d'.     Politique  exterieure  et  coloniale  de  la  France. 
Paris,  1900.     8°. 

Petit,  Edouard.     Organisation  des  colonies  francaises  et  des  pays  de  protectorat, 
Preface  de  M.  R.  de  Moiiy.     Tome  I.  Organisation  politique,  adminis- 
tratif  et  financiere.     Garde  et  defense  des  colonies. 
Paris:  Berger-Levrault  et  Cie.,1894-     xiv,  705  pp.     L.S°. 

Organisation  des  colonies  francaises  et  des  pays  de  protectorat.     Tome  II. 

Services  penitentiaires.     Domanialite.     Travaux  publics,  etc. 
Paris:  Berger-Levrault  et  Cie.     L.  8°. 

Poire,  Eugene.     L'emigration  francaise  aux  colonies. 
Paris:  Plon,  1897.     380,  (1)  pp.     12°. 

Pourvourville,  A.  de.     Etudes  coloniales.     Dans  les  seize  chaus  (1888-1889). 
Paris:  Chamuel,  1895.     188  pp.     16°. 


78 

Rambaud,  Alfred.    La  France  coloniale.    Histoire,  geographic,  commerce.    Ouvrage 
public*  sous  la  direction  de  M.  Alfred  Rambaud.     Avec  13  cartes  en  trois 
couleurs.     7''  edition. 
Paris:  Colin,  1895.     vi,  790,  (/>  pp.     8°. 

Contents:  Preface.  Introduction  historique,  Alfred  Rambaud;  L'Algerie,  Pierre 
Foucin;  La  Tunisie,  Jacques  Tissot;  Le  Senegal  el  le  Soudan  franca  is.  L.  Acliinard 
et  A.  Rambaud;  La  Guinee  francaise  el  dependanees  A.  Br6tigmere,  Midard-Beraud. 
A.  Rambaud:  L'Ouesl  Africain-Gabon,  Congo  francais,  Lac  Tschad,  Dutreuil  de 
Rhins;  La  Reunion,  Jacob  de  Cordemoy;  Madagascar,  Gabriel  Marcel;  La  Mer 
Rouge,  Obock  ct  Cheikh-Sai'd,  P.Soleillet;  L'Inde  francaise,  Henri  Delonce;  L'lndo- 
Chine  francaise,  A.  Bouinais,  a.  Paulus;  La  Nouvelle-Caledonie  et  dependences, 
Ch.  Lemire;  Les  lies  Tahiti,  A.  Goupil;  Autres  archipels  ocganiens,  Ch.  Lemire: 
Terre-Neuve,  IlesSt.  Pierre  et  Miquelon  (Terre-Neuve,  etc.),  parlecapitaine  Nicolas; 
La  Guadeloupe  et  dependanees,  M.  Isaac;  La  Martinique,  M.  Hurard;  La  Guyane, 
Jules  Leveille;  Les  lies  Kerguelen  et  autres  possessions  antarctiques,  Gabriel 
Marcel;  Les  colonies  peiiitentiaires  et  la  transportation,  Jules  Leveill6;  Conclusion, 
Alf.  Rambaud;  Appendice,  A.  Rambaud  et  Schirmer. 

Rougier,  J.  C.  P.     Precis  de  legislation  et  d'economie  coloniale. 
Paris:  Larose,  1894-    540  pp.    8°. 

Sarzeau,  J.     Les  Francais  aux  colonies.     (Senegal  et  Soudan  francais,  Dahomey, 
Madagascar,  Tunisie.) 
Paris:  Btoud  et  Barral,  1897.     400  pp.     Portraits.     8°. 

"  Forme  la  lle  sexie  de  la  collection  I  Oampagnes  contemporaries  de  1'armee  francaise).' 

Saussure,  Leopold  de.     Psychologie  de  la  colonisation  francaise  dans  ses  rapports 
avec  les  societes  indigenes. 
Paris:  F.  Alcan,  1899.     (2),  311,  (l),pp.     16°. 

"Verschuur,  G.     Aux  colonies  d'Asie  et  dans  1' Ocean  Indien. 
Paris,  1900.     8°. 

Verdier,  A.     Trente-cinq  annees  de  lutte  aux  colonies  (cote  occidentale  d'Afrique). 
Paris:  Chailley,  1896.    8°. 

Vignon,  Louis.     L' expansion  de  la  France. 

Paris:  GuiUaumin  et  Cie.,  1891.     x,  379,  (2),  pp.     12°. 

Villedary,  — .     Guide  sanitaire  des  troupes  et  du  colon  aux  colonies. 
Paris:  Societi  d'editions  seienMfiques,  1893.    8°. 
Fait  partie  de  la  Petite  encyclopedic  medicale. 

Wahl,  Maurice.     La  France  aux  colonies. 

Paris:  Librairies-iiiipriiiieries  rfiniirx,  1890.     S°. 

"  Fait  partie  de  la  Bibliotheque  d'histoire  illustre'e.' 


ARTICLES   IN    PERIODICALS. 

1897.     Les  colonies  grecques  de  la  France.     Jean  Carriere. 
Ecru,'  i  iict/rhipi'diijiic,  vol.  7,  pp.  645-650. 

1897.     Colonies  franchises  et  colonies  anglaises.     Marquis  de  Nadaillac. 
Correspondant,  vol.  69,  j>j>.  827,  pp.  867-894- 

1897.     De  la  colonisation    francaise.      Reponse    a    M.    Stanley.      Prince    Henri 
d' Orleans. 
Questions  diplomaliques  et  coloniales,  vol.  1,  pp.  513-516. 

1897.     La  colonisation  francaise  et  la  colonisation  russe.     J.  Chaffanjou. 

Peine  generate   Internationale,   xcieutifique,   littiraire  et  ariistique,   vol.  2,  pp. 
203-208. 


79 

1897.      De   la   colonisation    de    France    an    commencement    du    xvi"   sicele.       Acte 
d' habitation de  la  terre  <le  Vitrolles-lez-Luberon.     Foumier  de  Flaix. 
Riforme  sociale,  vol  34,  pp-  '■H7-929. 
1897.     L'6tude  del' homme  social  et la  colonisation.     E-.  Cheysson. 

Revuegcneraleintcrnatioitalc,  xciiulijiqtif,  fiftrrairr  et  a  ft  i. ft  i  que,  vol.  2,  pp.  163-181. 

1897.     FAcnements  geographiques  et  coloniaux.     Gaston  Uouvier. 
Monde  moderne,  vol.  5,  pp.  616-621. 

1897.     La  France  colonisatrice.     L.  Sevin-Desplaces. 
Monde  moderne,  ml.  5,  pp.  253-256. 

1897.     La  France  en  Afrique.     Les  capitaux  et  la  colonisation.     A.  Fock. 
Nouvelle  revue,  15  octobre,  pp.  616-632. 

1897.     Les  lois  franchises  et  la  colonisation.     Comte  de  Couronnel. 
Questions  diplomatiques  et  coloniales,  vol.  1,  pp.  613-616. 

1897.     La  methode  dans  les  Etudes  coloniales.     Lecon  d'onverture  du  cours  de 
colonisation  coniparee  a  l'ecole  des  sciences  politiques.     Joseph  Chailley- 
Bert. 
Revue  generale  des  sciences,  vol.  8,  pp.  912-919. 

1897.     Mouvement  colonial.     Dr.  Meyners-d'Estrey. 
Journal  des  economistes,  Janvier,  pp.  64-75. 

1897.     Le  Musee  colonial  de  Marseille.     Ph.  Eberlin. 
Revue  generale  des  sciences,  vol.  8,  pp.  861-866. 

1897.     Politique  coloniale.      Les  grandes  compagnies   de  colonisation.      Charles 
Giraudeau. 
Revue  bleue,  13  novembre,  pp.  635-637. 

1897.     Politique  coloniale.     Un  systcme  a  detrnire.     Charles  Giraudeau. 
Revue  bleue,  11  decembre. 

1897.     Un  projet  de  colonisation  russe  au  xviie  siecle.     Louis  Brunet. 
Questions  diplomatiques  et  coloniales,  vol.  1,  pp.  449-455. 

1897.     La  question  des  domaines  anx  colonies.     G.  Demartial. 
Revue  politique  et  parlementaire,  pp.  102-120. 

1897.     Reponses  a  l'enquete  de  Jean  Hess.     Alfred  Grandidier,  J.  Novicow,  Mgr. 
Alexandre  Leroy,  Sir  Charles  Dilke. 
Questions  diplomatiques  et  coloniales,  vol.  1,  pp.  205-211. 

1897.     Revue  des  questions  coloniales.     Rouire  et  H.  Pensa. 

Revue  politique  et  parlementaire,  pp.  606-620;  pp.  641-650;  pp.  650-659. 

1897.     Une  these  d'histoire  coloniale  a  la  Sorbonne  (Peytrand,  esclavage).     Henri 
Froidevaux. 
Questions  diplomatiques  et  coloniales,  rot.  1,  pp.  90-92. 

1897.     La  colonisation  sous  la  troisicme  republique  (suite  et  fin).     Paul  Louis. 
Revue  socialiste,  pp.  24-38;  pp.  155-173. 

1897.     Enquete  sur  le  mouvement  colonial   (J.  Hess)    et  response  a  l'enquete. 
Stanley. 

Questions  diplomatiques  et  coloniales,  vol.  1,  pp.  22-28. 

1897.     L'education  des  indigenes.     P.  Vidal  de  la  Blache. 

Revue  scientifique,  20  mars. 


so 

1897.     Vingt  anuses  d'expansion  coloniale.     A  propos  de  deux  voyages  dans  le 
Sahara.     Le  colonel  Monteil. 
Revue  blew,  18  decembre. 

1897.     Comitede  defense  etprogres  social.    Le  role  social  de  la  colonisation.    Joseph 
Chail  ley-Bert. 
R&forme  sociale,  vol.  34,  pp.  711-729. 

1897.     Les  compagnies  de  colonisation.     Henri  Maguez. 

Questions  diplomatiques  et,  coloniales,  vol.  1,  pp.  536-543. 

1897.     Les  concessions  coloniales.     J.  M.  de  Lanessan. 

Questions  diplomatiques  et  coloniales,  vol.  1,  pp.  169-171. 

1897.     Le  Congres  colonial  international  de  Bruxelles.     Arthur  Girault. 
Revue  d'  economic  politique,  vol.  11,  pp.  865-872. 

1897.     Le  Congres  colonial  international  de  Bruxelles.     A.  Tollaire. 
Questions  diplomatiques  et  coloniales,  vol.  1,  pp.  169-171. 

1897.  Administration  contre  colons.     Nouvelles  pieces  d'un  vieux  proces.     Noel 

Pardon. 

Questions  diplomatiques  et  coloniales,  vol.  1,  pp.  321-336. 

1898.  Le  developpement  geographique  de   la  colonisation  agricole  en  Algerie. 

Avec  carte.     H.  Busson. 

Annales  de  geographic,  7e  annee  (1898) ,  34-54- 

1898.     Assistance  publique  aux  colonies.     A.  Kerrnorgent. 

Annales  d}  hygiene  et  de  medecine  coloniales,  vol.  1  (1898),  244-258. 

1898.     Fonctionnement  aux  colonies  des  ambulances  creees  par  l'arrete  du  10  mars 
1897. 
Annales  d'  hygiene  et  de  medecine  coloniales,  vol.  1  (1898),  277-293,  538-558. 

1898.     Notes  succinctes  sur  l'etat  sanitaire  de  nos.colonies. 

Annales  d' hygiene  et  de  medecine  coloniales,  vol.  1  (1898),  135-143. 

1898.     Coloniser  ou  assimiler.     A  propos  de  la  communication  de  M.  Bertholon. 
A.  Dumont. 
Bulletin  de  la  Societe  d' anthropologic  de  Paris,  4"  serie,  vol.  9  (1898),  316-321. 

1898.     De  la  colonisation  agricole  en  Annam.     Camille  Paris. 

Bulletin  de.  la  Societe  de  geographic  commerciale  de  Paris,  vol.  20  (1898),  170-188. 

1898.     La  colonisation  du  domaine  exterieure  de  la  France.     Abbe  Royiet. 
Bulletin  de  la  Societe  de  geographic  de  Marseille,  vol.  22  (1898),  39-43. 

1898.     Question  coloniale.      La  relegation  en  Guyane  et  en  Nouvelle-Caledonie. 
Ch.  Cerisier. 
Journal  de  la  Societe  statistique  de  Paris,  vol.  34  (1898),  132-134- 

1898.     La  nationalite  francaise  dans  les  colonies.     E.  Audinet, 

Journal  du  droit  international  prive,  vol.  25  (1898),  23-39. 

1898.     Le  genie  dans  les  operations  de  guerre  aux  colonies.     Leo  Dex. 
Monde  moderne,  vol.  7  (1898),  71-83. 

1898.     L'aptitude  des  Francais  a  coloniser,  demontree  par  les  resultats  obtenus  dans 
leurs  dernieres  colonies.     Alexandre  Halot. 

Questions  diplomatiques  et  coloniales,  2°  annee  (1898),  22-34- 


81 

1898.     Une  colonie  francaise  de  la  fin  da  xixr  siecle.     Le  Myro  de  Vilers. 
Questions  diplomatique*  et  coloniales,  &>  annie  {1898),  129-136. 

Note.— An  account  of  the  progress  and  present  state  of  the  French  colony  of  Lower 
Cochin-China. 

1898.     Lettres  d'mi  depute  au  ministre  des  colonies.     Le  Myre  de  Vilers. 

Questions  diplomat!  (pies  et  coloniales,  2e  annee  (1898),  393-407. 

1 898.  Parallele  entre  la  colonisation  moderne  et  la  colonisation  sous  l'ancien  regime 
demontree  par  l'exemple  des  colonisations  franchises  et  anglaises  au  Ca- 
nada.    Dr.  G.-K.  Anton  et  Alexandre  Halot. 

Questions   diplomatiques    et    coloniales,    2e   annee    (1898),    355-365,   432-438. 
487-495. 

1898.     Politique  douaniere  et  coloniale.     H.  Hauser. 

Questions  diplomatiques  et  coloniale*,  2r  annee  (1898),  72-78. 

1898.     Sommes-nous  colonisateurs  et  pouvons-nous  le  devenir?     Andre  Mevil. 
La  quinzaine  (1898),  508-521. 

1898.     Contre  la  traite  des  noirs  dans  les  colonies  francaises.     Appel  a  la  France. 
H.  O'Mahony. 
Revue  des  revues,  (1898),  349-357. 

1898.     Colonisation  penale.     Paul  Mimande. 

Revue  du  palais,  2°  annee,  (1898),  623-660. 

1898.     Le  protectorat  de  la  France   en  Annani  et  au  Tonkin  et  son  evolution. 
Ch.  de  Pince. 
Revue  politique  et  parlementaire,  (1898),  632-650. 

1898.     Revue  des  questions  coloniales.     H.  Pensa  et  Rouire. 

Revue  politique  et  parlementaire,  (1898),  147-158,  171-177,  622-627,  650-655, 
659-670,  691-697. 

1898.     Transportation  et  colonisation  penale  a  la  Nouvelle-Caledonie.     L.  Beauchet. 
Revue  politique  et  parlementaire,  (1898),  53-88,  303-338,  566-585. 

1898.     Les  premiers  colons  de  souche  europeenne  dans  l'Afrique  du  Nord.     Dr. 
Bertholon. 
Revue  tunisienne,  (1898),  47-70,  147-167,  355-371,  423-443. 

1898.     La  colonisation  de  Madagascar.     Charles  Giraudeau. 
Revue  bleue,  4e  serie  (Jan.,  1898),  30-32. 

1898.     The  Anglo-French  imbroglio. 

Nation,  vol.  66  (Feb.  24,  1898),  144. 

1898.     Un  .projet  de  colonisation   russe  dans  la  Mediterranee  au  xvme  siecle. 
L.  Brunet. 
Revue  de  geographic,  21r  annee  (Feb.,  1898),  94-100. 

1898.     French  on  the  Niger;  the  "open  door"  in  West  Africa.     F.  A.  Edwards. 
Fortnightly  Rev.,  vol.  69  (Apr.,  1898),  576. 

1898.     French  empire  in  Africa.     P.  Guieyesse. 

Independent,  vol.  50  (May  5,  1898) ,  572. 

1898.     Future  of  Nigeria.     G.  Taubman-Goldie. 
Independent,  vol.  50  (May  5,  1898),  576. 
4997 6 


82 

1898.     Comment  on  colonise.     R.  Bailly. 

La  marine  franchise,  vol.  11  {June,  1898),  289-311. 

1898.     Le  fonetionnaire  colonial.     Gaston  Donnet. 

Revue  bleue,  4"  sirie,  vol.  9-10  (June,  1898),  121-726. 

1898.     Les  non   elassees  et  Immigration   des  femmes  anx    colonies.     Le  comte 
d'Haussonville. 
Revue  des  deux  mondes  (June,  1898),  779-809. 

1898.     Gentil's  mission  to  the  Tchad.     [Illustrated.] 

Scientific  American  Supplement,      vol.  46  (Sept.  3,  1898),  18967. 

1898.     L'exageration  coloniale.     Gaston  Donnet. 
Revue  bleue,  4e  serie  (Sept.,  1898). 

1898.     Nos  colonies. 

Nouvelle  revue  (Oct.,  1898),  416-439. 

1898.     La  legislation  et  l'6conomie  coloniales  dans  les  facultes  de  droit  de  France. 
Revue  internalionale  de  V enseignment  (Nov.,  1898),  427-445. 

1898.     Les  nouvelles  donnees  du  probleme  colonial.     G.  Noves. 
La  marine  francaise,  11"  annee  (Dec,  1898),  617-628. 

1898.     Expeditions  coloniales. 

Nouvelle  revue  (Dec,  1898),  459-478. 

1898.  The  French  colonial  craze.     Gaston  Donnet. 
Fortnightly  Rev.,  vol.  64  (Dec,  1898),  864. 

1899.  L'expansion  francaise  dans  l'Oubangin  et  le  Bahr-el-Ghazal;  le  haut  Nil. 

G.  Regelsperger. 
Revue  encyclopklique,  vol.  9  (Mar.  4,  1899),  161. 

1899.     La  colonisation  agricole  europeenne  en  Tunisie.     E.  Payen. 

Bulletin  du  comM.de  V  Afrique  francaise,  Mar.,  1899. 

1899.     L'expansion  de  la  France  dans  le  sud  algerien.     G.  Mercier. 
Bulletin  du  comite  de  V  Afrique  francaise,  Mar.,  1899. 

1899.     La  colonisation  libre  en  Nouvelle-Cal£donie.     E.  Payen. 
Annates  des  sciences politiques,  Mar.,  1899. 

1899.     A  French  colonial  experiment  in  the  Far  East,     H.  E.Bourne. 
Yale  Rev.,  vol,  8  (May,  1899),  8. 

1899.     La  colonisation  africaine  et  les  chemins  de  fer  trans-saharians.     A.  Dupon- 
chel. 

Revue  scientifique,  Aug.  5,  1899. 

1899.     Expansion  coloniale  des  frontieres  nationales.     Lord  Farrer. 
Deutsche  Revue,  June,  1899. 

1899.     La  colonisation  du  Congo  francais.     P.  Borderie. 

Questions  diplomatiques  et  coloniales,  vol.  6  (1899),  pp.  449-458. 

1899.     Histoire  de  la  decouverte  de  la  formation  des  Etats  du  Soudan  occidental, 
d'apres  Const,  Meyer. 
Annates  geographiques,  vol.  8  (1899),  pp.  176-179. 

1899.     La  colonisation  d' Afrique. 

Revue  scientifique,  Aug.  5,  1899. 


83 

1900.     La  colonisation  du  Chine.     Paul  Borderie. 

Questions  diplomatigties  et  coloniales,  4"  armie,  Jan.  1,  1900,  1. 

1900.     La  conquete  de  Madagascar.     L.  Sevin-Desplaces. 

Revue  bleue,  4e  serie,  vol.  13  (Feb.,  1900),  236. 

1900.     Organisation  generale  des  colonies  franeaises.     A.    Duchere. 

Revue  encyclopedique,  vol.  10  (Mar.  24,  1900),  227;   (May  12,  1900),  366. 

1900.     Tndo-Chine  franchise,  1891-99.     C.  Mourey. 

Revue  encyclopedique,  vol.  10  (Mar.  24,  1900),  221. 

1900.,     L'autonomie  de  nos  vieilles  colonies  et  l'experience  anglaise.     Ursleur. 

Annales  des  sciences  poliiiques,  Mar. ,  1900. 

1900.     Les  concessions  coloniales.     G.  Rouvier. 

Revue  encyclopedique,  vol.  10  (Mar.  10,  1900),  184. 

1900.     Formation  du  domaine  colonial  francais.     II.  Froidevaux. 

Revue  encyclopedique,  vol.  10  (Mar.  10,  1900),  181. 


FRENCH    AFRICAN    COLONIES. 

Bordier,  A.     La  colonisation  scientifique  et  les  colonies  franeaises. 
Paris:  Reinwald  &  Co.,  1884.    506pp.     8°. 

"  Gives  suggestive  information  as  to  climate,  race,  and  other  factors  in  colonization."— 
Lucas. 

Bossiere,  Rene  E.     Notice  sur  les  iles  Kerguelen,  possession  francaise. 
Paris:  A.  Challamel,  1893.     31pp.     Plates.     Folded  map.     8°. 

Broadley,  A.  M.     The  last  Punic  War;  Tunis,  past  and  present.     With  a  narrative 
of  the  French  conquest  <>f  the  Regency.    In  two  volumes,  with  illustrations. 
W.  Blackwood  &  Sons,  Edinburgh  and  London,  1882.     8°. 

Burdeau,  A.  L.     L' Algerie  en  1S91.     Rapport  et  diseours  a  la  Charnhre  des  deputes. 
Paris:  Harhelte  et  Cie.,  1892.     iv,  406  pp.     16°. 

Card,  E.  Rouard  de.     Les  traites  de  protectorat  conclus  par  la  France  en  Afrique, 
1870-1895. 
Paris:  A  Dwrand  et  Pedone-Lauriel,  1897.      (2),  237,  {2),  pp.     8°.     (Biblio- 
theque  Internationale  et  diplomatique.) 

Castellani,  C.     Vers  le  Nil  francais  avec  la  mission  Marchand.     150  illustrations, 
d'apres  les  photographies  et  les  dessins  de  l'explorateur. 
Paris:  Flammarion,  1898.     445  pp.     8°. 

Dawson,  E.  W.     Madagascar;  its  capabilities  and  resources. 

London:  Philip,  1895.     8°. 

Dybowski,  J.     La  route  du  Tchad.     Du  Loango  au  Chari.     Avec  136  dessins  de 
Mme.  Paule  Crampel. 
Paris:  F.  Didot,  1893.     387  pp.     8°. 

Ellis,  W.     History  of  Madagascar.     Comprising  also  the  progress  of  the  Christian 
mission,  etc. 
London,  1838.     2  vols.     Plates  (lithographs).     Folded  map.     8°. 

Espagna,  P.  d'.     Jours  de  Guinee. 
Paris:  Perrin,  1898.     12°. 

Estampes,  L.  d'.     La  France  au  pays  noir. 
Paris:  Blond  et  Barral,  1898.     8°. 

Faucon,  N.     La  Tunisie  avant  et  depuis  l'occupation  francaise.    Histoire  et  colon- 
isation. 
Paris:  Challamel,  1893.     2  vols.     8°. 

Gaffarel,  P.     L' Algerie:  histoire,   conquete,    colonisation.     Ouvrage   illustre    de  4 
chromo-lithographies,  de  3  cartes  en  couleur  et  de  plus  de  200  gravures 
sur  bois. 
Paris:  F.  Didot  et  Cie.,  1883.     4°. 

Graham,  A.,  and  H.  S.  Ashbee.     Tunisia.     With  glossary,  map,  and  bibliography. 
London:  Dulau,  1887.     L.  8°. 
84 


85 

Hanotaux,  G.     L'affaire  de  Madagascar. 

Paris:  C.  Uvy,  1896.     xxiv,  308,-  (2)  pp.     12°. 
Keller,  C.     Natur  und  Volksleben  der  Insel  Reunion. 

Basel;  Sehwabe,  1888.    SI  pp.    8°. 

"  Offentliche  Vortriige  geh.  in  der  Schweiz.    F.  11." 

Lanessan,  J.  M.  A.  de.     La  Tunisie. 

Paris:  F.  Ahan,  1887.     (2),  268pp.     Map.    8°. 

La  Vaissiere,  P.     Vingt  ans  ;\  Madagascar. 

Paris:  Lecoffre,  1885.     vii,  (i),  863 pp.     Folded  map.     8°. 

Leroy,  L.     Les  Francais  a  Madagascar,  avec  carte  et  cartouches;  etude  de  geogra- 
phic physique,  economique,  historique  et  coloniale. 
Paris:  Delagrave,  1884-     286  pp.     Folded  map.     12°. 

Leroy -Beaulieu,  P.     L'Algerie  et  la  Tunisie. 

Paris:  GuiUaumin,  1887.     viii,  472  pp.     8°. 

Lefevre,  E.     Un  voyage  au  Laos. 

Paris:  Plon,  Nourrit  et  Cie.,  1898.     307  pp.,  avec  32  gravures  et  carte.     12°. 

McLeod,  J.  L.     Madagascar  and  its  people. 
London,  1865.     Map.     8°. 

Maude,  F.  C.     Five  years  in  Madagascar,  with  notes  on  the  military  situation. 
London:  Chapman,  1895.     8°. 

Morell,  J.  R.     Algeria.     The  topography  and  history,  political,  social,  and  natural, 
of  French  Africa. 
London,  1854-     8°. 

Monnier,  M.     France  noir:  Cote  d'lvoire  et  Soudan.     Accompagne  de  40  gravures. 

Paris:  Plon,  1894.     xii,  298,  (1)  pp.     Map.     8°. 
Nugent,  E.  E.  G.     A  land  of  mosques  and  marabouts  (Algiers). 

London:  Chapman,  1894-     Lllustrations.     8°. 

Oliver,  S.  P.     The  true  story  of  the  French  dispute  in  Madagascar. 
London:   Unwin,  1885.     8°. 

Oliver,  W.  D.     Crags  and  craters.     Rambles  in  the  island  of  Reunion. 

London:  Longmans,  1896.    226  pp.     8°. 
Olivier,  L. ,  edileur.     La  Tunisie.     Avec  182  gravures. 

Paris:  Delagrave,  1898.     8°. 

Pavy,  A.     Histoire  de  la  Tunisie.     Avec  2  cartes  photographiques. 
Tours:  Cottier,  1894-    vi,  {2),  386,  (1)  pp.    4° ■ 

Routier,  G.     Les  droits  de  la  France  sur  Madagascar. 
Paris:  Le  Soudier,  1895.     (6),  371  pp.     12°. 

Toutee,  George  Joseph.     Dahome,  Niger,  Touareg  (Remits  de  voyage). 
Pmis:  Colin,  1898.     xx.viii,  370 pp.     Folded  map.     12°. 

Vig-ne  d'Octon,  P.     Terre  de  mort:  Soudan  et  Dahomey. 
Paris:  Lemerre,  1892.    Hi,  (1),  285,  {4)  pp.     12°. 

Villot, .     Mceurs,  coutumes  et  institutions  des  indigenes  d'Alg^rie. 

Constantine  Arnolet,  1871.     12°. 


FRENCH    ASIATIC    COLONIES,    FRENCH    OCEANIA,  AND 
FRENCH  WEST  INDIES. 

FRENCH   ASIATIC   COLONIES. 

Billet,  A.     Deux  ans  dans  le  haut  Tonkin  (region  de  Cao-Bang). 

Paris:   Challamel,    1898.     iv,  326,  xliv  pp.     Maps  and  plates.     8°.     Avec  16 
planches. 

Note.—"  This  work  was  originally  published  in  the  Bulletin  scientifique  de  la  France 
et  de  la  Belgique.  It  gives  a  detailed  account  of  the  Cao-Bang  district  in  all  respects, 
and  supplementary  chapters  on  the  fauna  and  flora  of  Upper  Tonkin.  It  represents 
two  years  of  very  arduous  scientific  work,  concisely  told." 

Courtois,  E.     Etudes,  observations,  impressions  et  souvenirs.     Le  Tonkin  francais 
contemporain. 
Paris:  Charles- Lavauzelle,  1891.     xii,  399  pp.     Map.     8°. 

Dupuis,  J.     Le  Tong-kin  et  1' intervention  francaise. 
Par Lv  Challamel,  1898.    mi,  350  pp.     12°. 

Enjoy,  Paul  d\     La  colonisation  de  la  Cochinchine  (manuel  du  colon). 
Paris:  Societe  df  editions  scientifiques,  1898.     394  PP-     12°. 

Note.— "A  general  account  of  Cochin  China,  dealing  mainly  with  the  economic  and 
social  conditions,  the  regulations  affecting  the  acquisition  of  land,  and  advice  to 
intending  immigrants.   A  scheme  for  a  railway  from  Saigon  to  Tongkingisdescribed." 

Faure,  A.     Les  Francais  en  Cochinchine  au  18e  siecle.     Mgr.  Pigneau  de  Behaine, 
eveque  d'Adran. 
Park:  Challamel,  1891.     {2),  254  pp.     Portrait.     8°. 

Jammes,  H.  L.     Au  pays  Annamite  (Notes  ethnographiques). 
Park:  Challamel,  1898.     (2),  280  pp.     16°. 

Lanessan,  J.  M.  A.  de.     L'Indo-Chine  francaise.     Etude  politique,  6conomique  et 
administrative  sur  la  Cochinchine,  le  Cambodge,  l'Annam  et  le  Tonkin. 
Paris:  Alcan,  1888.     vii,  (1) ,  760  pp.     5  maps.     8°. 

Leclere,  A.     Cambodge,  contes  et  legendes. 

Paris:  Bouillon,  1895.     {4),  xxii,  308  pp.     8°. 

Mouhot,  A.  H.     Travels  in  the  central  parts  of  Indo-China  (Siam),  Cambodia,  and 
Laos  during  1358-60.      (Memoir  of  H.  Mouhot  by  J.  J.  Belinfante,  edited 
by  C.  Mouhot.)     With  illustrations. 
London:  John  Murray,  1864.     %  vols.     8°. 

Norman,  C.  B.     Tonkin;  or,  France  in  the  Far  East. 
London:  Chapman,  1884.     Maps.     8°. 

Orleans,  Henri  Ph.,  prince  d\     Autour  du  Tonkin. 
Paris:  C.  Levy,  1896.     535  pp.     12°. 

Silvestre,  Pierre  Jules.  L' empire  d'Annam  et  le  peuple  annamite.  Apercu  sur  la 
g£ographie,  les  productions,  l'industrie,  les  mceurs  et  les  coutumes  de 
l'Annam.  Publie  sous  les  auspices  de  1' administration  des  colonies. 
Annote  et  mis  a  jour  par  J.  Silvestre,  avec  une  carte  de  l'Annam  hors 
texte. 
Paris:  Alcan,  1889.     380  pp.     12°. 


87 


FRENCH   OCEANIA. 

Clavel,  C.     Les  Marquisiens.     Avec  figures  dans  le  texte. 
Park:  0.  Dom,  1885.     182  pp.     8°. 

"  Etudes  physiologiques,  anthropologiques  ct  ethnographiqucs." 

Eyriaud  des  Vergnes,  P.  E.     L'archipel  des  lies  Marquises. 
Paris:  Berger-Levrauliet  Cie.,  1877.     98pp.     8°. 

Haurigot,  G.     Les  etablissements  francais  dans  l'lnde  et  en  Oceanie. 
Paris:  Lecene,  Oudin  et  Cie.,  1891.     240pp.     8°. 

Le  Chartier,  H.     Tahiti  et  les  colonies  francaises  de  la  Polynesie. 
Paris:  Jouvet,  1887.     8°. 

Ltegrand,  M.  A.     Au  pays  des  Canaques.     La  Nouvelle-Caledonie  et  ses  habitants 
en  1890. 
Paris:  Baudoin,  1893.     212  pp.     8°. 

Marin,  A.     Au  loin.     Souvenirs  de  l'Amerique  du   Sud   et  des  lies   Marquises. 
Dessins  d' Alexandre  de  Bar,  G.  de  Mare  et  Rene  Beau. 
Paris  et  Lyon:  Delhomme  et  Briguet,  1891.     384  pp.     8°. 

Salinis,  A.  de.     Marins  et  missionaires:  conquete  de  la  Nouvelle-Caledonie,  1843-53. 
Paris:  Dumoulin  et  Cie.,  1892.     346pp.     Avec  gravures.     8°. 

FRENCH   AMERICAN   COLONIES. 

Aube,  T.     La  Martinique.     Son  present  et  son  avenir. 

Paris:  Berger-Leverault  et  Cie.,  1882.     120pp.     8°. 

Ballet,   J.     La  Gaudeloupe.     Renseignements  sur  l'histoire,  la  flore,  la  faune,  la 
g£ologie,  etc.     T.  ler. 
Basse-  Terre,  1894.     8°. 

Coudreau,  H.  A.     Chez  nos  Indiens.      Quatre  annees  dans  la  Guyane   francaise. 
(1887-1891.) 
Paris:  Hachette,  1893.     (4),  Hi,  (1),  614pp.     Illustrations.     Folded  map.     8°. 

Garaud,  L.     Trois  ans  a  la  Martinique.     Etudes  de  mceurs,  a  paysages  et  croquis, 
profils  et  portraits. 
Paris:  Picard  et  Kaan,  1892.     287  pp.     8° 

Hearn,  Lafcadio.     Two  years  in  the  French  West  Indies. 

New  York:  Harper  &  Bros.,  1890.     431pp.     Plates  {woodcuts).     12°. 

Lacour,  A.     Histoire  de  la  Guadeloupe.     1635-1830. 

■Terre  (Guadeloupe):  Imprimerie  du  gouvernement,  1855-60.   4  vols.  8°. 


GERMAN    COLONIES. 

Blum,  H.     Neu-Guinea  unci  der  Bismarckarchipelago,  eine  wirthschaftliche  Studie 

Berlin,  1899.     Plates.     Portraits.     Maps.     8°. 

Brose,  M.     Repertorium  der  deutschen  kolonialen  Litteratur  (1884-1890). 
Berlin:    Winckelrnann,  1891.     liii,  113  pp.     8°. 

Biilow,  F.  J.  von.     Deutsch-Stid west- Africa:    drei  Jahre  im  Lande  Hendrik  Wit- 
boois.     Schilderungen  von  Land  und  Leuten.     2.  Aufl. 
Berlin:  Midler,  1896.     ix,  365  pp.     Illustrated.     Map.     8°. 

Demay,  Charles.     Histoire  de  la  colonisation  allemande. 
Paris:  Bayle,  1SS9.     16°. 

Deutschland  und  seine  Kolonien  im  Jahre  1896.     Amtlicher  Bericht  iiber  die 
erste  deutsche  Kolonial-Ausstellung.     Mit  1  Kupferdr.,  185   Illustr.  im 
Text,  darunter  7  Vollbildern,  6  Karten,  40  Tafeln  u.  Plan. 
Berlin:  Jhimer,  1897.     viii,  368  pp.   -4°. 

Dilthey,  K.     Der  wirthschaftliche  Werth  von  Deutsch-Ost-Afrika. 
Dusseldorf:  Bagel,  1S89.     47  pp.     Map.     8°. 

Fabri,  F.     Bedarf  Deutschland  der  Kolonien?     Eine  politisch-okonomische  Betrach- 
tung. 
Gotha:  Perthes,  1879.     viii,  112  pp.     8°. 

Fiinf  Jahre  deutscher  Kolonialpolitik. 

Gotha:  Perthes,  1889.     xv,  153  pp.     8°. 

Fitzner,   Rudolf.     Deutsches   Kolonial-Handbuch.      Nach   amtlich.  Quellen  bear- 
beitet. 
Berlin:  H.  Paetel,  1896.     vii,  442  pp.     8°. 

Foerster,  B.     Deutsch-Ost-Afrika.     Geographie  und  Geschichte  d.  Colonic 
Leipzig:  Brockhaus,  1890.     xii,  204  pp.     Map.     8°. 

Frangois,  C.  von.     Nama  und  Damara.     Deutsch-Siidwest-Afrika. 

Magdeburg:  G.  Baensch,  1895.     iv,  334,  xxviii  pp.     Plates.     Maps.     S°. 

Deutsch-Siidwest-Afrika.     Geschichte  der  Kolonisation  bis  zum  Ausbruch 

des  Krieges  nut  Witbooi.     April,  1893. 
Berlin:  D.  Reimer,  1899.     xi,  223  pp.     Plates.     8°. 

Franzel,  C.     Deutschlands  Kolonien.     Kurze  Beschreibung  von  Land  und  Leuten 
unserer  aussereurop.  Besitzungen.     Mit  vielen  Ablnldungen  u.   1  Uber- 
sichtskarte  der  deutschen  Kolonien. 
Hannover:  E.  Meyer,  1889.     102  pp.     8°. 

Franzius,  G.     Kiautschau.     Deutschlands  Erwerbung  in  Ostasien.     3.  Aufl. 
Berlin:  Schall  u.  Grand,  1898.     142  pp.     Plates.     Portraits.     Map.     8°. 

Gurich,  G.     Deutsch-Siidwest-Afrika.     Reisebilder  und  Skizzen  aus  dem   Jahren 
1888  und  1889. 
Hamburg:  Friedrichsen,  1891.     vi,  216  pp.     Plates.     Map.     8°. 

88 


89 

Hagen,  B.     Filter  den  Papuaa;   Beobachtungea  und  Ktudien  fiber  Land  und  Leute, 
Tier-  und  Pflanzenwelt  in  Kaiser  Wilhelmsland. 
Wiesbaden,  C.  W.  Kreidel,  1900.    337  pp.    46  Musi.    4°. 

Hager,  Carl.     Kaiser-Wilhelms-LandundderBismarck-Arehipel.    Mit  Abbildungen 
nnd  2  Karten. 
Leipzig,  Gressner  u.  Schwamm.     Hi,  144  pp.    8°. 

Die  Marshall-Inseln  in  Erd-  und  Volkerkunde,  Handel  und  Mission.     Mit 

einein  Anhang:  Die  Gilbert-Inseln. 
Leipzig:  Baldamus,  18S9.     v,  157  pp.     Map.     8°. 

Hassert,    Dr.    Kurt,     Deutschlands   Kolonien.     Erwerbungs-  und  Entwickelungs- 

gesehiehte,    Landes    und   Volkskunde   und   wirthschaftliche   Bedeutung 
unserer  Sehutzgebiete. 
Leipzig:  Seek  &  Co.,    1898.     viii,  332  pp.     8  Tafeln,  31  TextabbUdungen  und 
5  Karttn.     8°. 

Hesse-Wartegg,  E.  von.     Schantung  und  Deutsch-China,  von  Kiautschau  ins  HI. 
Land  v.  China  und  vom  Jangteekiang  nach  Pekin  im  Jahre  1898.     Mit  145 
in  den  Text  gedr.  u.  27  Taf.  Abbildgn.,  (5  Beilagen,  und  3  Karten. 
Leipzig:  J.  J.  Weber,  1898.     vii,  294  pp.     8°. 

Hessler,  Carl.     Deutsch-Kiautschou.     Kurze  Landeskunde,  der  deutschen  Kolo- 
nien.    3.  verb.  Aufl.     Mit  Kolonialkarten. 

Leipzig:  Friedrich,  1898.     51  pp.  '  8°. 

Die  deutschen  Kolonien.     Beschreibung   von  Land  und   Leuten  unserer 

auswartigen  Besitzungen. 
"  Leipzig:  O.  Lang,  1900.     8°. 

Hirth,    Friedrich.     Die    Bucht    von    Kiau-tschau   und   ihr  Hinterland.     (Vortrag 
gehalten  am  6.  Dezember,  1897,  in  der  Abtheilung  Miinchen  der  Deutschen 
Kolonial-gesellschaft. ) 
Miinchen:  Knorr  u.  Hirth.     22  pp.     Map.     8°.     (Miinchener  Neuesten  Nach- 
richten. ) 

HOhnel,  L.  von.     Discovery  of  Lakes  Rudolf  and  Stefanie.     Translated  by  N.  Bell. 
London:  Longmans,  1894.     %  vols.     Illus.     8°. 

Jung,  Karl  Emil.     Deutsche   Kolonien  m.  besond.  Beriicksichtigung  der  neuesten 
Erwerbungen  in  Westafrika  und  Australien.     2  verin.  Ausg. 
Prag:  Tempsky,  1885.     xlviii,  302  pp.     8°. 

Koschitzky,    Max   von.     Deutsche  Kolonialgeschichte.     Mit  in  den  Text  gedr. 
Karten. 

Leipzig:  Baldamus,  1888.     2  vols.     8°. 

Lawson-Kingon,  W.     The  Germans  in  Damaraland. 
Capetown:  Toumshend,  1889.     31  pp.     8°. 

Lusch.au,    Felix   von.     Beitriige   zur  Volkerkunde  der  deutschen  Sehutzgebiete. 
Erweiterte  Sonderausgabe  aus  dem  "Amtlichen  Bericht  iiber  die  erste 
deutsche  Kolonial-Ausstellung"  in  Treptow,  1896. 
Berlin:  D.  Reimer,  1897.    88  pp.     Plates.    4°. 

"A  fine  contribution  to  ethnography,  comprising  very  numerous  portraits  of  natives 
of  the  various  German  possessions  in  Africa,  illustrations  of  their  utensilj  and 
weapons,  and  descriptive  letterpress  accompanied  by  statistical  tables.  The  col- 
lections here  described  were  exhibited  at  the  German  Colonial  Exhibition  held  at 
Treptow  in  1896." 


90 

Mitteilungen  aus  den   deutschen  Schutzgebieten   (nacb  amtlichen  Quellen). 
Bd.   I-II. 
Berlin,  1889-98.  8°. 

(Von  Bd.  4  (1891)  ab:  "  Wissenschaf tliche  Beihefte  zum  amtlichen  deutschen  Kolo- 
nialblatt") 

Morgen,  C.     Durch  Kamerun  von  Slid  nach  Nord.     Reisen  und  Forschungen  im 
Hinterlande  1889  bis  1891. 
Leipzig:  Brockhaus,  1893.     x,  390  pp.     Platen.     Map.     8°. 

Peters,   Karl.      Das  deutsch-ostafrikanische  Schutzgebiet.     Im  amtlich.  Auftrage. 
Mit  23  Vollbildern  und  21  Textabbildungen  sowie  2  Karten. 
M'unchen:  R.  Oldenbourg,  1895.     xi,  467  pp.     8°. 

Reichard,  P.     Deutsch-Ostafrika.     Das  Land  und  seine  Bewohner,  seine  polit.  u. 
wirthschaftliche  Entwickelung. 
Leipzig:  Spamer,  1892.     524  PP-     8°. 

Richthofen,  F.  von.     Deutschland  in  Ostasien.     Karte  der  Prov.  Shantung  m.  der 
Kiau-Tschou-Bucht  .... 
Berlin:  Reimer,  1898. 

Schintz,   H.      Deutsch-Siidwest-Afrika.      Forschungsreisen   durch  die  deutschen 
Schutzgebiete  Gross-Nama-  u.  Hereroland,  nach  Kunene,  deni  Ngami-See 
u.  der  Kalayari.     1884-1887.     Mit  1  Karte,  18  Vollbildern  u.  vielen  Text- 
Illustr.  in  Holzschn. 
Munchen:  Oldenburg,  1891.    xvi,  568  pp.     8°. 

Schmidt,  Rochus.     Deutschlands   Kolonien,    ihre   Gestaltung,    Entwickelung  und 
Hilfsquellen. 
Berlin:  Verein  der  BiicJierfreunde,  1895-96.     2  vols.     Plates.     Maps.     8°. 

Stegemann,  R.     Deutschlands  koloniale  Politik. 

Berlin:  Pultkamer  u.  Muhlbrecht,  1884.     128  pp.     L.  8°. 

Volz,  B.     Unsere  Kolonien.     Land  und  Leute  geschildert. 

Leipzig:  Brockhaus,  1891.     x,  369  pp.     Lllustrated.     Maps.     8°. 

Wagner,  J.     Deutsch-Ostafrika.     Geschichte  der  Gesellschaft  firr  deutsche  Koloni- 
sation,  der  Deutsch-ostafrikan  Plantagengesellschaft.     2.  verm.  Aufl. 
Berlin:  Miischer  u.  Rostell,  1888.     Hi,  124  PP-     8°. 

Wappaus,  J.  C,  editor.     Deutsche   Auswanderung  und  Colonisation.     Herausge- 
geben,  bevorwortet  und  mit  einigen  Zusiitzen  begleitet. 
Leipzig:  J.  C.Hinrichs,  1846.     vii,  (1),  152  pp.     8°. 

Contents:  Deutsche  Auswanderung  und  Colonisation.  Uber  die  Vortheile,  welche 
das  siidliche  Chile  fur  deutsche  Auswanderer  darbietet.  Die  Colonie  Tovar  in 
Venezuela. 

Warburg,  O.     Die  Kautschuk  pflanzen  und  ihre  Kultur. 

Berlin:  Kolonial-tcirtschaftHches  Komitee,  1900.    154 PP-    9  illustrations.    L.8°. 

Wickenburg,  Eduard.     Wanderungen  in  Ost-Afrika. 

Wien:  Gerold&  Cie.,  1899.    xx,  440  pp.    Portrait.    Maps  and  illustrations.    8°. 
"  Count  Wickenburg  in  1897-98  made  a  sporting  tour  in  Somaliland,  going  inland  from 
Zeila  and  from  Berbera,  and  finally  from  a  point  on  the  Mombasa  railway  he  fol- 
lowed up  the  Tsavo  River  to  *he  northern  slopes  of  Kilimanjaro." 

Zintgraff,    E.     Nord-Kamerun.     Schilderung  der  im   Auftrage  des   Auswiirtigen 
Amtes  zur  Erschliessung  des  nordlichen  Hinterlandes  v.  Kamerun  wah- 
rend  der  Jahre  1886-1892  unternommenen  Reisen.     Mit  16  Illustr.  u.  1 
Karte. 
Berlin:  Paetel,  1895.     vii,  467  pp.     8°. 


91 


PERIODICALS  AND  ANNUALS. 
Deutsches  Kolonialblatt. 

Deutsche  Kolonialzeitung,  Organ  der  Deutschen  Kolonialtfesellschaft. 

Berlin.     (Fortnightly. ) 
Deutscher  Kolonial-Kalender  fur  das  Jahr  1900.     Nach  amtl.  Quellen  bearb. 
und  herausg.  von  G.  Meinecke. 

Berlin:  Deutscher  Kolonial-Verlag,  1900.     8°. 

Jahresbericht  der  Deutschen  Kolonialgesellschaft,  1900. 
Berlin,  WOO. 

Koloniales  Jahrbuch. 

Berlin. 

1898.     German  Empire  in  Africa.     F.  Bley. 

Independent,  ml.  50  (Meet/  5,  1898),  571. 

1898.  German  experiment  in  colonization.     R.  C.  Witt. 
Blackwood's  Mag.,  vol.  163  (June,  1898),  788. 

1899.  Les  colonies  commercials  des  Allemands. 
Revue  des  deux  mondes,  vol.  151  (Feb.  1,  1899),  696. 

1899.     Les  iles  Carolines  a  l'Allemagne. 

Questions  diplornatiques  et  coloniales,  vol.  3  (July,  1899),  299. 

1899.     Die  Besitzergreifung  des  Hinterlandes  von  Kamerun.     (With  map.)     Sieg- 
fried Passarge. 
Deutsche  Kolonicdzeitung,  vol.  16  (1899),  69-7 2. 

1899.  Po'litische  und  sociale  Verhaltnisse  bei  den  Graslandstammen  Nordkame- 

runs.     (With  illustrations. )     Hauptmann  Hutter. 
Globus,  vol.  76  (1899),  284-289,303-309. 

1900.  Le  mouvement  colonial  en  Allemagne.     Pierre  Decharme. 
Questions  diplornatiques  et  coloniales,  4"  annee,  no., 71  (Feb.  1,  1900),  129. 

1900.     Germany's  first  colony  in  China.     P.  Bigelow. 
Harper's  May.,  vol.  100  (Mar.,  1900),  —. 


DUTCH   COLONIES. 

An  answere  to  the  Hollanders  declaration,  concerning  the  occurrents  of   the 
East-India.     The  first  part.     Written  hy  certain  marriners,  lately  returned 
from  thence  into  England. 
Printed  1622.     U,  {16)  pp.     sq.  16°. 

Anton,  G.  K.     Neuere  Agrarpolitik  der  Hollander  auf  Java. 

(In  Jahrbuch  fur  Gesetzgebung,  Verwaltung  und  Volkswirtsehaft,  vol.  23,  pp.  1337- 
1361.     1899.) 

Arntzenius,  (I.     Cultuur  en  volk.     Beschouwingen  over  de  gouvemements-koJ&e- 
cultuur  op  Java. 
's  Huge:  Gebr.  BelinfaiUe,  1891.     8°. 

Barfus,  E.  von.     Kriegsfahrten  eines  alten  Soldaten  im  fernen  Osten.     Nach  den 
Aufzeiclmungen  eines  ehemaligen  Otfiziers  der  niederlandisch-ostindischen 
Armee  erzahlt. 
Stvttgart:  Deutsche  Yerlags-Anstalt,  1893.    v,  289  pp.     8°. 

Boys,  H.  S.     Some  notes  on  Java  and  its  administration  by  the  Dutch. 
Allahabad:  Pioneer  Press,  1892.     8°. 

"A  writer  on  the  culture  system  in  the  'Yale  Review,'  February,  1900,  says  this  work 
'  is  an  independent  study  and  is  of  value,  but  neglects  the  work  of  Dutch  historians 
and  critics.' " 

Chailley-Bert,  J.     Java  et  ses  habitants. 
Paris,  1900.     8°. 

Crawfurd,  John.     History  of  the  Indian  archipelago.     In  three  volumes. 

Edinburgh:  A.  Constable  and  Company,  1820.      Plates  {lithographs),      Folded 

map.      8°. 

D' Almeida,  William  Barrington.     Life  in  Java;  with  sketches  of  the  Javanese. 
London:  Hurst  &  Blackett,  1864.     2  vols.     2  colored  plates.     8°. 

Deventer,  J.  S.  van.     Bijdragen  tot  de  kennis  van  het  landelijk  stelzel  op  Java. 
Zalt-Bommel,  1865-66.     3  vols.     8°. 

Deventer,  M.  L.  van.      Het  nederlandsch  gezag  over  Java  en   onderkoorigheden 
sedertl811.     Verzameling  van  onuitgegeven  stukken  uit  de  koloniale  en 
andere  archieven.     Eerste  deel.     1811-1820. 
's  Graverihage:  Mariinus  Nijhoff,  1891.    8°. 

De  Witt,  John.     A  treatise  proving  that  it  would  be  very  advantageous  for  the 
rulers  and  people  of  Holland,  and  for  traffick  and  commerce,  as  well  as 
navigation,  to  erect  Dutch  colonies  in  foreign  countries. 
(In  Select  tracts  relating  to  colonies,  pp.  18-25.     London  [1733?].) 

Geslin,  J.     Conquetes  et  decouvertes  de  la  Kepublique  des  Pays-Bas.     D'apres  des 
documents  hollandais  de  Pepoque. 
Paris:  Dreyfous,  1883.     2  vols.     12°. 

Contents:  1.  Dans  l'archipel  Indien.    2.  En  Asie,  en  Airique,  en  Amerique. 
92 


93 

Grashuis,  <;.  J.     I>c  Regeerings-Reglementen  van   Nederlandsch-Indie,  benevrns 
het  charter  van  Nederburgh,  bewerkt  van  G.  J.  Grashuis. 
Leiden:  A.   !!'.  Sijthoff.     8°.  ' 

Guillemard,  F.  H.     The  cruise  of  the  Marchesa  to   Kamsehatka  and  New  Guinea, 
with    notices   of   Formosa,   Linkin,    and    various   islands   of   the   Malay 
archipelago. 
London:  John  Murray,  1889.     viii,  {£),  455  pp.      Willi  maps  and  illustrations. 

8°. 

The  "Celebes,"  pp.  288  333. 
Hall,  R,  The  history  of  the  barbarous  cruelties  and  massacres  committed  by  the 
Dutch  in  the  East-Indies  ...  to  which  is  added  the  proceedings  of  the 
Council  of  Amboyna,  which  the  Dutch  sent  to  the  English  East-India 
Company  in  defence  of  the  proceedings  against  the  English  there. 
Printed  and  x<>ld  It/  the  booksellers  of  London  and  Westminster,  MDCCXII.  iv, 
236  pp.     12°. 

Have,  J.  J.  van.     Oost  en  West.     Land  en  volk  onzer  kolonien. 

's  Gravenhage:  I.  Ijkema,  1892.     317  pp.     Plates.     Map.     8°. 

Hickson,   Sydney  J.     A   naturalist  in  North  Celebes.      A   narrative  of  travels  in 
Minahassa,  the  Sangir  and  Talaut  islands,  with  notices  of  the  fauna,  flora, 
and  ethnology  of  the  districts  visited. 
London:  John  Murray,  1889.     xv,  (1),     392  pp.      With  maps  and  illustrations. 
S°. 
Hogendorf,   C.  S.  W.  de.     Coup  d'oeil  sur  Pile  de  Java  et  les  autres  possessions 
neerlandaises  dans  l'archipel  des  Indes. 
Bruxelles:  C.  J.  de  Mat,  1830.     xii,  422  {3)  pp.     Folded  map.     8°. 

Hooykaas,  J.  C.     Repertorium  op  de  koloniale  litteratuur  of  systematische  inhouds- 
opgaaf  van   hetgeen  voorkomt  over  de  kolonien   in   mengelwerken  en 
tijdschriften,  van  1595-1865  uitgegeven. 
Amsterdam:   W.  N.  du  Rieu,  1874-80.     4  vols,  in  2.     8°. 

Continued  as: 
Repertorium  op  de  litteratuur  betreffende  de  nederlandsche   kolonien, 
1866-1893,  door  A.  Hartmann. 
's  Gravenhage:  M.  Nijhoff,  1895.    xviii,  454,  (1)  pp.     8°. 
Houven  van  Oordt,  A.  J.  van  der.     Het  Regeerings-reglement  van  Suriname. 
Leiden:  E.  J.  Brill.     1895.     S°. 

Janssen,  C.  W.     Holliindische  Kolonialpolitik  in  Ostindien. 

Hamburg:  J.  F.  Richfer,  1884.     39  pp.     8°.     (Deutsche  Zeit-  und  Slreitfragen, 
Heft  200.) 

Jonge,  J.  K.  J.  de.     De  opkomst  van  het  nederlandsch  gezag  in  Oost-Indie.     Ver- 
zameling  van  onuitgegeven  stukken  uit  het  oud-kolonial  archief. 

's  Gravenhage:  M.  Nijhoff,  1862-75.     10  vols.     8°. 

Contents:  1-3.  1595-1610;  4.  De  opkomst  van  het  nederlandsch  gezag  over  Java;  9. 
Register  op  Deel  I-VII,  bewerkt  door  J.  Mainsma. 

Kappler,  A.     Holliindisch   Guiana.     Erlebnisse  und   Erfahrungen  wiihrend  eines 
43jahrigen  Aufenthaltes  in  der  Kolonie  Surinam.     Mit  einer  Karte  und 
einem  Holzschnitt. 
Stuttgart:  Kohlhammer,  1881.     ix,  495  pp.     8°. 

Surinam,  sein  Land,  seine  Natur,  Bevolkerung  und  seine  Kulturverhaltnisse 

mit  Bezug  auf  Kolonisation.     Mit  Holzschnitt  und  einer  Karte. 
Stuttgart:  Cotta,  1887.     in,  384  pp.     8°. 


94 

Keyser,  Arthur.     From  jungle  to  Java;  the  trivial  impressions  of  a  short  excursion 
to  Netherlands  India. 
London:  Roxburqhe  Press,  1899.     8°. 

Notk.— "This  i.s  the  account  of  a  trip  taken  by  a  Straits  Settlements  officer  who,  hav- 
ing lived  some  years  in  the  jungle  of  the  Malay  peninsula,  was  recommended  to  go 
for  a  change  to  Java.  The  result  is  that  he  gives  us  an  interesting  sketch  of  the 
civil  and  military  life  of  the  Dutch,  their  treatment  of  the  natives,  and  their  troubles 
and  vicissitudes  in  the  war  with  the  Lomboks,  besides  his  own  impressions  of  the 
Javanese,  and  the  mode  of  living  and  traveling  in  that  country." 

Kollewijn,  A.  M.     Summarized  account  of  the  Dutch  Indian  possessions.     Trans- 
lated from  the  Dutch  hy  E.  H.  Parker. 

{In  China  Review,  vol.  20,  pp.  42-19,  137-156.     Hongkong,  1892-93.) 

Leclercq,  Jules.     Un  sejour  dans  Pile  de  Java.     Le  pays,  les  habitants,  le  systeme 
colonial.     Ouvrage  enrichi  d'une  carte  et  de  20  gravures. 
Paris:  Hon,  189S.      (*),  it,  294,   {1)  pp.     16°. 

Louter,  J.  de.     Handleiding  tot  de  kennis  van  bet  staats-  en  administratif-recht  van 
Nederlandsch-Indie.     4e  uitgave. 
's  Gravenhage,  1895.     xii,  656  pp.     8°. 

Marsden,  W.     The  history  of  Sumatra,  with  a  description  of  the  productions,  and 
a  relation  of  the  ancient  political  state  of  that  island.     3d  edition. 
London:  Printed  for  f  he  author,  1811.    .riii,479,  (8)  pp.     Maps  and  plates.    4°. 

Mayer,  L.  Th.     Een  blik  in  het  Javaansch  volksleven. 
Leiden:  E.  J.  Brill,  1896.     568pp.     Plates.     8°. 

Meinsma,  J.  J.     Geschiedenis  van  de  Nederlandsche  Oost-Indische  bezittingen. 
's  Hage:  J.  Ijkeman.     1872-75.     2 parts  in  3  vols.     8°. 

Money,  James  William  B.    Java;  or,  How  to  manage  a  colony.    Showing  a  practical 
solution  of  the  questions  now  affecting  British  India. 
London:  Hurst  and  Blacked,  1861.     2  vols.     12°. 

See  note  under  Thurlow  for  a  criticism  of  this  work,  dive  Day,  in  his  article  on  the 
the  "culture  system,"  in  the  "  Yale  Review"  for  January,  1900,  says: 

"  The  book,  which  is  an  unlimited  eulogy  of  the  Dutch  system,  was  published  when 
the  supporters  of  the  system  were  rapidly  losing  ground,  and  they  used  it  for  a  party 
document.  In  this  way  it  gained  such  importance  as  to  call  forth  ?n  authoritative 
refutation  of  its  errors  in  a  ministerial  communication  to  the  Second  Chamber. 
Investigation  showed  that  in  some  tables  quoted  by  Money  not  a  single  figure 
agreed  with  the  official  records.  The  colonial  department  searched  in  vain  for  the 
source  of  his  statistics.  (T.  J.  Hovell  Thurlow,  Report  on  Java  and  dependencies,  in 
Rep.  of  H.  M.  Sec.  of  Embassy,  1868,  V,  VI,  pp.  337, 392.  London,  1869. )  Compare  the 
criticism  of  the  book  in  Wordenbock  van  Nederlandsch  Indie  (3  vols.,  Amsterdam, 
1869),  where  it  is  called  a  'touched-up  picture.'  The  writer  says  that  Money  got 
his  favorable  impressions  of  Java  at  races  and  stag  hunts,  and  would  have  judged 
differently  if  he  had  stayed  longer  and  seen  more.  It  is  impossible  to  accept  any 
statement  whatever  <>n  Money's  authority." 

Thurlow.  however,  recognizes  the  value  of  Money's  work  in  the  following  terms: 
"The  figures  of  Mr.  Money  are  indeed  proved  to  be  untrustworthy;  but  his  historical 
parallels,  his  chapters  on  the  culture  system  in  its  palmy  days,  his  study  of  the 
native  races— in  a  word,  all  the  valuable,  practical,  and  original  portions  of  his 
book— remain  unchallenged,  and,  consequently,  acquire  additional  importance, 
while  some  errors  of  account  and  technical  misstatements  alone  are  brought  to 
light." 

Nassau,  H.  J.     Nederlandsch-Indie  en  andere  kolonien.     4e  druk. 
Groningen:  J.  B.  Wolters,  1891.     8°. 

Nijhoff,  Martinus.     Catalogue  de  livres  sur  les  possessions  neerlandaises  aux  Indes 
orientales  et  occidentales  ...  en  vente  aux  prix  marques. 
La  Haye:  M.  Nijhoff,  1893.     279pp.  8°. 


95 

Palgrave,  William  G.     Dutch  Guiana. 

London:  Macmittan  and  Company,  IS76.     vi  (2),  264  p/>.     Plan  mid  folded 
maps.    8°. 
Piccardt,  R.  A.  S.     Geschiedenis  van  het  cultuurstelsel  in  Nederlandsch-Iridie. 

Amsterdam,  1873.    8°. 

Pierson,  A.  G.     Koloniale  politik. 

Amsterdam:  P.  N.  v.  Kampen,  1877.    8°. 

"Of  the  Dutch  works  on  the  culture  system  used  by  the  present  writer,  Pierson's  is 

the  most  concise;  it  is  a  very  fair  and  able  criticism."— C.  Day,  in  Yale  Review. 

Raffles,  Thomas  Stanford.     The  history  of  Java. 

London :    Printed  for  Black,    Parbury  and  Allen,  1817.      '  vols.      Maps    and 
plates.     4°- 
Rietstap,  J.  B.     Beknopt  aardrijkskundig  woordenboek  van  Nederland  en  zijne 
kolonien. 
Groningen:  J.  B.  Wolters.     S°. 

Roy,  J.  J.  E.     Quinze  ans  de  sejour  a  Java  et  dans  les  principales  iles  de  l'archipel 
de  la  Sonde  et  des  possessions  neerlandaises  des  Indes  Orientales. 
Tours:  A.  Mameet  Cie.,  1861.     {2),  347pp.     Plates.     L.  8°. 

Saalfeld,  Friedrich.     Geschichte  des  hollandischen  Kolonialwesens  in  Ostindien. 
Gottingen:  Heinrich  Dietrich,  1813.     2  vols.     12°. 

St.  John,  Horace.     The  Indian  archipelago;  its  present  state. 
London:  Longman,  Brown,  etc.,  1853.     2  vols.     8°. 

Schere,  G.  A.     Hoe  moet  Atjeh  gepacificeerd  worden? 
's  Gravenhage:  Martinus  Nijhoff,  1891.     8°. 

Schoch,  C.  F.     De  heerendiensten  op  Java  en  Madura  volgens  het  regeeringsregle- 
ment  van  1854. 
Amsterdam:  Hokkrt  &  Co.,  1891.     8°. 

Scidmore,  Lliza  Ruhamah.     Java;  the  garden  of  the  East, 

New  York:  The  Century  Company,  1897.     xiv,  (2),  339  pp.     Illustrated.     12°. 

Search  for  the  Dutch  honesty;  or,  the  old  use  and  custom  of  that  nation  to  those 
friends  and  allies  ever  since  they  have  been  a  common-wealth;  faithfully 
taken  from  their  own  histories  and  authentick  records. 
Printed  in  the  year  1712.      (2) ,  iv  (2),  32  pp.    12°. 
Bound  with  Hull,  R.:  The  history,  etc. 

Soest,  G.  H.  van.     Geschiedenis  van  het  knltuurstelsel. 
Rotterdam,   1861-71.     3  vols.     8°. 

Temminck,  C.  J.     Coup-d'ceil  general  sur  les  possessions  neerlandaises  dans  PInde 
archipelagique. 
Leide:  A.  Arnz  &  Co.,  1846-49.     3 vols.     8°. 

Thurlow,  T.  J.  Howell.     Report  on  Java  and  its  dependencies.     July  1,  1868. 

(In  Great  Britain.  Reports  of  Her  Majesty's  secretaries  of  legation,  February  1, 1869, 
pp.  337-437.    London,  1869.) 

Note.— An  additional  reason  rendering  a  new  report  on  this  subject  desirable  is  the 
recent  submission  to  the  States'  General  of  some  papers,  prepared  with  great  care  by 
the  Dutch  colonial  office,  correcting  inaccuracies  in  Mr.  Money's  well-known 
work,  entitled  "Java;  or,  How  to  manage  a  colony." 

The  Dutch  are  far  from  underrating  the  value  of  this  book,  which  maintains,  in  their 
estimation,  the  high  place  it  took  immediately  on  its  publication  in  1861,  but  the 
rigorous  official  scrutiny  to  which  the  facts,  and  especially  the  figures,  it  contains, 
have  been  subjected,  exhibited  errors  which  have  been  deemed  of  sufficient  magni- 
tude to  require  authoritative  contradiction  in  the  shape  of  a  ministerial  communi- 


96 

cation  to  the  Second  Chamber.  The  more  important  of  these  errors  will  be  shown 
at  a  later  period  of  this  report  in  a  series  of  tables  contrasting  the  figures  of  Mr.  Money 
with  those  on  record  in  the  colonial  department.  In  England  it  will  probably  be 
held  that  the  results  of  this  comparison  tend  rather  to  enhance  than  to  depreciate 
the  value  of  "  Money's  Java  "  as  a  sufficiently  faithful  guide  to  the  Dutch  East  Indian 
possessions.  The  figures  of  Mr.  Money  are  indeed  proved  to  be  untrustworthy;  but 
his  historical  parallels,  his  chapters  on  the  culture  system  in  its  palmy  days,  his 
study  of  the  native  races— in  a  word,  all  the  valuable,  practical,  and  original  portions 
of  his  book  remain  unchallenged,  and,  consequently,  acquire  additional  importance, 
while  some  errors  of  account  and  technical  misstatements  alone  are  brought  to 
light." 

Valentine,  John  J.     "Imperial  democracy."     Dutch  colonizers  in  Malaysia. 
San  Francisco,  1899.     53  pp.     8°. 

Wallace,  Alfred  Russel.     The  Malay  archipelago. 

London:  Macmillan,  1898.     xvii.  (3),  515pp.     Plates  (woodcuts).    Map.     8°. 
Java,  pp.  72-93. 

Wessells,  L.     De  opheffing  van  het  monopolie  en  de  vervanging  van  de  gedwongen 
koffiecultuur  op  Java  door  en  staatscultuur  in  orijen  arbeid. 
\s  Gravenhage:  M.  Nijhoff,  1890.     8°. 

ARTICLES   IN    PERIODICALS. 

1896.     Involution  de  la  politique  coloniale  de  la  Hollande  au  xixe  siecle.     Ch. 
Delannoy. 
Bulletin  de  la  Societe  d' etudes  colonial.es,  3e  annee,  pp.  5-31. 

1897-8.     Lea  Hollandais  a  Java.     J.  Chailley-Bert, 

Cosmopolis,  vol.  8  [Nov.,  Dec,  1897),  438,  766;  vol.  10  (May,  1898),  412;  vol. 
11  (July,  Aug.,  1898),  104,  426. 

1898.     La  colonisation  hollandaise  aux  Indes  Orientales.     J.  Plas. 

Bulletin,  de  la  Societe  d' etudes  coloniales,  5e  annee,  pp.  25-69. 

1898.  Une  mission  a  Java.     Les  methodes  de  colonisation.     J.  Chailley-Bert. 
Reforme  Sociale,  vol.  35-36  (1898),  pp.  149-181. 

1899.  Java  as  an  example.     How  the  Dutch  manage  tropical  islands.     S.Baxter. 
Amer.  Rev.  of  Reviews,  vol.  19  (Feb.,  1899):  179. 

1899.  Les  colonies  hollandaises.     A.  Mellion. 

Revue  encyclopcdique,  vol.  9  (June  24,  1899),  492;  (July  1,  1899),   508. 

1900.  Experience  of  the  Dutch  with  tropical  labor.     C.  Day. 
Yale  Review,  vol.  8  (Feb.,  1900),  420;  vol.  9  (May,  1900):  58. 


ITALIAN    COLONIES. 

Bompiani,  S.     Italian  explorers  in  Africa. 

London:  Religious  Tract  Society,  1891.     80  pp.     Illustrated.     8°. 

Brunialti,  A.     L'  Italia  e  la  questione  coloniale;  studii  e  proposte. 
Milano:  A.  Brigola,  1885.     xvi,  348pp.     16°. 

Canuti,  G.     L'  Italia  in  Africa  e  le  guerre  con  1'  Abissinia. 
Finn:,:  A.  Saliani,  1898.     xvi,  208pp.     16°. 

Fochifi,  E.  V.     Colonie  e  colonizzazione. 

Milano:  Tip.  V.  />'.  Bellini,  1890.     viii,  198pp.     1<J°. 

Glyn,  F.,  Baron  Wolverton.     Five  months  in  Somaliland. 

London:  Chapman,  1894-     108  pp.     8°. 
Grandi,  T.     L'  Italia  in  Africa  e  la  crisi  operaia. 

Alessandria:   Tip.  Sociale  diretta  da  G.  Panizzao,  1890.     27  pp.     16°. 

Heuglin,  Theodor  yon.     Reise  in  Nordost-Afrika.     Schilderungen  aua  dem  Gebiete 
der  Beni  Amer  und  Habab.     Mit  einer  lithograph.    Karte,    3  chromo- 
lithograpEiscben  Tafeln  und  10  Illustratidnen. 
Braunschweig:    Wester mann,  1877.     2  vols.     8°. 

Italy.     Ministero  degli  affari  esteri.     Emigrazione  e  colonic;  rapporti  <li  rr.  agenti 
diplomatici  e  consolari. 
Roma:  Tip.  nazionale  di  G.  Bertero,  1893.     125  pp.     4°- 
Jonquiere,  C.  de  la.     Le*  Italiena  en  Erythree;  quinze  ans  de  politique  coloniale. 

Paris:  H.Charles-Lavauzelle,[1897~\.     352pp.     Map.     8°. 
Leroy-Beaulieu,  P.  P.     De  la  colonisation  chez  les  peuples  modernes.      I    edition 
corrigee  et  augmentee. 
Paris;  Guillaumin,  1898.     xix  (1) ,  865 pp.     8°. 
"La  colonisation  italienney     pp.  316-320. 

Iiuciano,  G.  P>.     Le  colonizzazione  e  l'ordinamento  militare  nell'  Eritrea. 

Roma,  1891.     46  pp.     8°. 
Martini,  F.     Nell'  Africa  italiana;  impressioni  e  ricordi. 
Milano:  Treves,  1891.     {4),  291  pp.     Plates.     16°. 
Mocchi,  L.     La  Somali  italiana  (Benadir)   e  il  suo  avvenire;  conferenza  L9  luglio, 
1896. 
Napoli:  Tip.  di  Michele  d'  Auria,  1896.     41  pp.     8°. 
Paulitschke,  Philipp.     Ethnographie  Nardost  Afrikas.     Die  materielle  Ciiltur  der 
Danakil,  Galla  und  Somal. 
Berlin:  J>.  Reimer,  1893.     xvi,  338  pp.     Maps  and  plates.     8°. 

"A  profound  study  of  the  peoples  inhabiting  Somali-land  and  the  surrounding  region, 
with  reference  to  their  ethnography,  customs  and  general  mode  of  life.  A  large 
map  and  a  series  of  excellent  photographs  accompany  the  work." 

Pellenc,  A.  J.  J.  A.     Les  Italiens  en  Afrique,  1880-96. 
Paris:  Baudouin.     1897.     Plates.     Maps.     8°. 
4997 7  97 


98 

Sacerdoti,  V.    Saggi  di  studi  sulla  colonizzazione. 
Bologna:  Tip.  Legale,  1890.     246  pn.     8°. 

Contents:  Cenni  storici  preliminari.  RafTronti  e  critica;  Colonie  inglesi:  Colonie 
francesi;  Colonie  spagnuole;  Colonie  olandesi;  Colonic  tedesche;  Colonie  italiane; 
studi  razionale. 

Schweinfurth,  <i.      II  mi<>  recente  viajryio  nell'  Eritrea  italiano. 
Milano:  P.  B.  Bellini,  1894-     35pp.     Plates.     S°. 

Smith,  A.  Donaldson.     Through  unknown  African  countries.     The  first  expedition 
from  Somaliland  to  Lake  Lamu. 
London:  E.  Arnold,  1897.     xvi,  '+72 pp.     Maps.     Plates.     Portrait.     8°. 

Zona,  T.     Avvenire  coloniale  d'  Italia;  nozioni  utili  all'  emigrante. 
Palermo:  Tip.  del  Giornak  di  Sicilia,  1886.     61pp.     8°. 


ARTICLES    IN    PERIODICALS 


1893.     Notes  sur  l'Ery three.     L.  Haneuse. 

Societe  royali  beige  de  geographie,  Bulletin,  vol.  17  (1893),  42-74' 

"Record  of  a  visit  to  Massowah  and  Asmara  last  winter." 

1893.  Itinerarii  da  Asmara  verso  stul  del  cap.  G.  Bettini. 
Societa  geografica  italiana,  Bollettino,  vol.  6  {1893),  109-121. 

"  Tables  of  time  occupied  between  -.uccessive  points  on  a  series  of  journeys  southward 
from  Asmara." 

1894.  Herr  G.  Schweinfurth:  Oeber  seine  letzte  Reise  mit  Dr.  Max  Schoeller  in 

der  italienischen  Erythraea. 
Verhandlungen  der  Geselhchaft  fur  Erdhmde,  Berlin,vol.  21  (1894), 379  00. 
1894.     Escursione  dall'  Asmara  a  Mai  Daro  attraverso  al   Deca-Tesfa.     Nota  del 
capitano  F.  Ciccodicolla.     (Map  and  illustrations.  I 
Societd  Geografica  Italiana,  Bollettino,  vol.  1  (1894),  774-788. 

1894.     Iii'  escursione  nel  Co-Hain,  estratto  dagli  appunti  *  1  i  viaggio  del  cap.  Nic- 
colu  Gentile.     [With  map  i  »f  r<  mte.  ] 
Societd  geografica  italiana,  Bollettino,  vol.  7  (1894),  162-174- 

1894.  Meine  und  Graf  Richard  Coudenhove's  Reise  nach  Somali-Lande.     Ernst, 

Graf  Hoyos,  jun. 
MMieilungen  d.  geographischen  Geselhchaft,   Wien,  vol.  37  (1894),  337-383. 

1895.  L'  avvenire  della  colonia  Eritria.     L.  Franchetti. 
Congresso  geografico  italiano,  Atti,  1895,  vol.  23-44- 

1895.  Les  colonies  itahennes.     E.  Brion. 

Bevui  maritime  et  coloniale,  vol.  127  (1895),  225. 

■  "A  general  account  of  the  Italian  sphere  of  influence  in  East  Africa." 

1896.  Reise  des  Fiirsten  Demeter   Ghika  Comanesti    tm    Somalilande,   1895-96. 

(With  map. )     Philipp  Paulitschke. 
Petermann's  Mxttheilungen,  vol.  42  (1896),  245-252. 

1896.  Les  explorations  italiennes  dans  le  pays  des  Somalia.     Frederick  Bonola, 

(With  map.) 
Sociiti  kMdiviale  de  g&ographie,  Bulletin,  4'  sir.,  i  1896),  589-602. 

1897.  Die  alten  und  neuen  Greuzen  Erythraa's.     C.  v.  Bruchhausen.     With  map. 
Globus,  vol.  72  [1897),  362. 


99 

1897.     Dr.  A.  Donaldson  Smith's   Expedition  .lurch  das  Somali-  und  (Jala-Land 
zum  Rudolf-See  in  den  Jahren  L894  und  L895.     Nebsl  Bemerkungen  zur 
Karte  von  Dr.  B.  Eiassenstein.     (With  map.) 
Petermann's  Mittheilungen,  vol.  43  {1897),  7-15. 

1897.     Voyages  en  Abyssinie,  L889-1895.     i  With  illustrations.  I     Victor  Buchs. 
Sociiti  neucJidteloisi  de  geographie,  Bulletin,  vol.  9  [1897),  32-56. 

"Massawa  is  described  in  some  detail,  and  journeys  into  the  neighboring  parts  of 

Eritrea  at  les-  length." 

1897.  Les  explorations  italiennes  dans  la  peninsule  des  Somalis.     (With  maps.) 

Noel. 

Questions  diplomaiiques  et  coloniales,  vol.  i  (1897),  413-419. 

1898.  Some  account  of  Somaliland;  with  notes  on  journeys  through  the  Gada^ 

bursi  and  western  Ogaden  countries,  1896-1897.     Alfred  E.  Pease. 
Scottish  Geographical  Magazine,  vol.  14  (1898), 57-73. 

1898.  Voyage  au  Chou;  exploration  au  Sound  et  chez  les  Danakils.     Vieomte  E.  de 

Poncius. 
SocUtS  dt  geographu  d<   Paris,  Bulletin,  vol.  19  (1898),  432. 

1899.  L'expansion  coloniale  italienne  dans  l'Amerique  Latine.     Enrico  Barone. 
Nuova  antologia,  Sept.  16,  1899. 

1899.     L'emigration  italienne  et  la  colonisation.     A.  Ebray. 
Questions  diplomatiques.  et  coloniales,  vol.  7  (1899),  201. 

1899.     Colonizzazione  e  conquista.     Giuseppe  Ricchieri. 

Rivista  geografica  italiana,  vol.  6  (1899),  257-270,  345-356. 


SPANISH     COLONIES. 

Antuvez  y  Acevedo,  R.     Memoriae  historicas  sobre  la  legislaci6n  y  gobierno  del 
comercio  de  los  Espanoles  con  sus  coloniaa  en  las  Indias  occidentales. 
Madrid:   De  Sancha,  1797.     {4),  "''■  380  I  ?),  cv pp.     8°. 

Blanco  Herrero,  Miguel.     Politica  de  Espana.     2"  edici6n. 

Madrid:  Imprenta  de  Francisco  G.  Perez,  1890.     674pp.     8°. 

Blumentritt,  F.     The  separatist  tendency  in  the  Spanish  colonies. 

(In  U.  S.  Bureau  of  Education.  Annual  report,  1897-98,  pp.  925-936.  Washington. 
1899.  Translated  from  "  Deutsche  Rundschau  fur  Geographie  und  Wissenschaft," 
L898.) 

Bonnycastle,  R.  II.     Spanish  America;  or,  A  descriptive,  historical,  and  geographi- 
cal account  of  the  dominions  of   Spain  in  the  western  hemisphere,  conti- 
nental and  insular. 
Philadelphia:  Printed  and  published  by  Abraham  Small,  1819.    482  pp.     Folded 
maps.     8°. 
Campbell,  John.     A  concise  history  of  the  Spanish  America;  containing  a  succinct 
relation  of  the  discovery  and  settlement  of   its  several  colonies;  a  circum- 
stantial  detail   of   their  respective  situation,  extent,  commodities,  trade, 
etc.,  and  a  full  and  clear  account  of  the  commerce  with  Old  Spain  by  the 
galleons  llota,  etc.     Collected  chiefly  from  Spanish  writers. 
London:  Print)  dfor  John  Stagg  ami  Daniel  Browne,  MDCCXLI.     vii  (4),  330 
pp.     8°. 

Chapter  IX,  pp.  154-175,  "  Of  the  islands  of  Cuba,  Hispaniola,  and  Porto-Rico." 

Cappa,  R.     Estudios  criticos  acerca  de  la  dominaci6n  espafiola  en  America. 
Madrid:  Imprenta  de  Luis  Aguado,  1889-97.     26  vols.     S°. 

Castillo,  Rafael  del.  Gran  diccionario,  geografico,  estadistico  e  historico  de  Espana 
v  sus  provincias  de  Cuba,  Puerto  Rico,  Filipinas  y  posesiones  de  Africa. 
Ilabiendo  servido  de  base  para  su  confecci6n  el  censo  de  L887,  las  esta- 
di'sticas  mas  recientes  y  gran  Qiimero  de  datos  particulares  compfobados 
con  la  mayor  escrupulosidad.  A.companan  al  diccionario  el  mapa  general 
de  Espana,  el  de  carreteras  y  ferrocarriles,  el  postal  telegrafico,  el  de  Cuba 
y  Puerto  Rico  y  el  de  Filipinas. 
Barcelona:    Tmprentade  Henrich y  Compania,  ism.    •>'  vols.     Foldedmaps.     F° 

Coleccion  de  documentos  ineditos  relativos  al  descubrimiento,  conquista  y 
colonization  de  las  posesiones  espafiolas  en  America  y  Oceania.     T.  1-42. 
Madrid,  1864-84-     4?  vols.     S°. 
Continued  as: — 
Coleccion  de  documentos  ineditos  relativos  al  descubrimiento,   conquista  y 
organization  de  las  antiguas  posesiones  espafiolas  de  ultramar.     2a  serie, 
publicada  por  la  Real  Academia  de  la  histofia.  T.  1-11. 
Madrid:  Rivadeneyra,  1885-98.     11  wis.     8°. 

Contents:  1.  Cuba.    2-4.  Las  islas  Filipinas.    5.  Ensayo  historico  sobre  la  legislaci6n 
de  l"-  Estados  espanoles  de  ultramar;  documentos  legislativos.    6.  Cuba.    7-8.  Tic 
los  pleitos  de  Colon.    9-10.  Documentos  legislativos.    11.  Relaciones  de  Yucatan. 
100 


101 

Coleccidn  legislativa  de  Espana.     Decretos  del  rey,  etc. 

Madrid:  Tmpr.  del  ministeris  cU  gratia  y  juslitia,  1810-98.     146  vols.     L.     8°. 

Fabie,  A.  M.     Ensayo  hist6rico  sobre  la   legislaci6r  de  loa  Estados  espafioles  de 
ultramar. 
Madrid;  Rimdeneyra,  t897.     886  pp.     4°. 

Gelpi  y  Ferro,  <i.     Eatudios  sobre  la  America.     Conquista,  colonizacion,  gobiernoa 
colonialea  y  gobiernos  independientes. 
Habana,  1864-70.     4  vols.     8°. 

Helps,  Sir  Arthur.     The  Spanish  conquest  in  America. 
London:  J.  W.  Parker,  1835-61.     4  vols.     8°. 

Humboldt,    Friedrich   Heinrich  Alexander   Freiherr  von.     Political   essay  on  the 
kingdom  of  New  Spain;  with  physical  sections  and  maps.     Translated 
from  the  French  by  John  Black. 
London,  1811-12.     4  vols.     8°. 

Same.     Translated  from  the  original  French  by  John  Black. 

New  Tori:,  1811.     2  vols.     8°. 

Ensayo  politico  sobre  el  reyno  de  Nueva  Espana. 

Madrid,  IS  18.     12°. 

Essai  politique  snr  Pile  de  Cuba.     Ayec  une  carte  et  un  supplement  qui 

renferme  des  considerations  snr  la  population,  la  richesse  territoriale  et  le 
commerce  de  Parchipel  des  Antilles  et  de  Colombie. 
Paris:  J.  Smith,  1826.     .'  vols.     8°. 

Kottenkampf,  Franz.     Geschichte  der  Kolonisation  Amerikas. 
Frankfurt  ttn>  Main:  J.  Rutten,  1850.      2  vols.     8°. 

Band  1.  "  Spanische  Kolonisation  und  Herrschaft  von  der  Entdeckung  bis  1809. 

Labra,  Rafael  M.  de.     La  autonomia  colonial  en  Espana. 

Madrid:  Tmprenta  de  los  Sucesores  de  Cnesta.     1892.     Hi,  314,  (l)  pp.     16°. 
Contents:  Pr61ogo;  La  cuestion  del  dia;  Los  partidos  de  las  Antillas;  Los  autonomistas 

en  las  Antillas  y  en  la  Peninsula;  Los  progresos  de  Ins  partidos  autonomistas  de 
Cuba  y  Puerto  Rico. 

La  cuestion  colonial. 

Madrid:   Tipografia  de  Oregorio  Estrada,  1869.     118pp.     l.J°. 

Polftica  y  sistemas  coloniales.     Conferencias  dados  en  el  Ateneo  de  Madrid. 

Madrid:    Yahirrd,,  1874.      viii,  93  pp.      8°. 

Leroy-Beaulieu,  Pierre  Paul.     De  la  colonisation  cluz  les  peuples   modernes,  4e 
edition,  revue,  corrigee  etaugmentee. 
Paris:  Guillaumin,  1898.     xix,  (1),  865pp.     8°. 
"La  colonisation  espagnole,"  pp.  1-40;  251-273. 

Moses,  Bernard.     The  establishment  of  Spanish  rule  in  America,  an  introduction  to 
the  history  and  politics  of  Spanish  America. 
G.  P.  Pi.il na in  s  Sons,  New  York  and  London,  1898.     x,  (2),  328pp.     1?°. 

Perojo,  Jose  del.     Ensayos  de  politico  colonial. 

Madrid:  Imprenta  de  Miguel  Ginesta,  1885.     xvi,  384  pp.     J"0- 

"  Discusses  the  Cuban  question;  the  general  principles  of  Spanish  colonization  in  com- 
parison with  those  of  Holland  and  England." 

Spain.     Estadistica  general  del  comercio  exterior  de  Espana,  con  sus  provincias  de 
ultramar  y  potencias  extranjeras  en  1889.     Formada   por    la   direcci6n 
general  de  contribuciones  indirectas. 
Madrid:  Tmprenta  de  la  "  Fdbrica  national  del  timbre,"  1890.     4°. 


102 

Veitia  Linage,  Jose  de.     The  rule  establish' d  in  Spain  fur  the  trade  in  the  West 
Indies.     Translated  from  the  Spanish  by  Captain  John  Stevens. 
London:  Printed  by  Samuel  Crouch,  [17 15f].     {26),  367,    (9)  pp.     13°. 

Watson,  K.  <i.     Spanish  and  Portuguese  Smith  America  during  the  colonial  period. 
London:   Trubnt  r,  1884.     ■'  vols.     8°. 

Zhnrnermann,     Alfred.     Die     Kolonialpolitik    Portugals    und     Spaniens  in    ihrer 
Entwickelung  von  den  Anfangen  bis  zur  <  regenwart  dargestellt.     Mit  einer 
Karte    in   Steindrnek:  Uebersicht   der    portugiesischen   und    spanischen 
Kolonialbesitzes  gegen  Mitte  des  1<>.  Jahrhunderts. 
Berlin:   E.  S.  Mitller  und  Sohn,  1896.     xvi,  515 pp.     Folded  map.     8°. 
"Includes  a  historical  survey  of  Spanish  government  of  the  Philippine 


CUBA. 

SELECTED  LIST  OF  BOOKS  TREATING  OF  SPANISH  ADMINISTRATION. 

Abbad  y  Lasiera,  Ifiigo.     Historia  geografica,  civil  y  poh'tica  de  la  isla  de  S.  Juan 
Bautista  de  Puerto  Rico.     Dala  a  luz  Antonio  Valladares  de  Sotomayor. 
Madrid:  MDCCLXXXVIIL     (8),  403 pp.     8m.  4°. 

Castillo,  Rafael  del.  Gran  diccionario,  geografico,  estadfstico  r  historico,  de  Espana 
y  sua  provincias  de  Cuba,  Puerto  Rico,  Filipinas  y  posesiones  de  Africa. 
Habiendo  servido  de  base  para  su  confection  el  censo  de  1887,  las  estadfs- 
ticas  mas  recientes  y  gran  numero  de  datos  particulares  comprobados  eon 
la  mayor  escrupulosidad.  Acompanan  aJ  diccionario  el  mapa  general  de 
Espafia,  el  de  carreteras  y  ferrocarriles.  el  postal  telegrafico,  el  de  Cuba  y 
Puerto  Rico  y  el  de  Filipinas. 
Barcelona:  Imprenta  de  Henrichy  Compania,  1891.     3  vols.     Foldedmaps.     F°. 

Coleccion  de  reales  drdenes,  decretos  y  disposiciones. 

Habana,  1898.     3  vols.    8°. 

Concha,  Jose"  de  la.  Marquis  de  la  Habana.  Memorias  sol  .re  el  estado  politico, 
gobierno  y  administration  de  la  isla  de  Cuba.  Por  el  Teniente  General 
Don  Jose  de  la  Concha. 

Madrid,  1853.     ix  (1),  362,  41  I  -  I  pp.     Folded  map.     s°. 

Cuyas,  Arturo,  and  others.  The  new  constitutional  laws  for  Cuba.  Text  of  the 
recent  measures  for  the  self-government  of  the  island,  with  comments 
thereon.  Also  a  brief  review  of  the  evolution  of  Spanish  colonization. 
and  a  statistical  comparison  of  the  progress  of  Cuba  under  Spanish  rule 
with  that  of  independent  Spanish-American  countries. 
New  York,  1897.     ins  pp.    8°. 

"Consists  of  three  articles  by  Arturo  Cuyas,  Antonia  Cuyas.  L.  V.  Abad  de  Las  Casas, 
presenting  the  text  of  the  reform  law  of  1S95,  with  expository  comments,  constitut- 
ing a  justification  of  the  Spanish  policy." 

Delorrne  del  Salto,  R.     Cuba  y  la  reforma  colonial  en  Espana. 
Madrid:  Imprenta  de  Diego  Pacheco  Latorre.     61pp.     4°. 

Diaz  Caneja,  Ignacio.     La  cuestion  ultramarina;  bosquejo  critico  e  historico,  politico 
y  gubernativo,  administrative  y  econ6mico. 
Put  rto  Rico:  Imprenta  del  "Boletin  mercantil,"  1885.    ix,  337  pp.     8°. 

Hazard,  Samuel.     Cuba  with  pen  and  pencil. 

Hartford.  Conn.:  Hartford  Publishing  Co.,  1871.     584pp.      Woodcuts.     8°. 


103 

Humboldt,  Friedrich   Heinrich  Alexander,  Freiherr  von.  Ensayo  politico  sobrc  la 

isla  ile  Cuba-,  por  el  Bar6n  A.  de  Humboldt,  con  an  mapa;  obra  traducida 

al  castellano  por  I».  Jose  Lopez  de  Bustamente.  Nueva  edicidn. 
Paris:  1840.     xxzii,  361,  (5)  pp.     8°. 

Essai  politique  sur  I'ile  de  Cuba.     Avec  une  carte  el  un  supplemenl  qui 

renferme  dea  considerations  sur  la  population,  la  richesse  territoriale  e1  le 
commerce  de  I'archipel  des  Antilles  el  de  Colombie. 
Paris:  J.  Smith,  is.*,;.      ■  vols.     8°. 

Imberno,  Jose.     Gufa  geografica  y  administrativa  de  la  isla  de  Cuba. 

Habana,  1891.     8°. 
[Madan,  Crist6bal.]     Llamamiento  de  la  isla  deCuba  ;i  la  naci6n  espanola,  dirigido 
al  excmo.  e  illmo.  Senor  Don  Baldomaro  Espartero,  duquede  la  Victoria, 
presidente  del  consejo  de  ministros,  por  un  hacendado,  en  diciembre  de 
1854. 
New  York:  Tmprenta  de  E.  Hallet,  [1856~\.     (8),  234,  vipp.     8°. 

"Examines  into  the  workings  of  the  Spanish  colonial  system  from  a  Crban  stand- 
point." 

Morales,  Francisco  Garcia.     Guia  de  gobierno  y  policia  de  la  isla  de  Cuba.     2:i  edi- 
tion. 
Habana,  1899.     8°. 

Pepper,  Charles  M.     To-morrow  in  Cuba. 

New   YnrL-  and    London:   Harper  A-   Brothers,    1899.     (8),   362  pp.     Fa/dra1 
map.     S°. 

Contains  much  information  of  value  cm  Spanish  administrative  methods. 

Pezuela,  Jacob  dela.     Diccionario  geogr&fico,  estadistico,  historico  de  la  isla<le(  luba. 
Madrid:  1863-1866.     4  vols.     />.  8°. 

Historia  de  la  isla  de  Cuba. 

Madrid:  Carlos  Bailly-Bailliere,  1868.     2  vols.     8°. 

Sagra,  Ramon  de  la.     Historia  economico-polftica  y  estadi'stica  de  la  isla  Ale  Cuba6 
sea  de  sua  progresos  en  la  poblacion,  la  agricultura,  el  comercio  y  las  rentas. 
Habana,  1831.     (4),  xiii  {5), .386,  {1)  pp.     4° ■ 

Sedano  y  Agrarnonte,  Jose.     El  lil>r<>  del  ciudadano  espanol;  derechos  politicos  y 

administrative  is.     2;i  edicion. 
Habana,  1889.     S°. 

PHILIPPINES. 

SELECTED  LIST  OF  BOOKS  TREATING  OF  SPANISH  ADMINISTRATION. 

Aguilar,  F.  M.     Colonization  de  Filipinas.     Estudios  practicos  acerca  de  la  coloni- 
zation, con  elementos   peninsulares,  de    nuestras    posesiones   oceanicas. 
Resena  geogr.-gei  »16gic<  »-mineral6gica. 
Madrid:  Tip.  de  A.  Alonso,  1893.     xii,  417  pp.     Map.     4°. 

Alcazar,  J.  de.     Historia  de  los  dominios  espanoles  en  Oceania  (Filipinas). 
Madrid:  La  Fuente,  1898.     vi,  190  pp.     28 plates.     Map.     8°. 

Asensio,  Vicente  Llorens.     Historia  general  de  las  Filipinas. 
Madrid:  Murillo,  1898-99.    8°. 

Blumentritt,   F.     Die  comandancia   poli'tico-militar  Eseolante   des   Insel   Negros 
(Philippinen). 
In  Petermann's  Mittheilungen,  ml.  31,  121-122.     Gotha,  1845. 


104 

Blumentritt,  F.     Organisation  communaledes  indig6nead.es  Philippines  places  sous 
la  domination  espagnole.     Traduit  de  l'allemand,  par  A.  Hugot. 
i  fn  Societe  acadbnique  indo-chinoise.     Bulletin,  2  serie,  Tome  1,  pp.  145-153. 
Paris,  1882.) 

Borrero,  Francisco.     Cuestiones  filipinas,  memoria. 

Madrid:  M.  Minuesa  de  los  Rios,  1896.     57  pp.     8°. 

Buzeta,  Manuel,  and  Felipe  Brave.     Diccionario  geografico,  estadistico,  historico 
de  las  islas  filipinas. 
Madrid,  1850-51.    2  vols.    Folded  plans.    Folded  sJieets.    Portraits.  L.  8°. 

Cabezas  de  Herrera,  J.     Apuntes  historicos  sobre  la  organization  polftico-admi- 
nistrativa  de  Filipinas. 
{In  Boletin  de  la  Real  Sociedad  econ6mica  filipina,  afro  .'.  pp.  52-56, 70-73,  86-90. 
Manila,  1883.) 

Comenge,  Rafael.     Cuestiones  filipinas.     la  parte:  Los  Chinos. 
Madrid:  Ubr.  de  F,'..  1894.     470  pp.     8°. 

Comyn,  Tomas  de.     State  of  the  Philippine  islands;  being  an  historical,  statistical, 
and  descriptive  account  of  that  interesting  portion  of  the  Indian  archi- 
pelago.   Translated  from  the  Spanish,  with  notes  and  a  preliminary  dis- 
course by  William  "Walton. 
London:   Printed  for  T.  &  J.  Allman,  1821.    <AH,{1),306  pp.     Foldedmap.    8°. 

Delgado,  Juan  J.     Biblioteca  historica  filipina,   historica  general,  sacro-profana, 
politica  y  natural  de  las  islas  del  Poniente  llamadas  Filipinas. 
Manila:  Imprenta  <1>  El  Fro  de  Filipinas  d,  Juan  Atayde,  1892.     (8),  xvi,  1009 
pp.     4°. 

Foreman,  J.  The  Philippine  islands.  A  political,  geographical,  social,  and  com- 
mercial history  of  the  Philippine  archipelago  and  its  political  dependencies, 
embracing  the  whole  period  of  Spanish  rule.  2d  edition,  revised  and 
enlarged. 
London:  S.  Loir,  Marston  &  Company,  1899.  xvi,  653  pp.  19  plates.  IJor- 
trait.     Maps.     8°. 

Fulgosio,  Fernando.     Cronica  de  las  islas  filipinas. 

Madrid:  Rubio,  Grilo  y    Vittwri,  1871.      133,  (3)  pp.       Woodcuts   in   the  text. 
Portraits.     Maps.     F°.     ( Or 6nica  general  de  EspafLa,  T.  12.) 

Grau  y  Figueoras,  Casimiro  de.     Memoria  sobre  la  poblacion  y  riqueza  de  las  islas 
filipinas  y  reformas  economico-administrativas  que  el  gobierno  espanol 
debe  plantear  para  la  prosperidad  de  aquellas  posesiones  y  del  estado 
Barcelona:  Imprenta  de  Ramiroz,  1855.     32  pp.     4°- 

Instituto  geografico  y  estadistica  de  Espana,   Madrid.     Reseiia   geografica  v 
estadfstica  de  Espana. 
Madrid:  Imprenta  de  la  Direcci&n  general  del  Instituto  geogrdfico  y  estadistico, 
1888.     .r.rir,  1116,  (1)  pp.      Folded  map.      F° . 

Pp.  1069-1088,  contain  "Breve  resefia  del  archipielago  filipino  y  de  bis  islas  Marianas. 
( larolinas  y  Palaas." 

Jordana  y  Morera,  Ramon.     Bosquejo  geografico  e  historico  natural  del  archipie- 
lago filipino.     Publicado  de  real  orden  en  vista  del  favorable  informe  de 
la  Real  Academia  de  ciencias  exactas,  ffsicas  y  naturales. 
Madrid:  Imprenta  de  Moreno  y  Tojas,  1885.     xiv,  ( .') .  461  pp.     Colored  plates. 


105 

Lala,  Ramon  Reyes.     The  Philippine  islands. 

New    York:    Continental   Publishing   Company,    1899.      ■:',-'  pp.      Illustrated. 
Photogravures  in  the  text.     Map.     Portraits.     L.     8°. 

Contents:  Early  history  of  the  islands;  The  British  occupation;  The  Spanish  colonial 
government;  The  church  in  the  colony;  The  various  iril.es  of  the  Philippines;  The 
Mohammedans  of  Sulu;  Manila;  [loild,  capital  of  the  province  of  Panay;  Cebu,  a 
Mecca  for  many  Filipinos;  General  topography  of  the  island-;  Natural  beauty  of 
the  archipelago;  A  village  feast:  History  of  commerce  in  the  Philippines;  Agricul- 
ture; The  sugar  and  rice  crops;  The  hemp  plant  and  its  uses;  Culture  and  use  of 
tobacco;  Cultivation  of  coffee;  Betelnut,  grain,  and  frail  growing;  Useful  woods 
ami  plants;  Mineral  wealth  of  the  islands;  Animal  life  in  the  colony;  Struggle  of 
the  Filipinos  for  liberty;  Dewey  at  Manila:  The  American  occupation. 

Mallat,  J.     Les  Philippines;;  histoire,  geographie,  mceurs,  agriculture,  industrie  et 
commerce  des  colonies  espagnoles  dans  l'Oceanie. 
Paris:  A.  Bertrand,  1846.     2  vols.     Folded  sheets.     8°.     Atlas,  5  colored  plates, 

4  plans,  map. 
Malo  de  Lruque,  Eduardo.     Historia  polftica  de  los  estableeimientos  ultramarinos 
de  las  naciones  Euro  peas. 
Madrid:  Por  Antonio  de  Sancha,  aflo  de  MDCCLXXXIV-MDCCXC.     ■',  mis. 
Folded  maps.     8°. 

i  This  is  merely  a  translation  of  Raynal.  | 

Vol.  5  is  mainly  devoted  to  the  Spanish  conquest  and  occupation  of  the  Philippines. 
Chapter  III:  Idea  general  de  la  Espafla  hasta  el  tiempo  de  sus  establecimientos  en 
el  archipielago  indico.  Chapter  IV:  Descripcion  de  los  archipielagos  asiaticos  del 
dominio  espafiol.  Chapter  VII:  Conquista  de  las  Filipinas.  Chapter  VIII:  Causas 
de  la  deeadencia  de  las  Filipinas.  Chapter  IX:  Sitio,  asalto  y  saqueo  de  Manila  por 
los  Ingleses  en  17(32.  Chapter  X:  Defensa  de  las  islas  despues  de  perdida  su  capital: 
sucesos  sus  acaecidos  hasta  su  restitucion.  Chapter  XI:  Estado  de  las  Filipinas 
desde  el  afio  de  1764  hasta  el  de  1785.  Chapter  XII:  Erecci6n  de  la  Real  compania 
de  Filipinas;  sus  operaciones  y  su  estado  hasta  1790. 

Martinez  de  Zuniga,  Joaquin.    Estadismode  las  islas  filipinas,  6  mis  viajes  pur  este 
pafs.     Pnblica  esta  obra  por  primera  vez  extensamente  anotada  W.  E. 

Retana. 
Madrid:  En  hi  imprentq  de  la  viuda  de  Minuesa  de  los  Rios,  1893.     .'  vols.     8°. 
Volume  2.  Apendice  A.  consists  of  notes  and  illustrative  documentsto  the  text  by  the 
editor,  W.  E.  Retana;  Apendice  B  (pp.  *93-*352)  consists  of  a  bibliography;  Apen- 
dice C.  "  Lugares  geografieos." 

Milan  y  Villanueva,  C.     El  gran  problema  de  las  reformas  en  Filipinas. 

Manila:  La  font,  1898.      12  pp.     8°. 

Montero  y  Vidal,  Jose.     Historia  general  de  Filipinas  desde  el  descubrimiento  de 
dichas  islas  hasta  nuestros  dfas. 
Madrid:  Tello,  1887-1895.     3  vols.     8°. 

Contents:  I.  1519-1759.     II.  1759-1837.     III.  1837-1873. 

Morga,  Antonio  de.  The  Philippine  islands,  Moluccas,  Siam,  Cambodia,  Japan, 
and  China,  at  the  close  of  the  Kith  century.  Translated  from  the  Spanish, 
with  notes  and  a  preface,  and  a  letter  from  Luis  de  Torres  describing  his 
voyage  through  the  Torres  straits,  by  Henry  J.  Stanly. 
London:  Printed  for  the  Hakluyt  Society,  1868.  {6),  ii,  (2),  xxiv,  (  ?),  431pp. 
Portraits  ami  folded  plates.     8°. 

"Capture  of  Manila  by  the  English  in  1762;  Chinese  insurrection  in  Manila;  Admin- 
istration of  justice;  Taxation;  Produce;  Trade;  Agriculture  and  manufactures,  etc.; 
Letter  of  Luis  Vaez  de  Torres,  relating  to  his  voyage  through  the  Torres  straits, 
dated  Manila,  July  12,  1608;  Table  of  parochial  clergy.  1867."  [The  statistical  data 
in  the  appendix  arc  derived  from  consular  reportsand  Mallat's  "  Philippines,"  etc.) 

Navarro,  Ed.     Filipinas;  estudios  de  algunos  asuntos  de  actualidad. 
Madrid:  Imprenta  Mimosa  de  los  Rios,  1897.     xi,  285pp.     4°. 


106 

Paterno,  P.  A.     El  regimen  municipal  en  lasislaa  Filipinas.     Real  decretode  19  de 
Mayo,  1893. 
Madrid,  Estab.  tipog.  de  los  mcesores  de  Cuestra,  1893.     (8),  280pp.     12°. 

Retana,  W.  E.     Folletos  filipinas  (politico^): 

1.  Frailes  y  elerigos.     2!l  edicion,  corregida  y  aumentada. 
Madrid,  1891.     142  pp.     12°. 

2.  Apuntea  para  la  historia. 
Madrid,  1890.     96  pp.     12°. 

3.  Sinapismos.     Primera  serie. 
Madrid,  1890.     96  pp.     8°. 

4.  Reformas  y  otros  excesos. 
Madrid,  1890.     967  pp.     8°. 

Rodriguez  Berriz,  Miguel.     Diccionario  de  la  administraci6n  de  Filipinas  por  D. 
Miguel   Rodriguez  Berriz,  jefe  letrado  de  la  adininistraci6n  central   de 
rentas,  propiedades  yaduanas.     Primera  edicion.     With  apendice,  2  vols. 
1888. 
Manila:  Impreso  por  Perez,  1887-88.     15  vols.     8°. 
Continued  as:— 

Anuario,  1888-90. 

Manila:  Impreso  de  Perez.     .'  vols.     4°- 

"Continua  publicandose  esta  obra,  que  ha  venido  a  depreciar  la  de  Rodriguez  San 

Pedro,  en  lo  que  a  las  Filipinas  se  reflere.    Tipograficamente  considerada  es  una 
ignoniinia." 

Salcedo,  Juan.     Proyectos  de  dominaeion  y  colonizacion,  ano  de  1891. 
Gerona,  1894.     188  pp:     Stable*.     Map.     8°. 

"The  author  was  governor  of  Mindanao  in  1888.  Treats  of  the  military  and  colonial 
politics  of  Spain  as  relate  to  the  Philippines." 

Sastrdn,  Manuel.     Colonizacion  de  Filipinas,  inmigracion  peninsular. 
Malabon:  Tip.  del  Asilo  de  Huerfanos,  1897.     115  pp.     4°. 

"The  little  volume  before  us  is  an  exposition  of  the  conditions  that  would  confront 
the  settlers  of  Spanish  blood  (peninsulares)  in  their  new  home.  It  deals  primarily 
with  the  problem  of  agricultural  colonization,  but  also  discusses  the  situation  pre- 
sented by  the  islands  with  respect  to  the  importation  of  laborers  and  handicrafts- 
men of  all  kinds.  The  author  has  filled  the  position  of  civfl  governor  in  several 
provinces  of  the  archipelago,  has  sat  in  the  Spanish  Cortes,  and  is  a  doctor  of  medi- 
cine. He  writes  from  the  standpoint  of  the  Castilian  who  would  shed  the  last  drop 
of  his  blood  for  the  maintenance  of  the  integrity  of  the  Spanish  realm."— The 
Nation,  Aug.  14,  1899. 

Filipinas.     Pequenos  estudios.     Batangas  y  su  provincia. 

Malabong,  1895.     [6),  373  pp.     Map.     8°. 

"  Don  Manuel  Sastrdn,  Gouverneur  der  im  sudliehen  Teile  Luzons  gelegenen  Provinz 
Batangas,  giebt  im  vorliegenden  Buche  eine  Beschreibung  der  genannten  Land- 
schaft,  wobei  die  Topographie  und  die  politische  Verwaltung  den  grossten  Kaum 
einnehmen  und  auch  sehr  brauchbares  Material  dem  Geographen  und  Statistiker 
liefern.  Die  Karte,  im  Masstabe  1:400,000,  ist  sehr  gut  ausgestattet.  Mochten  nur 
die  anderen  Provinzgouverneure  der  Philippinen  dem  verdienstvollem  Beispiele 
Sastr6ns  folgen.  Die  Monographien  von  Nueva  Eeija  (von  Rajal)  und  von  Zam- 
bales  I  Canamaque),  sowie  die  vorliegende  von  Batangas  sind  sehr  wertvolle 
Bereicherungen  der  topographisehen  Litteratur  der  Philippinen." — Blumentritt. 

Scheidnagel,  M.     Las  colonias  espanolas  de  Asia.     Islas  Filipinas. 
Madrid:  Murillo,  1880.     208  pp.     Map.     4°. 

Colonizacion  espanola.     Estudios  acerca  de  la  misma  en  nuestras  posesiones 

de  Oceania.     Con  un  pr61ogo  de  Emilio  Bonelli. 
Madrid:  JAbreria  de  Fernando  /v.  1893.     xviii,  (2),  117  (2)  pp.     12°. 
"  ( in  the  problem  of  colonial  management  of  the  Philippines." 


107 

Spain.     Archipelago  filipino.     Regimen  polftico-administrativo  para  el  porvenir. 
Mud rlil;  <  'amacho,  1898.     88  pp.     4°. 

Estadfstica  general  del  comercio  exterior  de   las  islas   Filipinas  en    1894. 

Publicada  por  La  Entendencia  general  de  hacienda. 
Manila,  1896.     458  pp.     F°. 

Taviel  de  Andrade,  E.     Historia  de  la  exposici6n  de  las  islas  Filipinas  en  Madrid 
el  ano  de  1887,  con  una  explicaci6n  de  su  posici6n  geogrdfica,  de  como  las 
hemos  adquirido  yun  compendiode  la  historia  de  las  Marianas,  Carolinas, 
Filipinas  y  Palaos. 
Madrid,  G6mezy  Periz.     xv,  120,  256  pp.    8°. 

Torrubia,  Joseph.  Dissertation  historico-pohtica,  yen  mucha  parte  geografica,  de 
las  islas  filipinas,  extension  del  Mahometismo  en  ellas,  grandes  estragos, 
que  ban  hecho  los  Mindanaos,  Joloes,  Camerones,  y  Confederados  de  esta 
secta  en  nuestros  pueblos  cristianos,  etc.  P6nese  una  razon  compendiosa 
de  los  fondos,  y  destinos  del  (Iran  Monte  Piedad  de  la  casa  de  lamiseri- 
cordia  de  la  ciudad  de  Manila. 
Madrid:  En  la  imprenta  de  Agustin  de  Gordejuela  y  Su  rra,  ano  de  1753.  (48), 
115  pp.     32°. 

"Appended  isa  catechism  in  theTagalog  language."    (19)  pp.    [Colophon:]  En  Manila: 
en  la  imprenta  de  la  Compafiia  de  lesus,  por  D.  Nicolas  de  la  Cruz  Baga  y  ano  de  1765. 

CAROLINE  ISLANDS. 

Bartoli,  Manuel  Escude.     Las  Carolinas.     Descripcion  geografica  y  estadfstica  del 
archipielago  carolino,  con  datos  recopilados  y  ampliados. 
Barcelona,  1885.     111pp.     12°. 

Bastian,  A.     Die  micronesischen  Colonien  aus  ethnologischen  <  lesichtspunkten. 

Berlin,  1899.     vii,  370  pp.     8°. 
Cabeza,   Pereiro  A.      Estudios  sobre  Carolinas.      La  isla  de  Ponape.     Geograffa, 
etnografia,  historia. 

Manila,  1895.     Plates.     Maps.     8°. 
Christian,  F.  W.     The  Caroline  islands.     Travel  in  the  sea  of  the  Little  Lands. 

London:  Methuen,  1899.     xiv,  412  pp.     Plates.     Maps.     Plans.     8°. 

Miguel,  G.  de.     Estudio  sobre  las  islas  Carolinas.     Comprende  la  historia  y  geogra- 
fia de  los  36  grupos  que  forman  el  archipielago  Carolino,  seguido  de  la 
descripcion  de  todas  las  islas  del  oeeano  Pacffico,  situadas  entre  el  ecua- 
dor  y  el  paralelo  10°  N. 
Madrid:  Imprenta  de  Jose"  Perales  y  Martinez,  1887.    xiv,  207  pp.    8°.    Atlas,  F°. 
Taviel  de  Andrade,  Enrique.     Historia  del  conflicto  de  las  Carolinas.     Priieba  del 
derecho  de  soberanfa  que  sobre  ellas  posee  Espana  y  demostracion  de  la 
trascendencia  que  tiene  la  mediation  del  papa. 
Madrid:  Manuel  Tello,  1886.     xxix,  (3),  426  pp.     8°. 


ARTICLES   IN    PERIODICALS,    1898-99. 

1898.     Spain  and  the  Caroline  Islands.     E.  E.  Strong. 

.1//;.  Rev.  of  Reviews,  vol.  17  (June,  1898),  706-709.     Illustrated.     Map. 
Li  ring  Age,  vol.  217  (June  11,  1898) ,  759-761. 

1898.     Spanish  traits  and  the  New  World.     S.  Baxter. 
Am.  Rev.  of  Reviews,  vol.  18  (Aug.,  1898),  196-198. 


108 

1898.     Spain  and  her  American  colonies.     T.  S.  Woolsey. 
Century,  vol.  56  {Sept.,  1898),  715-719. 

1898.     Zusammenbruch^der  spanischen  Kolonialmacht.     C.  Peters. 
Deutsches  Wochenblatt,  No.  29,  1898. 

1898.     Zur  Geschichte  des  Separatismus  der  spanischen  Kolonien.     F.  Blnmentritt. 
Deutsche  Rundschau  fur  Geographie  (July,  1898),  104-127. 

(Translation   in   U.   S.   Bureau  of    Education,   Annual  Report,   1897-98,   pp.   925-936. 

Washington,  1899.) 

1898.     Ausgang  des  spanischen  Kolonialreichs.     A.  Zimmermann. 
Geogj-apJdsche  Zeitschrift  (1898),  425-431. 

1898.     Possible  salvation  of  Spain. 

Nation,  vol.  67  (July  28,  1898),  67. 

1898.     Spaniards  in  Cuba.     A.G.Perez. 

Nineteenth  Century,  vol.  44  (Aug.,  1898)  196-207;  Eclectic  Mag.,  vol.  131  (Sept., 
1898) ,  395-402. 

1898.     La  Spagna  e  la  Filipina. 

Nuova  Antologia,  vol.77,  p.  538. 

1898.     La  Guinea  espanola  y  \n<  problemas  africanos.     Segun  D.  Rafael  Maria  de 
Labra. 
Soc.  geogrdfica  <h  Madrid,  Boletin  (1898),  217-228. 

1898.     Wie  Spanien  seine  Kolonien  verlor.     A.Franz. 

Velhagen  wad  Klasing's  Monatshefte  (Sept.,  1898),  83-88. 

1898.     Das  Ende  der  spanischen  Kolonial-Herrschaft.     A.  Charpentier. 
Die  Zeit,  No.  193. 

1898.  Wie  haben  die  Spanier  ihre  Kolonien  behandelt?    Ph.  Woker. 
Die  Zeit,  No.  198. 

1899.  Das  Ende  der  spanischen  Kolonialmacht.     With  map. 
Deutsche  Rundschau  fur  Geographie,  ml.  ;i  (1899),  273. 

1899.     Die  geographischen   Ursachen   von   Spaniens   Xiedersamr.      Prof.    Julius 
Maerker.     (On  the  geographical  causes  of  the  decline  of  Spain.) 
Geographisch  Zeitschrift,  vol.  5  {1899),  177-189. 

1899.     Spanish  colonial  possessions.     D.Dorchester. 
Am.  Rev.  ofReviewSj  vol.  19  (Feb.,  1899),  201. 

1899.     Exploration  in  the  Caroline  Islands.     F.  W.  Christian. 
Geographical  Jour.,  vol.  13  (Feb.,  1899),  105. 

1899.     What  Spain  can  teach  America.     X.  Estevanez. 
No.  Am,  r.  Rev.,  vol.  168  (May,  1899),  563-569. 

1899.     Last  of  Spain's  colonial  empire. 

Pnhlir  Opinion,  vol.  26  {June  29,  1899), 810. 

1899.     Spain's  sale  of  colonies. 

Chautauquan,  vol.  29  (July,  1899),  383. 

1899.     Espagne;  etat  actuel  des  ses  colonies. 

Revue  Encyclopidique  (Oct.  7,  1899),  857. 

1899.     Her  (Spain's)  policy  in  the  Philippines.     R.  R.  Lala. 
Independent,  vol.  51  (Oct.  12,  1899),  2738-2743. 


PORTUGUESE   COLONIES. 

Alcoforado,  Francisco.      An  historical  accounl  of  the  discovery  of  the  island  of 
Madeira,  abridged  from  the  Portugueze  original.     To  which  is  added  an 
account  of  the  present  state  of  the  island.     (1748. ) 
London:  ■/.  Payne  &  J.  Bouquet,  1756.     (  .'),  x,  88pp.    8°. 

Relation  historique  de  la  deeonverte  de  I' lie  de  Madere. 

Paris:  L.  Billaine,  1671.     {6),  185 pp.     10°. 

Relation  historique  de  la  deeonverte  de  l'ile  de  Madere;  traduit  du  portu- 

gais. 
Paris:  Renou  et  Maulde,  1869.    8°. 
Aldama-Ayala,  Jose  de.     Compendio  geografico-estadistieo  de  Portugal  y  sus  pbse- 
siones  ultramarinas. 
Madrid,  1SS0.     8°. 
Andrade  Corvo,  .T.  de.     Estudios  sobre  as  provincial  ultramarinas. 

Lisboa,   1883-87.     4  vols.     8°. 
Barre,  Henri.     Les  colonies  portugaises. 

(In  Societi  de  gfographie  de  Marseille.     Bulletin,  vol.  22,  pp.  117-142.     1898.) 
Bettencourt,  E.  A.  de.     Descobrimentos,  guerras  e  conquistas  dos  Portuguezas  em 
terras  do  Ultramar  nop  seculos  15  e  16. 
Lisboa,  1881-82.     8°. 
Biddle,  A.  J.  Drexel.     The  Madeira  islands. 

Philadelphia  and  New   York:  Drexel  Biddle,  1900.     2  vols.      Maps  and  illustra- 
tions.    8°. 

CONTENTS'. 

Volume  I.  History  of  the  Madeiras;  information  for  the  traveler  an  1  visitor;  a 
treatise  descriptive  of  trie  natives,  their  characteristic-,  religion,  laws,  and  customs^ 
and  an  account  of  the  commerce. 

Volume  II.     Geography  and  geology,  the  flora,  the  vine  and  the  wine,  and  the  fauna. 

Bourke,  D.  R.  W.  7th  Earl  of  Mayo.     De  rebus  Africanis;  the  claims  of  Portugal  to 
the  Congo. 
London:   W.  H.  Allen,  1883.     8°. 
Capello,  H.,  and  R.  Ivens.     De  Angola  a  Contra  Costa. 
Lisboa,  1886.     .'  vols.     Illustrations.     Map*.    8°. 
Castro,  Alfonso  de.     As  possessoes  portuguezas  na  ( >ceania. 

Lisboa:  Tmprensa national,  1867.     (4),xxi,  (3), 460,  (1) pp.    ftfoldedmaps.    x°. 
Danvers,  Frederick  Charles.     The  Portuguese  in  India. 

London:   W.  II.  Allen  and  Company,  1894.     ■■'  vols.     8  . 
D'Orsey,  A.  J.  D.     Portuguese  discoveries,  dependencies,  and  missions  in  Asia  and 
Africa. 
London:    II".  //.  Aden.     xvi.  434 pp.     ';  maps.     12°. 
Gonies  da  Costa, — .     Gaza,  L897-98. 

Lisboa:  M.  Gomes.     [1899.]     176  pp.     Maps  and  illustrations.     8°. 

••The  southern  portion  of  Portuguese  East  Africa  is  treated  under  the  heads  of  physi- 
cal geography,  general  aspect,  races,  customs,  history,  fauna,  flora,  agriculture, 
climate  and  health,  commerce,  justice,  routes,  public  works,  and  military  and 
political  organization." 

109 


110 

Gremiaux,  Ch.     Les  possessions  portugaises  dans  l'extreme  orient. 
Paris:  Challamel'aini,  1888.     40pp.     S°. 

Jessett,  Montague  George.     The  key  to  South  Africa:  Delagoa  Bay. 

London:  T.  Fisher  Unwin,  1899.     xviii,  178  pp.     With  maps  and  illustrations. 

9° 

Kerhallet,  Charles  Marie  Philippes  de.     Les  iles  <lu  Cap- Vert.    Revu  par  A.  Le  Gras. 
Paris:  Imp.  P.  Dupont,  lib.  Bossange,  1868.     viii,  66 pp.     S°. 

The  Cape  Verde  islands.     Translated  from  the  French,  with  additions  to  the 

present  date,  by  "William  H.  Parker. 
Washington:    Government  Printing  Office,  1873.     45  pp.     8°.      {United  State* 
Bureau  of  Navigation.     Hydrographic  office.     Publication  No.  51.) 

Madeira,  the  Salvages,  and  the  Canary  islands.     With  additions  by  George 

M.  Totten. 
Washington:  Government  •Printing  Office,  1874-     90  pp.     S° .      (United  States 

Bureau  of  Navigation.     Hydrographic  office.     Publication  No.  51.) 

La  Teillais,  Jules  de.     Etude  historique,  eomomique  et  politique  sur  les  colonies 
portugaises,  leur  passe,  leur  avenir. 
Paris:  P.  Dupont,  1870.     279pp.     8°. 

Leroy-Beaulieu,   Pierre  Paul.     !>e   la  colonisation  chez  les  peuples  modernes.4' 
edition. 
Paris:  Guillaumin,  1898.     xix,  (1), 865 pp.     8°. 

"La  colonisation  portugaise,"  pp.  41-59. 

Lopes  de  liima,  J.  J.  de.     Ensaios  sobre  a  statistica  das  possessoes  portuguezas  na 
Africa  occidental  e  oriental,  na  Asia  occidental,  na  China,  e  na  Oceania. 
T.  1-4,  5,  pt.  1. 
Lisboa:  Impn  nsa  nacional,  1844-186.'.     5  vols.     Folded  maps.     s°. 

Contents:  l.  Ilhas  de  Cabo  Verde  e  suas  dependencias.  2.  Unas  de  S.  Thome  e  Prin- 
cipe e  suas  dependencias.  3.  Angola,  Benguella,  e  suas  dependencias.  4.  Mocain- 
bique  e  suas  dependencias.    5,  part  1.  Goa,  Damao,  c  suas  dependencias. 

Monteiro,  Rose.     Delagoa  Bay;  its  natives  and  natural  history. 
London:  Philip,  1891.     Illustrations.     8°. 

Oliveira  Martins,  J.  P.     0  Brasil  e  as  colonias  portuguezas. 
Lisboa,  1880.     8°. 

Os  Portuguezes  em  Africa,  Asia,  America,  e  Oceanica. 
Lisboa,  1848-50.     8  vols,  in  4.     Portraits.     8°. 

CONTENTS. 

I  and  II.  Indice  chronologico   dos   navegaeoes,    viagens,  .  .  .  dos   Portuguezas    nos 

paises  ultramarinos. 
III-VII.  Resumo  historico  das  decobertas  e  conquistas   dos   Portuguezas   n' Africa, 

Asia,  America,  e  Oceania,  accompanhadade  nocoes  sobre  os  usos,  religiao,  dos  povoa 

indigenas,  e  de  diversos  apontamentos  historicos  do  Yde.  de  Santarem,  etc. 
VIII.  Diccionario  geographico  das  provincias  e  possessoes  portuguezas  no  Ultramar 

.  .  .  por  J.  M.  de  Souza  Monteiro. 

Pery,  Gerardo  A.     Geographia  e  estadistica  geral  de  Portugal  e  colonias.     Com  um 
atlas. 
Lisboa:  Imprensa  Nacional,  i875.     xei,  403,  (2)  pp.     Folded  maps.     8°. 

Pinheiro  Chagas,  M.     As  colonias  portuguezas  no  seculo  xix. 
Lisboa,  1890.     228  pp.     S°. 


Ill 

Serpa  Pinto,  A.  de.     Como  eu  atravessei  Africa:  do  Atlanticoao  mar  Indico,  viagem 
de  Benguella  :i  Contra-Costa,  a  t  raves  regioes  desconhecidas;  determina- 
coes  geographicas  e  estudoa  ethnographicos.     Contendo  15  mappas  e  fac- 
similes, i>  1  .">.'{  gravuras  tVitas  dos  desenhos  do  autor. 
Londres:  S.  Low,  1881.     .'  vols.    8°. 

How  I  crossed   Africa;    from  the  Atlantic  to  the  Indian  Ocean,   through 

unknown  countries,  discovery  of  the  Great  Zambesi  affluents,  etc.     Trans- 
lated by  Alfred  Elwes. 
Philadelphia:  J.  11.  TAppincoit  &  Company,   1881.     .'  vols.     Maps  and  illustra- 
tions.    8°. 

Comment  j'ai  traverse  l'Afrique  depuis  l'Atlantique  jusqu'a  I'oc^an  Indien, 

de  Benguela  a  Durban  a  travers  des  regions  inconnues.     Ouvrage  traduit, 
d'apres  1'eMition  anglaise  collationnee  sur  le  texte  portugais,  par  J.  Belin 
de  Launay,  contenant  15  cartes  et  facsimile  et  160  gravures. 
Paris:  Hachette  &  Cie.,  1882.     ,.'  vols.     T.  l,xxxi,  456pp.;  I.  2,  472pp.     8°. 
Strandes,  Justus.     Die  Portugiesenzeit  von  Deutsch-  und  Englisch-Ostafrika. 

Berlin:  Dietrich  Reimer  (Ernst  Vohsen),  1899.     x-ii,  848pp.     Maps  and  illus- 
trations.   8°. 

"On  the  period  of  Portuguese  predominance  in  East  Africa,  with  special  reference  to 
Kilwa  and  Mombasa." 

Ternant,  Victor.     Les  colonies  portugaises.     Illustre*  par  Henry  de  Ternant. 

Paris:  Alcan  Levy,  d  la  SociMi  d'itudes  coloniales  et  maritimes,  22  novembre 
1890.     67  pp.     8°. 
Theal,  George  McCall.     The  Portuguese  in  South  Africa. 

London:   Unwin,  1896.     xvi,324pp.     Map.     8°. 
Vasconcellos,  E.  J.deC.     As  colonias  portuguezas.     Geographia  physica,  polftica 
e  economica. 
Lisboa:  Companhia  hacional  editoria.     1896.     444pp-    <s'°. 

"A  handbook  of  the  Portuguese  colonies  in  the  Cape  Verde,  East  and  West  Africa, 
India,  Macao,  and  Timor,  forming  a  detailed  description  of  all  the  colonial  pos- 
sessions of  Portugal,  very  clearly  arranged,  and  the  descriptions  fortified  with 
official  statistics." 

Les  colonies  portugaises. 

(In  Revue  encyclopedique,  vol.  8,  pp.  471-4S0.     Paris,  1898. ) 
Vogel,  Ch.     Le  Portugal  et  ses  colonies;  tableau  politique  et  commercial  de  la  mo- 
narchic portugaise  dans  son  etat  actuel;   avec  des  annexes  et  des  notes 
supplementaires. 
Paris:  GuiMauminet  Cie.,  i860,     xv,  644  pp.     8°. 
Watson,    P.    G.     Spanish  and  Portuguese  in  South  America  during  the  colonial 
period. 
London:  Trubner,  1884.     2  vols.     8°. 
Worsfold,  W.  B.    Portuguese  Nyassaland:  An  account  of  the  discovery,  native  popu- 
lation, agriculture,  and  mineral  resources,  and  present  administration  of 
the  territory  of  the  Nyassa  Company.     With  a  review  of  the  Portuguese 
rule  on  the  east  coast  of  Africa. 
London:  Lou;  1899.     vi,  296  />/>.     Illustrations.     ^F'lJ>s.     8°. 
Zimmermann,  Alfred.     Die  Kolonialpolitik  Portugais  und  ihre  Entwickelung  von 
den  Anfangen  bis  zur  Gegemvart.     Mit  einer  Karte  in  Steindruck:  Ueber- 
sicht  des  portugiesischen  und  spanischen  Kolonial-Besitzes  gegen  Mitte 
des  16ten  Jahrhunderts. 
Berlin:  Ernst  Siegfried  Mittler  und  Sohn,  1896.     xvi,  515  pp.     8°.     (Die  eu- 
rojxiischi-n  Koionien,  B.  1.) 
1900.     Koloniales  aus  Portugal.     C.  Singelmann. 

Deutsche  Kolonialzeitung,  vol.  17  (Mar.  22,  1900),  138. 


ANGLO-SAXON    INTERESTS,    ETC. 

Callahan,    James   Morton.      The    neutrality    of   the    American   lakes   and   Anglo- 
American  relations. 
Baltimore,  Jan.- Apr.,  1898.    199  pp.    S°.    (Join/  Hopkins  University  studies  in 
historical  and  political  science,  nos.  1-4.) 
Demolins,  Edmond.     Anglo-Saxon  superiority;  to  what  it  is  due.     Translated  by 
L.  B.  Lavigne. 
London:   The  Leadenhall  P)-ess,  1898.     xl,  427  pp.     8vo. 
Freeman,  E.  A.     The  English  people  in  its  three  homes. 

(In  lti.<  Lectures  to  American  audiences,  pp.  7-201.    Philadelphia  (1882).) 

Greater  Greece  and  Greater  Britain,  and  George  Washington,  the  expander 

of  England.     Two  lectures,  with  an  appendix. 
London:  Macmillan,  1886.     143  pp.     12°. 
Gardiner,  Charles  A.     The  proposed  Anglo-American  alliance;  an  address  delivered 
before  the  American  Social  Science  Association,  August  31,  1898. 
New  York  and  London:  G.  P.  Putnam's  Sons,  1898.     (2),  30pp.     12°.     (Ques- 
tions of  the  day,  no.  9.'. ) 
Gorren,  Aline.     Anglo-Saxons  and  others. 

New  York:  <  'harles  Scribner's  Sons,  1900.      (4),  158pp.  S°. 

Contents:  Certain  sociologists  and  the  Anglo-Saxons;  The  new  empire;  The  gospel  of 
action;    Anglo-Saxon    humanitarianism;   The  religious-commercial  instinct;   The 
higher  civilization;  Relative  ethics. 
Eo:::ier,  James  K.     A  short  history  of  Anglo-Saxon  freedom.     The  polity  of  the 
English-speaking  race  outlined  in  its  inception,  development,  diffusion, 
and  present  condition. 
New  York:  C.  Scribner's  Sons,  1890.     xx,  420  pp.     12°. 
Eo-orre,  Ch.     D'ou  vient  la  decadence  gconomique  de  la  France? 
Paris:  Plon,  1899.     460  pp.     8°. 

Contains    an   appendix  entitled   "Quelques  mots  sur  une    theorie    expliquant    la 
superiority  des  Anglo-Saxons." 
Powers,  II.  II.     Tin-  war  as  a  suggestion  of  manifest  destiny. 

Philadelphia:  American  Academy  of  Political  and  Social  Science,  1898.     20pp. 
S°.     (  Publications  of  the  society,  no.  235.  I 

"  Professor  Powers  shows  the  development  of  the  policy  of  imperialism  from  the  time  of 
Jefferson  and  the  inevitableness  of  the  war.  He  then  sets  forth  the  results  which 
must  follow  from  our  appearance  as  a  world  power,  and  why  the  final  struggle  for 
world  domination  musl  !"■  between  the  Anglo-Saxon  and  Slav  races.  He  also 
endeavors  to  forecast  the  result  of  this  struggle." 

Scholes,  Theophilus  E.  S.     The  British  Empire  and  alliances;  or,  Britain's  duty  to 
her  colonies  and  subject  races. 
London:  Elliot  Slock,  1899.     viii,  415  pp.     8°. 

Contents:  Preface;  Anglo-Saxon  alliances;  The  British  Empire— its  colonies;  The 
British  Empire— its  dependencies;  The  wars  that  built  the  British  Empire:  The 
growth  of  British  industries;  The  growth  of  British  commerce;  The  character  ami 
growth  of  the  Russian  Empire;  The  origin  of  Chinese  trade;  Recent  official  Chinese 
correspondence;  China  a  road  to  India;  New  international  and  commercial  condi- 
tions; The  white  races  and  thedark  races;  The  West  Indies  anil  the  sugar  question; 
A  divided  empire:  The  evils  of  "color  prejudice;"  Our  future  policy. 
112 


113 


A  short  examination 


Smith,  Edward.     England  and  America  after  independem 
of  their  international  intercourse,  L783-1872. 
Westminster:  Archibald  Constable,  1900.     iv,  (  .'),  891  pp.     8°. 
Waldstein,  Charles.     The  expansion  of  western  ideals  and  the  world's  peace. 
New  York  and  London:  ./.  Lane,  1899.     194pp.     12°. 

Pp.  113-194:  The  English-speaking  brotherhood;  a  lecture  delivered  .  .  .  on  July  7 


ARTICLES   IN    PERIODICALS. 


An  Anglo-Saxon  alliance.     J.  R.  Dougal 

the  Inked  States.  ) 
Contemp.  Rev.,  vol.  48  (Nov.,  1885),  693. 
Eclectic  Mag.,  vol.  106  (Feb.,  1886),  190. 
Living  Age,  ml.  167  (Dee.  19,  1885),  759. 
Success  of  Anglo-Saxon  race. 
Edinb.  Rev.,  ml.  130  (Jan.,  1898),  130. 
Living  Age,  vol.  .'17  \  May  7,  1898), -352. 
Are  the  Americans  Anglo-Saxons? 
Spectator,  vol.  SO  (Apr.  30,  1898),  <;14. 
Living  Age,  vol.  217  (June  4,  1898),  681. 
Public  Opinion,  ml.  24  (May  26,  1898),  662. 
Wanted,  an  imperial  minimum. 
Westminster  Rev.,  Rol.  14!'  (May,  189S) ,  477. 
Living  Age,  vol.  217  (June  25,  1898),  871. 
Which  shall  dominate,  Saxon  or  Slav?     D.  .Mills 
No.  A  in,,:  Rev.,  vol.  166  (June,  1898),  729. 
American  greetings  and  tributes  to  Britain. 
A,„.  Rev.  of  Reviews,  vol.  18  (July,  1898),  71. 
Anglo-Saxon  against  the  world.     H.  W.  Wilson. 
Am.  Rev.  of  Reviews,  vol.  18  (July,  1898),  84. 


(Argues   for   an   alliance    with 


Is  there  an  Anglo-American  understanding? 
Fortnightly  Rev.,  ml.  70  (July,  1898),  163. 
Living  Age,  ml.  218  (Any.,  1898),  425. 

Anglo-American  future.     F.  Greenwood. 
Si, 1, 1,,  nil,  Century,  ml.  44  (July,  1898),  1. 
Eclectic  Mag.,  ml.  131  (Sept.,  1898),  289. 
Living  Age,  ml.  218  (Aug.  27,  1898),  563. 

United  States  and  the  concert  of  Europe.     J.  C.  Ridpath. 
Arena,  vol.  20  (Any.,  1898),  145. 

Proposed  federation  of  the  Anglo-Saxons.     B.  O.  Flower. 
Arena,vol.  20  (Aug.,  1898),  2*3. 

Anglo-Saxon  alliance. 

Canadian  Mag.,  rol.  11  (Any.,  1898),  363. 

English-speaking  brotherhood.     C.  Waldstein. 
No.  A'mer.  Rev.,  vol.  167  (Aug.,  1898),  228. 

Anglo-Saxon  German  alliance.     M.  von  Brandt. 
Living  Age,  vol.  218  (Sept.  24,  1898),  859. 

Anglo-American  alliance  versus  a  European  combination.     R.  Temple. 
No.  Amer.  Rev.,  vol.  167  (Sept.,  1898),  306. 
■±997 8 


114 

1898.      Possibilities  of  Anglo-American  alliance.     .S7rC.  W.  Dilke. 
Pall  Mall  Mag.,  vol.  16  (Sept.,  1898),  37. 

1898.     Anglo-American  friendship.     C.Schurz. 
.  1  Uantic,  vol.  8  ( Oct. ,  1898 ) .  488. 

1898.     Anglo-American  alliance  and  the  Irish- Americans.     G.  McDermot. 
t 'atholie  World,  vol.  68  ( Oct.,  1898),  75. 

1898.     The  coming  fusion  of  East  and  West.     E.  F.  Fenollosa. 
ffarpi  r's  Mag.,  vol.  98  (  Dec,  1S98),  115. 

1898.     Five  hundred  years  of  the  Anglo-Saxon.     G.  B.  Waldron. 
Met  'lure's  Mag.,  vol.  12  (Dec,  1898),  1S5. 

1898.     Recent  developments  of  policy  in  the  United  States  and  their  relation  to  an 
Anglo-American  alliance.     J.  Chamberlain. 
Scribner,  vol.  24  (  Dec,  1898), 674- 

1898.  Great  fact  of  1898  l  Anglo-Saxon  rapprochement). 
Spectator, vol. 81  i  Dec.31,  1898), 972. 

1899.  L.  Europe  nouvelle.     P.Fauchille. 

Revm  di  droit  Internationale  publique,  no.  1. 
On  the  Anglo-Saxon  menace. 
1899.     The  future  relations  of  Great  Britain  and  the  United  States.     Sir  G.  W.  Dilke. 

Forum,  vol.  26  (Jan.,  1899),  521. 
1899.     The  union  of  the  flags  (Anglo-American).     P.  Young. 

United  Si  rvia  Mag.,  vol.  139  {.I'm..  1899), 393. 
1899.     An  Anglo-American  alliance.     Charles  Beresford. 

Independent,  vol.51  i  Feb.  23,  1899), 527. 
1899.     America's  debt  to  England.     A.M.  Low. 

Anglo-Ann  r.  Mag.,  vol.  1  (  Mar.,  1899),  148. 
1899.     Stevenson,  Kipling1,  and  Anglo-Saxon  imperialism.     E.H.Mullin. 

Bool  Buyer,  vol.  18  (  Mar.,  1899),  85. 
1899.     England  and  the  United  States  and  a  defensive  alliance. 

Self  Culture, vol.  9  (Mar.,  1899), 8. 
1899.     Toward  universal  peace.     Advocates  Anglo-American  alliance. 

Westminster  Rev.  (Apr.,  1899). 
1899.     Anglo-Saxon  imperialism.     Impressions  and  opinions. 

Anglo-Saxon  Rev.,  vol.  1  (June,  1899), 243. 
1899.     Anglo-Saxon  genius.     H.  D.  Oakeley. 

Westminster  Rev., vol.  152  (July,  1899),  73. 
1899.     Anglo-Saxon  superiority.     M.  E.  Springer. 

The  Globe,vol.9  (Sept.,  1899), 360. 
1899.     Anglo-Saxon  responsibilities.     PI.  M.  Stanley. 

Outlook,  vol.  62  (Sept.  30, 1899),  249. 

1899.  Russia,  England,  and  the  United  States.     A.  M.  Low. 
Forum,  vol.  28  ( Oct.,  1899).  I?  .'. 

1900.  Shall  Slav,  Teuton,  or  Anglo-Saxon  prevail?     R.  W.  Grant. 
Anglo-Amer.  Mag.,  vol.3  (Jan.,  1900), 35. 

1900.      America's  attitude  toward  England.     R.  A.  Alger. 

No.  Amer.  I!>  v.,  vol.  170  (  Mar.,  1900),  332. 
1900.      America  and  the  war  (Transvaal).     S.Brooks. 

No.  Ami  r.  Rev.,  vol  170  |  Mar.,  1900),  337. 


THE   FAR   EAST. 

"COMMERCIAL     RELATIONS"      "OPEN     DOOR  "—"SPHERES    OF 
INFLUENCE." 

Beresford,  Lord  Charles.     The  break-up  of  China.     With  an  account  of  its  present 
commerce,    currency,   waterways,   armies,   railways,   politics,   and    future 
prospects.     With  portraits  and  maps. 
New   York  and   London:  Harper  and  Brother*,  1899.     xxii,  491  pp.     Folded 
maps.     8°. 
Bishop,  Isabella  L.  Bird.     The  Yangtse  valley  and  beyond.    An  account  of  journeys 
in  China,  chiefly  in  the  province  of  Sze-Chwan  and  among  the  Man-tze  of 
the  Somo  territory.     With  map  and  116  illustrations. 
New  )'<>rk:  G.  P.  Putnam' s  Sons,  1900.    8°. 

Reviewed  in  "Spectator,"  January,  1900,  under  the  title  "Spheres  of  influence  in 
China." 
Bookwalter,  John  W.     Siberia  and  Central  Asia. 

Springfield,  Ohio,  1900.     xxxi,  548pp.     Illustrations.    8°. 

"  With  regard  to  Russian  expansion,  like  Mr.  Cobbold,  Mr.  Bookwalter  dwells  on  the 
fact  that  She  makes  her  way  hy  subtlety  rather  than  by  force;  and  on  the  whole, 
after  reading  the  book,  we  are  confirmed  in  the  impression  that  all  immediate  pros- 
pects are  in  favor  of  peace." 

Boulger,  Demetrius  C.     Central  Asian  questions.     Essays  on  Afghanistan,  China, 
and  Central  Asia.     With  portrait  and  maps. 
London:  '/'.  Fisher  Unwin,1885.     xvi,  457 pp.    8°. 

The  history  of  China.     New  and  revised  edition,  with  portraits  and  maps. 

London:  II".  Thacker  and  Company,  1898.     .'ml*.     s°. 
Bray,  Fd.  de.     La  Chine  et  ses  besoins  an  point  de  vue  de  Putilisation  des  Beiges, 
de  leur  capitaux  et  de  leur  Industrie. 
Louvain:  PoUeunis  et  Centerick,  1898.     xvi,  60  pp.     Map.     8°. 

Note.— The  map  shows  a  scheme  for  a  railway  system  for  China. 
Brenier,    Henri.       La    mission    LyOnnaise   d'exploration   commerciale   en    Chine. 
1895-1897. 
Lyons,  1898.     xxxvi,  386-470  pp.     8°. 

"  Of  all  the  commercial  missions  to  which  the  immediate  prospect  of  the  development 
of  the  resources  of  China  by  modern  methods  has  recently  given  rise,  the  most  fully 
equipped  and  that  with  the  most  extensive  and  elaborate  programme  is  that  organ- 
ized by  the  chamber  of  commerce  of  Lyons,  and  the  report  published  by  the  director 
of  this  mission,  Mr.  Henri  Brenier,  is  of  corresponding  interest  and  value." 

Carli,  Mario.     II  Ce-Kiang;  studio  geografico-economico. 

Roma,  1899.     xx,  278pp.     8°. 

"It  opens  with  an  introduction  (pp.  1-71)  giving  an  account  of  Chinese  relations  with 
the  Western  world,  and  latterly  Japan,  from  the  time  of  the  first  Portuguese  expedi- 
tion in  1516." 

The  Chronicle  and  directory  for  China,  Japan,   Corea,  Indo-China  .   .    .  for 
1898. 
Hongkong:  Printed  at  the  "Daily  Press"  Office,  189S.     8°. 

115 


116 

Coates,  ■ .     China  and  the  open  dour. 

Bristol:   Taylor  and  Hawkins,  1899.     8°. 

Cobbold,  Ralph  P.     Innermost  Asia:  travel  and  sport  in  the  Pamirs,  with  map  and 
illustrations. 
London:  Heinemann,  1900.     xvii,  354  PP-     Portrait.     8°. 

P. 346  contains  a  Bibliography  of  innermost  Asia. 

"In  Mr.  Cobbold's  opinion,  the  destiny  of  Afghanistan  is  to  be  absorbed,  and  to  be 
divided  between  the  rival  empires,  though  if  the  reigning  Ameer  is  succeeded  by  a 
son  of  his  own  mould,  the  inevitable  crisis  will  be  deferred.  To  sum  up  his  politi- 
cal survey,  what  chiefly  struck  him  in  his  travels  in  innermost  Asia  was  'thebar- 
barous  insistence  of  the  Russian  Government  system,  the  brilliant  success  which 
invariably  attends  Russian  aims,  aud  the  puerile  weakness  of  the  British  Govern- 
ment in  the  protecting  of  the  country's  interests.'  " 

Colquhoun,  Archibald  R.     China  in  transformation.     With  frontispiece,  maps,  and 
diagrams. 
New  York  ami  London:  Harper  and  Brothers,  1898.    ix,  (1),  382  pp.     Folded 
maps.     Plate.     8°. 
Curtis,  William  Eleroy.     The  Yankees  of  the  East.     Sketches  of  modern  Japan. 
New  Yorl-:  Stone  and  Kimball]  1896.     2  vols.     Plates  {photogravures).     12°. 
Curzon,  George  N.     Russia  in  Central  Asia  in  1889  and  the  Anglo-Russian  question. 
With  appendices,  maps,  illustrations,  and  an  index. 
London:  Longmans,  Green  and  Company,  ISS'J.     xxiv,  477  pp.    8°. 

Problems   of    the   Far   East.      Japan — Korea — China.      New    and   revised 

edition. 
New  York,  London,  and  Bombay:  Longmans,  Green  and  Company,  1896.    xxiv, 
444)il).     Plates.     Portrait.     Folded  map.     8°. 

Diosy,  Arthur.     The  newr  Far  East.     With  12  illustrations  from  special  designs  by 
Kubota  Beisen  of  Tokio. 
London:  Capell  and  Company,  1899.     xvi,374pp-     8°. 

"This  is  a  brilliantly  written  history  of  new  Japan,  containing  much  instructive 
information  on  the  affairs  of  the  Far  East." 

Enjoy,  Paul  D'.     La  colonisation  de  la  Cochin-Chine.     (Manuel  du  colon. ) 
Paris:  SociM  d' iditions  scientifiques,  1898.    394  pp.     12°. 

"A  general  account  of  Cochin  China,  dealing  mainly  with  the  economic  and  social 
conditions,  the  regulations  affecting  the  acquisition  of  land,  and  advice  to  intending 
immigrants.    A  scheme  for  a  railway  from  Saigon  to  Tongking  is  described." 

Fauvel,  A.  A.     Les  chemins  de  fer  chinois.     Travail  d' organisation. 

(In  Questions  diplomatiques  et  coloniales,  3e  annee,  pp.  459,  468.    De,c.  15, 1899.) 

Fraser,   Mary  Crawford.     Letters  from  Japan.     A   record   of  modern  life  in    the 
island  empire. 
New    Yuri:  ami  London:   Tin    Macmillan  Company,  1M9.     2  vols.     Illustra- 
tions.   s°. 

Giddings,  Franklin  Henry.     Democracy  and  empire.     With  studies  of  their  psychi  >- 
logical,  economic,  and  moral  foundations. 
New  York:  The  Macmillan  Company,  1900.    x,  363  pp.     8°. 

Pages  267-290  argue  for  Anglo-Saxon  alliance;  also  contain  a  discussion  of  the  com- 
mercial advantages  of  the  East. 


Glass,  J.  G.  H.     Report  on  the  concessions  of  the  Pekin  Syndicate,  Limited,  in  the 
provinces  of  Shansi  and  Honan,  China,  with  estimates  of  cost  of  railways 
and  other  works  necessary  for  their  development. 
Pekin,  1899.     174  pp-     Map.     4°  ■ 

"A  comprehensive  report  on  the  resources  of  the  territories  for  the  commercial 
exploitation  of  which  the  Pekin  Syndicate  has  obtained  a  concession  from  the 
Chinese  Government." 


117 

Gorst,  Harold  E.     China.     On  the  economic  resources  of  China,  and  the  present 
political  and  commercial  conditions  of  the  country.     ("The   Imperial 
[nterest  Library,"  edited  l>y  Hamish  Hendry.) 
London:  Sands  and  Company,  1899.     xx,  300pp.     Map  and  illustrations.     l:°. 
■■Mr.  Gorst  has  produced  a  very  readable  honk,  and  has  certainly  succeeded  in  show- 
ing up  very  clearly  seme  of  the  chief  points  in  the  political  problems  which  present 
themselves  to  us.  now  that  up-to-date  events  have  altered  the  bearings  of   the 
general  outlook  in  the  Far  East." 

Hesse-Wartegg,  E.  v.     China  und  Japan;  Erlebnisse,  Studien,  Beobachtungen  auf 
einer  Reise  um  die  Welt.     Mil  44  Vollbildern,  132  im  Text  gedruckten 
Abbildungen. 
Leipzig:  J.  J.  Weber,  1897.     vii,  508pp.     Map.     8°. 

Schantung  und  Deutsch-China.     Von  Kiautschau  ins  Hinterland  Land  von 

China  und  vom  Jangtsekiang  nach  Pekin  im  Jahre  1898.     INIit  145  in  den 
Text  gedruckten  und  27  Taf el- Abbildungen, ,6  Beilagen  und  .">  Karten. 
Leipzig:  J.  J.  Weber,  1898.     vii,  264  pp.    8°. 

Siam,  das  Reich  des  weiszen  Elefantes. 

Leipsig,  1899.     252  pp,  18  Tafeln  und  120  Abbild.     1  Karte.     8°. 

Holland,  Thomas  Erskine.     The  European  concert  in  the  Eastern  question.     A  col- 
lection of  treaties  and  other  public  acts.     Edited  with  introductions  and 
notes. 
Oxford:  Clarendon  Press,  1885.     xii,  366  pp.     8°. 

Johnston,  James.     China  and  its  future,   in  the  light  of   the  antecedents  of  the 
empire,  its  people,  and  their  institutions. 
London:  E.  Stock,  1899.     ix,  180pp.     Illustrations.     8°. 

Krausse,  Alexis.     China  in  decay.     A  handbook  to  the  Far  Eastern  question.     With 
6  maps  and  21  illustrations. 
London:  Chapman  and  Hall,  1898.     ix,  (1),  400pp.     8°. 

Russia  in  Asia.     A  record  and  a  study,  1558-1899.     With  12  maps. 

London:  G.  Richards.     428pp.     8°. 

Legge,  W.     A  handbook  to  Hong  Kong;  being  a  popular  guide  t<  i  the  vari<  »us  places 
of  interest  in  the  colony  for  the  use  of  tourists. 
Hong  Kong:  Kelly  &  Walsh,  1893.     8°. 

Xieroy-Beaulieu,  P.     La  renovation  de  l'Asie  (Siberie,  Chine,  Japon). 
Paris:  Armand  Colin  &  Cie.     1900.     482pp.     IS0. 

Little,  A.  J.     Through  the  Yang-tse  gorges;  trade  and  travel  in  western  China.     3d 
revised  edition. 
London:  Lou;  1898.     340  pp.     Plates.     Map.     8°. 

Little,  (Alice  E.  X.  Bewicke).     Intimate  China.     The  Chinese  as  I  have  seen  them. 
With  120  illustrations. 
Hutchinson  and  Company,  1889.     xv,  {!),  615pp.     L.  8°. 

Marcillac,  Jean  de;  London.     La  Chine  qui  s'ouvre. 
Paris:  Perrin  et  de.,  1900.     xi,  306 pp.     8°. 

Contents:  La  guerre  sino-japonaise  et  la  penetration  etrangere  en  Chine  de  1894  a  1897. 
L'affaire  de  Kiao-Tcheou  et  le  protectorat  religieux  en  Chine.  La  France  et  la  ques- 
tion d' Extreme-Orient  en  1900.  Appendices:  1.  Les  chemins  de  fer  en  Chine.  2.  La 
question  de  la  concession  francaise  a  Chang-hai".  3.  L'extension  de  Hong-Kong. 
Cartes  et  plans. 


118 

Morris,  J.     Advance  Japan;  a  nation  thoroughly  in  earnest. 

London:   W.  II.  Allen  and  Company,  1895.     xix,  {1),  448  pp-     Plates   (wood- 
cuts).    8°. 

What  will  Japan  do?     A  forecast. 

Loudon:  Lawrence  and  Bullen,  1898.     198  i>i>.     8°. 

Norman,  Henry.     The  peoples  and  politics  of  the  Far  East;  travels  and  studies  in 
the  British,   French,   Spanish,  and  Portuguese  colonies,  Siberia,  China, 
Japan,  Korea,  Siam,  and  Malaya.     With  60  illustrations  and  4  maps. 
London:  T.  Fisher  Unwin,  1895.     xvi,  608pp.     S°. 

Perowne,  J.  T.  Woolrych.     Russian  hosts  and  English  guests  in  Central  Asia, 

London:  The  Scientific  Press,  1898.    6.    xvi,  188pp.    Map  and  illustrations.    8°. 

Note.— The  author  in  his  preface  states  that  he  has  in  this  book  "  purposely  avoided 
any  attempt  to  make  a  volume  that  should  bring  up  to  date  our  knowledge  of  the 
geographical,  commercial,  or  political  aspect  of  the  countries"  he  visited.  The 
journey  is  described  as  one  of  great  comfort  and  enjoyment,  and  the  illustrations 
are  characteristic  and  numerous.  The  route  followed  was  that  of  the  Trans- 
Caucasus  and  Trans-Caspian  railways  from  Batum  to  Samarcand,  with  trips  thence 
to  Ferghana  and  to  Tashkent.  The  spelling  of  the  place-names  and  translitera- 
tions from  Russian  do  not  follow  a  uniform  system. 

Pickering,  W.  A.     Pioneering   in   Formosa.      Recollections   of  adventures   among 
Mandarins,  wreckers,  and  head-hunting  savages.     With  an  appendix  on 
British  policy  and  interests  in  China  and  the  Far  East.     With  25  illustra- 
tions from  photographs  and  sketches  by  the  author. 
London:  Hurst  and  Blackett,  1898.     xvi,  283  pp.     Plates.     S°. 

Ransome,  Stafford.     Japan   in  transition;  a   comparative   study   of   the   progress, 
policy,  and  methods  of  the  Japanese  since  their  war  with  China. 
New   York  and  London:  Harper   and    Brothers,   1809.      (.'),  xv,   (1),    96.1  pp. 
Plates.     Maps.      Portrait.     S°. 

Reinsch,  Paul  S.     World  politics  at  the  end  of  the  nineteenth  century  as  influenced 
by  the  oriental  situation. 
New  York:   The  Macmillan  Company,  1900.     xviii,  366 pp.     8°. 

Contents:  National  imperialism:  The- opening  of  China;  The  consequences  of  the  open- 
ing of  China  in  world  politic-:  German  imperial  politics:  Some  considerations  on 
the  position  of  the  United  States  as  a  factor  in  oriental  politics. 

Skrine,  Francis  Henry,  and  Edward  Denison  Ross.     The  heart  of  Asia.     A  history 
of  Russian  Turkestan  and  the  central  Asian  Khanates.     With  29  illustra- 
tions from  sketches  by  Verestschagin,  numerous  photographs,  and  maps. 
London:  Mil Int en  and  Company,  1899.     xi,  (1),  444  pp.     8°. 
Vladimir.     Russia  on  the  Pacific  and  the  Siberian  railway.     With  maps  ami  illus- 
trations. 
London:  Sampson  Loir,  ,/,-.,  1899.     xii,  373  pp.     8°. 

Wellby,  M.  S.     Through  unknown  Tibet. 

London:   T.  Fisher  Unwin,  1898.     xiv,  44"  pp.     Portraits,   maps,  ami  illustra- 
tions.    8°. 

"  This  handsome  volume  gives  a  plain,  straightforward  narrative  of  the  journey  of 
Captain  Wellby  and  Lieutenant  Malcolm  across  Tibet  and  Northern  China,  an 
account  of  the, geographical  results  of  which  was  communicated  to  the  Society,  and 
will  appear  in  the 'Journal.'  This  volume  is  well  illustrated  and  has  a  scries  of 
maps  of  the  route  on  the  large  scale  of  16  miles  to  an  inch." 

Younghusband,  Francis.     Among  the  Celestials.     A  narrative  of  travels  in  Man- 
churia,  across    the    Gobi    desert,    through    the    Himalayas    to    India. 
Abridged  from  "The  heart  of  a  continent." 
London:  John  Murray,  1898.     viii,  J62  pp.     Illustrations.     Maps.     8°. 


ir9 


ARTICLES   IN    PERIODICALS. 

1897.     Convoitises  japonaises  et  colonies  europeennes.     Paul  Therion. 
Correspondent  (1897),  256-282. 

1897.     Hainan.     La  colonisation  chinoise;   I'ile  au  point  de  vue  econoinique  et 
diplomatique.     (With  map.)     Claudius  Madrolle. 
Questions  diplomatiques  et  coloniales,  vol.  1  (1897),  516-522. 

"Notes  on  a  visit  to  Hai-nan  in  L896,  with  a  linguistic  map  of  the  island." 

1897.     Les  grandes  voies  commerciales  de  I'Asie  centrale.     Ch.  E.  Bonin. 
Sociite  di  giographie  commerciale,  Paris,  Bulletin,  vol.  19  (1897),  801-806. 
■Mm  routes  in  Tibet  and  Mongolia." 

1897.  Le  deVeloppement  Economique  du  Japon  depuis  la  guerre  contre  la  Chine. 

J.  Franconie.     (Extrait  des  Annales  de  I'Ecole  libre  des  sciences  poli- 
tiques.) 
Sociiti  de  giographie  commerciale,   Havre,    Bulletin,  ml.   14  (1897),   109-117, 
131-138,  214-223. 

1898.  Die  gegenwartige  Lage  in  China.     Begleitworte  zu  einer  Kartenskizze  von 

Dr.  Tiessen.     (With  map.) 
Deutsche  Kolonialzeitung,  vol.  15  (1898),  268-272. 

••The  map  shows  railways  completed,  in  construction,  and  projected,  and  also  the 
'spheres  of  interest '  of  the  various  European  power-." 

1898.     Kiautschou. 

Kolonial-Jahrbuch,  <;,/.  n  (1898),  33-90,  148-155. 

"A  history  of  the  acquisition  of  Kiauchou,  and  an  estimate  of  its  value  to  Germany." 

1898.     The  Yangtse  basin  and  the  British  sphere.     Archibald  Little. 
Society  of  Arts  Join:,  ml.  47  (1S98),  77-84. 

1898.     Die  Aufstande  in  China. 

Oesterrekhische  Monats.  fur  den  Orient,  ml.  4  (1898),  99-104,  113-119. 

1898.     Questions  ehinoises:    Kouang-Tcheou,   Sancian,    Hai-Xan.     (With    maps.) 
Claudius  Madrolle. 
Questions  diplomatiques  et  coloniales,  col.  4  (1898),  6-12. 

1898.      Les  chemins  de  fer   en  Chine,   dernieres  concessions.      (With   map.)     A. 
Fauvel. 
Questions  diplomatiques  et  coloniales,  vol.  i  (1898),  413-419,  457-563. 

1898.     Le  premier  partage  de  la  Chine.     (With' sketch-map.)     A.  Montell. 
Revue  francaise,  vol.  23  (1898),  221-225,  277-283. 
"  on  the  spheres  of  European  influence  in  China." 

1898.     La  province  du  Chantoung.     (With  map.)     A.  A.  Fauvel. 
Revue  frangaise,  ml.  23  (1898),  263-276. 

1898.     The  Chinese  question;  how  it   may  affect    our   imperial  interests.      (With 
mail.)     Archibald  Colquhoun. 
Royal  United  Service  Journal,  ml.  42  (1898),  406-437. 

1898.     La  part  de  la  France  en  Chine. 

Sociiti  <l>'  giographie  de  Marseille,  Bulletin,  ml.  ..' :  \  1898),  l'.'.>. 

1898.     Les  voyages  et  les  resultats  de  la  mission  lyonnaise  d' exploration  commer 
cial  en  Chine.      (With  map. )     Henri  Brenier. 
Sociiti  dt  giographie  commerciale  de  Paris,  vol.  20  (1898),  10-27. 


120 


1898.      La  situation  commerciale  'Irs  principales  puissances  en  Chine,  mission  lyon- 
naise.     Henri  Brenier. 
Sociktkdi  giographiedi   Lyon,  Bulletin,  vol.  14  (1898),  693-709. 

1898.     Fes  positions  navales  de  la  mer  Jaune,  Tai-Lien-Wan  et  Port-Arthur,  Wel- 
Hai'-Wei'.     (  With  maps  and  illustrations.)     Villetard  de  Laguerie. 
Tour  du  monde,  vol.  4  {1898),  113-116,  129-182. 

1898.      L' Extreme-Orient.     (With  map.)     M.  Elisee  Reclus. 

Sociiti  royale  de  giographie,  d' Anvers  Bulletin,  vol.  ?2  (1898),  143-155. 
"On  the  political  geography  of  the  East  and  its  possible  changes." 
1898.     The  Keng-hung  contention;  Upper  Mekong  trade.     E.  II.  Parker. 

Imp.  and  Asiatic  Quar.  Rev.,  3d  series,  vol.  ■',  (Jan..  1898),  39. 

1898.     Crisis  in  the  Far  East. 

Spectator,  vol.  80  (Jan.  22,  1898),  104. 

1898.      British  commercial  relations  with  China,  1834-1896. 
Board  of  Tradt  Jour.,  vol.  U  I  Feb.,  1898),  143. 

1898.      Treaty  ports  of  China. 

B;ur'!  "j  Tradt  Jour.,  vol.  .",  I  Feb.,  1898),  227. 

1898.     Trade  and  shipping  of  the  Yangtze-kiang. 

Board  of  Trade  Jour.,  vol.  .",  (Feb.,  IMS),  174- 
1898.     ( )ur  trade  with  western  China.     John  Foster  Fraser. 

Contemp.  Rev.,  vol.  73  (  Feb.,  1898),  235-240. 

1898.      Crisis  in  the  Far  East. 

National  Rev.,  vol.  30  I  Feb.,  1898),  817. 

1898.      Crisis  in  China. 

Rev.  of  Reviews,  vol.  17  I  Feb.,  1898),  144- 
1898.     Crisis  in  China. 

Blackwood's  Mag.,  ml.  163  \  Feb.,  1898),  295.     (Map.) 

1898.     Crisis  in  China. 

Missionary  Jar.,  vol.  21  (  Feb.,  1898),  137. 

1898.     Problem  in  the  Far  Fast. 

Contemp.  Jar.,  ml.  73  (  Feb.,  1S9S),  193. 

1898.      "<>f  extreme  gravity."      (The  open  door  in  China. ) 
Outlook  (  Eng.  ).  vol.  1  (  Feb.  12,  1898),  48. 

1898.     The  development  of  Persian  trade. 

Board  of  Trade  Jour.,  vol.  24  (Ma,:,  1398),  373. 

1898.      The  "but"  in  the  Far  Fast.      (The  open  door  in  China.) 

Outlook  (Era/.),  vol.  1  (Mar.  5,  1898),  144- 
1898.      Recent  move  of  Germany  in  the  Fast.     F.  Charmes. 

Living  Age,  vol.  216  (Mar.  12,  1898),  70.5. 

1898.     Problem  in  the  Far  East.     F.  T.  Jane. 
Contemp.  Rev.,  vol.  73  (Mar.,  1S9S),  387. 

1898.     The  policy  of  playing  dog  in  the  manger.      (Russia  and  England  in  China.) 
Spectator,  vol.  80  (Mar.  12,  1898),  364. 

1898.      Anglo-Russian  dual  in  the  Far  East. 

Public  Opinion,  vol.  .",  (Mar.  17,  1898),  332. 


121 

1898.     England  in  China.     (England's  future  policy  in  China.) 
Outlook  {Eng.),  vol.  1  {Mar.  26,  1898),  981. 

1898.     Chinese  imbroglio. 

Blackwood's  Mag.,  vol.  168  (Apr..  1898),  552. 

1898.     The  economic  condition  of  Hong  Kong. 

Boardof  Trad,  Jour.,  vol.  U  {Apr.,  1898),  897. 

1898.     Trade  and  trade  routes  in  Siam. 

Board  of  Trade  Jour.,  vol.  24  (Apr.,  1898),  402. 

1898.     The  Far  Eastern  question. 

Imp.  and  Asiatic  Quar.  Rev.,  3d  series,  vol.  5  {Apr.,  1898),  275. 

1898.     China  in  commotion.     A.  Mitchie. 

Imp.  and  Asiatic  Quar.  Rev.,  3d  series,  vol.  5  {Apr.,  1898),  801. 

1898.     "Japan — A  forecast."     J.Morris. 

Imp.  and  Asiatic  Quar.  Rev.,  3d  series,  vol.  ■',  (Apr.,  1898),  309. 

1898.     Mongolia,   with  an  introduction  on   "The  partition  of  China."      W.    E. 

Cowan. 
Imp.  and  Asiatic  Quar.  Rev.,  3d  series,  vol.  ■',  (Apr.,  1S98),  387-400. 

"The  account  of  Mongolia  is  stated  to  be  translated  from  Lieut.  Z.  Matusovski's  Rus- 
sian 'Sketch  of  the  Chinese  Empire.'" 

1898.     France  and  England  in  the  Far  East.     F.  1>.  Pressense. 
Nineteenth  Century,  vol.  43  {Apr.,  1898),  531. 

1898.      England  and  Russia  in  China. 

Spectator,  vol.  80  {Apr.  30,  1898),  612. 

1898.     The  failure  of  our  foreign  policy.      (China.) 
Contemp.  Rev.,  vol.  73  (Apr.,  189S),  457. 

1898.     What  will  Mr.  Balfour  say?     ("Open-door  question.") 
Outlook  (Eng.),  vol.  1  {Apr.  2.  18.98),  27 J. 

1898.     Crisis  in  China. 

Eclectic  Mag.,  vol.  130  {Apr.,  1898),  524- 

1898.      Breakdown  of  our  Chinese  policy.     Diplomaticus. 
Fortnightly  Rev.,  vol.  69  {May,  1898),  844- 

1898.     Russia  and  England  in  China. 

Saturday  Rev.,  vol.  85  {May  7,  1898),  610. 

1898.     Independence  and  integrity  of  China. 
Rev.  of  Reviews,  vol.  17  {May,  1898),  530. 

1898.     British  interests  in  the  Far  East. 

Blackwood's  Mag.,  vol.  163  {May,  1898),  718. 

1898.     The  trade  and  shipping  of  the  Yangtse-kiang  in  1S97. 
Board  of  Trade  Jour.,  vol.  24  {Mai/,  1898),  525. 

1898.     British  interests  as  stated  by  Mr.  Balfour. 
National  Rev.,  vol.  31  (  May,  1898),  340. 

1898.     Our  "expert"  statesmen.      (England  and  Russia  in  China.) 
Contemp.  Rev., vol.73  {May,  1898), 628. 

1898.     The  commercial  importance  of  the  Yang-tze. 
Board  of  Trade  Jour.,  vol.  :4  {June,  1898),  651. 


122 

1898.     ( >ur  policy  in  the  Far  East.     W.  Des  Voeux. 
(  bntemp.  Iter.,  vol.  73  {June,  1898),  795. 

1898.     Russia  ami  Mr.  Chamberlain's  long  spoon  (China).     \V.  T.  Stead. 
Contemp.  Rev.,  vol.  73  {June,  1898),  761. 

1898.     Splendid  isolation,  or  what?     (China  and  Japan.)     H.M.Stanley. 
Nineteenth.  Century,  vol.43  {June,  1898),  869. 
IMleWs  Living  Age,  vol.  218  [July  9, 1898), 67. 
Eclectic  May.,  vol.  131  (Any.,  1898),  234- 

1898.     Problem  in  the  Far  East. 

Eclectic  Mag.,  vol.  130  [June,  1898),  744. 

1898.     Mr.  Chamberlain's  syllogism.     (Russia  in  China.) 
Spt  ctator,  vol.  80  {June  18, 1898), 848. 

1898.      American  competition  with  British  trade  in  Japan. 
Board  of  Trade  Jour.,  vol.  25  (July,  1898), 43. 

1898.     The  commercial  importance  of  the  Si-Kiang  (West  River).     With  map. 
Board  of  Trade  Jour.,  vol.  25  (  July.  1898),  31. 

1898.     New  Chinese  treaty  ports. 

Board  of  Trade  June.,  vol.25  (July,  1898), 40. 

1898.     The  railway  connection  of  India  and  China.     A.  R.  Colquhoun. 

Imp.  and  Asiatic  Quae.  Rer.,  3d  series,  vol.  6  (July,  1S9S),  35. 

1898.     The  Yang-tsze  valley  and  British  commerce.     A.  Barton. 
Imp.  and  Asiatic  Quar.  Rev.,3d  series,  vol.  6  |  July,  1898),  62. 

1898.      New  China.     Tau  Sien  Ko. 

Imp.  and  Asiatic  Quar.  Rev.,  3d  series,  ml.  a  |  July,  i.s'.''.s'),  69. 

1898.      England's  foreign  policy  in  China. 

Edinburgh  Rev.,  vol.  188  (July,  1898), 25^. 
1898.     The  Crown  colonies  in  Asia  in  1898.     G.  D.  Badenoch. 

lieip.  and  Asiatic  Qaar.  Rev.,  3*1  series,  ml.  6  (July,  1898),  91. 

1898.     England's  future  policy  in  China.     A.  Michie. 
National  Rev.,  vol.  31  (July,  1898),  6.54. 

1898.      England  and  Russia.      (China.) 

Independent,  vol.50  (Any.  11,  1898),  427. 

1898.     AYei-Hai-Wei,  our  latest  leasehold  possession.      (Being  recollections  of  Wei- 
Hai-Wei,  with  suggestions  for  a  definite  policy  in  the  Far  East.)     R.  S. 
Yorke. 
Fortnightly  Rer.,  ml.  70  (July,  1898),  36. 

1898.      Lord  Salisbury  and  China. 

Saturday  Her.,  ml.  86  (July  16,  1898),  70. 

1898.      French  aspirations  in  the  Upper  Yangtse. 
Spectator,  ml.  81  (Any.  13,  1898),  .'in. 

1898.      England  and  Russia. 

Outlook,  vol.  59  (Aug.  13,  1898),  901. 

1898.     England's  future  empire  in  the  Far  East. 
Contemp.  Jar.,  ml.  74  {Aug.,  1898),  153. 

1898.      The  cotton  industry  of  the  Far  East. 

Board  of  Trade  Jour.,  vol.  25  (Sept.,  1898),  290. 


123 

1898.     The  trade  of  British,  French,  and  German  possessions  in  WestAfrica.    With 
map. 
Board  of  Trade  Jour.,  vol  25  (Sept.,  1898),  264. 

1898.     England  and  Russia.     C.F.Hamilton. 
Canadian  Mag.,  vol.  11  {Sept.,  1S9S),  444- 

1898.     The  Yangtse  Valley  and  its  trade.     Archibald  Little. 
Contemp.  Rev.,  vol.  74  (Sept.,  1898),  363-374. 

1898.      British  record  in  China.     A.  Krausse. 

Fortnightly  Rev.,  vol.  70  (Sept.,  1S98),  347. 

1898.     Great  Britain  and  Russia  in  China. 

Harper's  Weekly,  vol.  4J  (Sept.  17,  1898),  906. 

1898.     England  and  Russia  in  China. 

National  Rev.,  vol.  32  (Sept.,  1898),  12. 

1898.     The  trade  of  East  Africa.     With  map. 

Board  of  Trade  Jour.,  vol.  25  (Oct.,  1898),  390. 

1898.     England's  destiny  in  China.     F.  E.  Younghusband. 
Contemp.  Pur.,  vol.  74  (Oct.,  1898),  457. 

1898.     British  record  in  China.     A.  Krausse. 
EdecticMag.,  vol.  181  (Oct.,  1898),  486. 

1898.     England  and  Russia  in  the  Far  Fast.     G.  Drage. 
Forum,  vol.  26  (Oct.,  1898),  129. 

1898.     China,  England,  and  Russia. 

Imp.  and  Axi: it'ir  Quar.  Rev.,  3d  serieSj  vol.  6  (Oct.,  1898),  300. 

1898.     Coming  struggle  in  the  Pacific.     B.  Taylor. 
Nineteenth  Century,  vol.  44  (Oct.,  1898),  6.56. 

1898.      United  States  policy  in  China.     M.  B.  Bunnell. 
No.  Amer.  Rev.,  vol.  167  (Oct.,  1898),  393. 

1898.     The  United  States  and  the  Far  Fast.     M.  W.  Hazeltine,  Mark  B.  Bunnell. 
No.  Amer.  Err.,  vol.  167  {Oct.,  1898),  885. 

1898.     Customs  tariff  of  Japan. 

Board  of  Trade  Jour.,  vol.  25  (Nov.,  1898),  546. 

1898.     The  trade  and  shipping  of  North  Africa.     With  map. 
Board  of  Trade  Jour.,  wl.  25  (Nov.,  1898),  517. 

1898.     Trade  regulations  of  the  Yang-Tsze  Kiang. 

Boon!  of  Trade  Jour.,  vol.  25  |  Nov.,  1898),  534. 

1898.     Customs  tariff  of  Japan. 

Boardof  Trade  Jour.,  vol.  25  (Nov.,  1898),  suppt. 

1898.     The  resources  and  means  of  communication  of  China,     (i.  (i.  Chisholm. 
Geogr.  Jmr.,  vol.  U  (Nov.,  1898),  500-519. 

1898.     Crisis  in  the  Far  East.     A.  R.  Colquhoun. 
No.  Amer.  Rev.,  vol.  161  (Nov.,  1898),  513. 

1898.     Coming  struggle  in  the  Pacific.     B.  Taylor. 

Eclectic  Mag.,  vol  131  (Nov.,  1898),  662. 

1898.     England's  destiny  in  China.     F.  F.  Younghusband. 
Eclectic  Mag.,  vol.  131  (Nov.,  1898),  70S. 


124 

1898.     British  trade  and  the  integrity  of  China.     Holt  S.  Ilallett. 
Fortnightly  Rev.  n.  s.,  vol.  63  {1898),  664-679. 

1898.      Eastward  expansion  of  the  United  States.     A.  R.  Colquhoun. 
Harper's  Monthly,  vol.  97  {Nov.,  189S),  932. 

1898.     Trade  and  shipping  of  South  Africa.     With  map. 
Board  of  Trade  Jour.,  vol.  25  {Dec,  189S),  645. 

1898.     Trade  and  shipping  of  Portuguese  West  Africa,   French  Congo  State,  and 
the  Congo  Free  State.     With  map.     1895-96. 
Board  of  Trade  Join.,  vol.  ..'■',  (  Dec,  1898),  639. 

1898.     Coming  fusion  of  East  and  West.     E.  F.  Fenollosa. 
Harper's  Monthly,  vol.  98  {Dec,  1898),  115. 

1898.      Shall  the  open  door  be  closed?     G.  Reid. 
National  Rev.,  vol.  32  {Dec,  1898),  491. 

1898.  An  experiment  in  commercial  expansion.      (The  Congo  State.) 
Royal  Statistical  Society  Jour.,  vol.  61  {Dec,  1898),  640. 

1899.  The  commercial  development  of  Japan.     O.  P.  Austin. 
National  Geogr.  Mag.,  vol.  10  {1899),  329-337. 

1899.     Les  telegraphes  et  les  postes  en  Chine.     With  map.     A.  A.  Fauvel. 
Questions  Diplomatiques  et  Coloniales,  rot.  6  {1899),  88-87. 

1899.     La  Chine  economique,  d'apres  les  travaux  de  la  mission  lyonnaise,  1895- 
1897.     With  map.     M.  L.  Ravenean. 
Annates  de  geographic,  vol.  8  {1899),  62-73. 

"A  summary  of  the  great  report  of  the  commercial  mission  of  the  Lyons  chamber  of 
commerce." 

1899.     Eine  Rekognoszierungsreise  in  der  Provinz  Schan-Tung.     With  map.     A. 
Gaedertz. 

Petermann's  MittheU.,  rot.  4~>  (1899),  49-56,  82-91,  106-113. 

1899.     The  prospect  in  Chinese  trade  and  the  present  opportunity.     G.  F.  Scott 
Elliot. 
Proceedings  of  the  Philosophical  Society  of  Glasgow,  1899,  p.  20. 

1899.     Les  chemins  de  fer  en  Chine.     With  map.     M.  Jean  de  Marcillac. 
Questions  Diplomatiques  et  Coloniales,  vol.  7  {1S99),  265-274,  321-332. 

1899.     Les  chemins  de  fer  en  Chine.      (With  map.)     J.  Servigny. 
Revue  Francaise,  rot.  24  {1899),  157-164. 

1899.     Notice  geographique,  ethnographique  et  commerciale  snr  le  haut  Fleuve 
Rouge  (de  Yuan-kiang  a  Man-hao).     (With  map. ) 
Societe  de  Ghgraphique  Commerciale,  Paris.    Bulletin,  vol  21  {1S99),  80-97. 

1899.     La  province  du  Tche-Kiang  (Chine).     A.  A.  Fauvel. 
Questions  Diplomatiques  et  Coloniales,  rot.  8  {1899),  22-28. 

1899.     The  administrative  history  of  the  British  dependencies  in  the  farther  East. 
H.  M.  Stephens. 
Amer.  Historical  Rev.,  vol.  4  (Jan.,  1899),  246. 

1899.     Anglo-America  and  China.     G.Sharp. 

Anglo-American  Mag.,  rot.  1  {Jan.,  1899),  90. 

1899.      American  interests  in  the  Far  East.     J.  Foord. 
Anglo-American  Mag.,  col.  1  (Jan.,  1899),  1. 


125 

1899.     Russia  and  England  in  China.     P.  S.  Reinsch. 
The  Arena,  vol.  21  {Jan.,  1899),  75. 

1899.     China;  spheres  of  interesl  and  the  open  door.     R..S.  Gundry. 
Fortnightly  Rev.,  vol.  66  (Jan.,  1899),  87-52. 

1899.     Future  relations  of  Great  Britain  and  the  United  States.     ('.  W.  Dilke. 
Forum,  vol.  26  (Jan.,  1899),  515. 

1899.     The  partition  of  China.     A.  Little. 

Imp.  and  Asiatic  Quar.  Rev.,  3d  series,  vol.  7  (Jan.,  1899),  58. 

1899.     A  colonial  empire  on  economic  and  just  principles.     II.  R.  Fox  Bourne. 
Imp.  and  Asiatic  Quar.  Rev.,  3d  series,  vol.  7  (Jan.,  1S99),  94. 

1899.     The  open  door  in  China. 

Independent,  rnl.  52  (Jan.  11,  1899),  187. 

1899.     Secretary  Hay's  open  door  victory. 

Public  Opinion,  vol.  28  (Jan.  11,  1899),  37. 

1899.     America  in  the  Far  East.     W.E.  Griffis. 
Outlook,  vol.  61  (Jan.  14,  1899),  110. 

1899.     Mr.  Morley  on  jingoism. 

Spectator,  vol.  82  (Jan.  21,  1899),  77. 

1899.     The  commercial  future.     The  new  struggle  for   life  among   the   nation!: 
Brooks  Adams. 
Fortnightly  Rev.,  vol.  05  (Feb.,  1S99),  274- 

•1899.     The  awakening  of  China.     J.  Smith. 

No.  Amer.  Rev.,  vol.  168  (Feb.,  1899),  229. 

1899.     Lord  Beresford's  open  door  mission  to  the  United  States. 
Public  Opinion,  rnl.  ..'6  (Feb.  23,  Mar.  2,  1899).  233,  263. 

1899.      Perfects  of  England's  war;  a   retrospect    from    the    twentieth    century.     J 
Foreman. 
Westminster  Rev.,  vol.  1.51  (Feb.,  1899),  146. 

1899.     The  trade  and  trade  routes  in  Siam.      ( With  map. ) 
Board  of  Trade  Jour.,  vol.  26  (Mar.,  1899),  267. 

1899.     The  trade  of  Thibet.     (With  map.) 

Board  of  Trade  Jour.,  vol.  26  (Mar.,  1899),  284. 

1899.     China  to  be  partitioned'.' 

Independent,  vol.  51  (Mar.  16,  1899),  775. 

1899.     Crisis  in  China. 

Independent,  rnl.  51  (Mar.   16,  23,  1899),  721,  798.      [Map.] 

1899.     Breaking  up  of  China. 

Nation,  rnl.  68  (Mar.  30,  1899).  226. 

1899.     The  dissolution  of  the  Chinese  em] lire.     I>.  C.  Boulger. 
Xo.  Amer.  Ret:,  vol.  168  (Mar.,  1899),  258. 

1899.     Lord  Charles  Beresford  on  America  and  the  Far  Fast.     C.  II.  Sliinn. 
Outlook,  rnl.  61  (  Mar.,  1899),  530. 

1899.     Ttaly,  Russia,  and  England  in  China. 
Outlook,  rnl.  61  i  Mar.  18,  1899),  618. 

1899.      Far  Eastern  press  on  the  Beresford  policy. 
Public  Opinion,  vol.  26  (Mar.  9,  1899),  299. 


126 

1899.      Italy's  demand  upon  China. 

Public  Opinion,  vol.  26  I  Mar.  80,  1899),  394: 

1899.     Russia  versus  England? 

Am.  Rev.  of  Reviews,  vol.  19  [Apr.,  1899),  401. 

1399.     Japanese  view  of  China's  predicament. 

Am.  Rev.  of  Reviews,  vol.  19  (Apr.,  1899),  481. 

1899.     A  year's  diplomacy  in  Peking. 

Blackwood's  Mag.,  vol.  165  {Apr.,  1899),  773;  Living  Age,  vol.  ..'.'1  I  J/"//.  1899), 

371. 

1899.     New  routes  for  Persian  trade.      (With  map.) 
Board  of  Trade  Jour.,  vol.  26  (Apr.,  1899),  397. 

1899.     British  North  Borneo.     John  Jardine. 
Contemp.  Rev.,  vol.  75  {Apr.,  1899),  578. 

1899.     Lord  Salisbury's  new  Chinese  policy.     Diplomaticus. 
Fortnightly  Rev.,  vol.  71  [Apr.,  1899),  539. 

1899.      American  opportunities  in  China.     <J.  Reid. 
Forum,  vol.  27  I  Apr.,  1899),  237. 

1899.     Chinese  reform  and  British  interests.      "Sinicus." 

Tmp.  and  Asiatic  Quar.  Rev.,  3d  series,  vol.  7  (Apr..  1899),  318. 

1899.     China  and  her  persecutors. 

Public  Opinion,  vol.  26  {Apr.  20,  1899),  484. 

1899.      American  policy  in  the  Far  East.     J.  M.  Kins',  jr. 
Anglo-American  Mag.,  vol.  1  {May,  1899),   ',■'•'■ 

1899.     The  commercial  relations  of  the  United  States  with  the  Far  Fast.     W.  C. 
Ford. 
Annals  of  the  American  Academy  i  May,  1899,  suppl.  \,107. 

1899.     Political  relations  of  the  United  States  with  the  Far  Fast.     Wu  Ting  Fang, 
L.  M.  Keasbey,F.  W.  Williams. 

Annuls  of  the  American  Academy  (  May,  1899,  suppl.),  168. 
1899.     The  trade  of  the  East  Indian  islands.      |  With  map.) 

Board  of  Trade  Jour.,  vol.  26  {May,  1899),  527. 

1899.      Partition  of  China. 

Harper's  Weekly,  vol.  43  {May  20,  1899),  492. 

1899.     Relation  of  the  United  States  to  Asiatic  politics.       J.  B.  Moore. 

Independent,  vol.  -51  (Mai/  4.  1899),  1206. 
1899.     China;  a  coroner's  inquest.     H.Norman. 

Independent,  vol.  51  {May  4,  1S99),  1226. 
1899.     England  and  Kussia. 

Independent,  vol.  51  {May  11,1899),  1315. 
1899.     China  and  the  powers.     C.  Beresford. 

No.  Amur.  Rev.,  vol.  168  (May,  1899),  530. 
1899.     Pussia,  England,  and  Italy  in  China. 

Outlook,  vol.  62  {May  13,  1S99).  100. 
1899.     Anglo-Russian  agreement. 

Public  Opinion,  vol.  20  {May  25,  1899),  650. 
1899.     Le  partage  de  la  Chine. 

Questions  Diplomatiques  et  Colonial,*.     {May  1,  1899). 


127 

1899.     The  division  of  China. 

Saturday  Rev.,  vol.  87  {May  SO,  1899),  612. 

1899.      Wei-hai-wei;  its  value  as  a  naval  station. 

Blackwood's  Mag.,  vol.165  {June,  1899),  1069. 
1899.     The  trade  of  the  nations  with  their  colonial  possessions,  1895-97. 

Board  of  Trade  Jour.,  vol.  26  {June,  1899),  651. 
1899.      China  and  the  powers.     P.  Leroy-Beaulieu. 

Chautauquan,  vol.  29  {June,  1899),  '274- 

1899.     Europeans  in  China. 

Current  Literature,  vol.  ..'■',  {June,  1899),  4S4- 

1899.     Unsettled  situation  in  China. 

Independent,  vol.  51  {June  15,  1899),  1595. 

1899.     American  trade  in  China. 

Outlook,  vol.  62  {June  17,  1899),  369. 

1899.     The  Far  Eastern  question.     A.  Y.  V.  Raymond. 

Outlook,  vol.  62  {June  ;',.  1899),  ','■>■ 
1899.      England's  commercial  policy  towards  her  colonies. 

Polit.  Sri  Quar.,  vol.  1 ',  {June,  1S99),211. 

1899.     The  expansion  of  Russia. 

Saturday  lor.,  ml.  87  {June  17,  1S99),  755. 

1899.     American  trade  interests  in  China. 
Protectionist,  vol.  11  (Jinn;  1899),  71. 

1899.     The  imperialism  of  British  trade.     "  Ritortus." 
Contemp.  Rev.,  ml.  76  {July,  1889),  132. 

1899.     China;  spheres  of  interest  and  the  open  door.     R.  S.  Gundry. 
Fortnightly  Rev.,  vol.  66  {July,  1S99),  37. 

1899.      America  in  China. 

Harper's  Weekly,  ml.  .;.;  {July  29,  1899),  736. 

1899.      Intercourse  in  the  past  between  China  and  foreign  countries.     T.  L.  Bullock. 
Imp.  anil  Asiatic  Quar.  Rev.,  3d  series,  vol.  8  (Jul;/,  1899).  9.'. 

1899.      Khokand  and  China.     E.  II.  Parker. 

Imp.  and  Asiatic  Quar.  Rev.,  3d  series,  vol.  8  {July,  1899),  114. 

1899.     Shall  the  United  States  unite  with  England  or  Russia? 
Independent,  ml.  51  {July  18,  1899),  1895. 

1899.     England's  policy  in  China.     V.  Holmstrem. 
No.  Amer.  Rev.,  vol.  169  {.Tali/,  1899),  17. 

1899.      Interview  with  the  foreign  adviser  to  the  Emperor  of  China. 
Am.  Rev.  of  Reviews,  vol.  20  {Aug.,  1899),  204- 

1899.     The  break-up  of  China,  and  our  interest  in  it. 
Atlantic  Monthly,  vol.  84  {Aug.,  1899),  276. 

1899.     Regulations  for  navigation  on  Chinese  inland  waters. 
Board  of  Trade  Jour.,  vol.  27  {Aug.,  1S99),  172. 

1899.     United  States;  the  paramount  power  of  the  Pacific.     J.Barrett. 
No.  Amer.  Rev.,  vol.  169  {Aug.,  1899),  165. 


128 


1899. 
1899. 
1899. 
1899. 
1899. 
1899. 
1899. 
1899. 
1899. 
1899. 
1899. 
1899. 
1899. 
1899. 
1899. 
1899. 
1899. 
1899. 
1899. 
1899. 
1899. 

1899. 


Trade  relations  with  our  islands. 
Protectionist,  vol.  11  {Aug.,  1899),  215. 

American  policy  on  the  Chinese  question. 
Protectionist,  vol.  11  {Aug.,  1899),  .'■;',. 

The  awakening  of  an  island  empire.     (Japan.)     R.  W.  Grant. 
Anglo-American  Mag.,  vol  2  {Sept.,  1899),  269. 

The  opening  of  new  ports  in  Japan. 

Board  of  Trade  Jour.,  vol.  27  {Sept.,  1899),  292. 

Immigration  regulations  for  the  islands  of  Cuba  and  the  Philippines. 
Board  of  Trade  Jour.,  vol.  27  (Sept.,  1899),  305. 

White  man's  burden  in  China.     Senex. 
(  nut, mp.  Rev.,  vol.  76  |  Sept.,  1899),  318;  Li 


ngAge,  ml.  223  {Mar.,  1899),  .'74. 


America,  England,  and  Germany  as  allies  for  the  open  door.     J.  Barrett. 
Engineering  Mag.,  vol.  17  {Sept.,  1899),  89,3. 

Yangtze  region.     E.  S.  Gundry. 
Fortnightly  Rev.,  vol.  72  {Sept.,  1899),  448. 

Ex  oriente  lux;  a  reply.     A.  Little. 

No.  Amer.  Rev.,  vol.  169  (Sept.,  1899),  329. 

Territorial  government  and  differential  duties.     A.  Clarke. 
Protectionist,  vol.  11  (Sept.,  1899),  288. 

China's  appeal  to  Japan. 

Public  Opinion,  ml.  27  (Sept.  14,  1899),  331. 

How  to  save  China. 

Public  Opinion,  en/.  27  {Sept.  28,  1899),  402. 

Imperial  Chinese  railways. 
Engineering,  vol.  68  (Oct.  20,  1899),  500. 

Commercial  Japan.     0.  P.  Austin. 
Forum,  vol.  28  (Oct.,  1899),  146. 

The  coming  struggle  for  Persia.     R.  P.  Lord. 

Imp.  and  Asiatic  Quae.  Rev.,  3d  series,  vol.  8  {Oct.,  1899),  284. 

America  and  England  in  the  East.     Sir  C.  W.  Dilke. 
No.  Amer.  Rev.,  vol.  169  (Oct.,  1899),  558. 

Chinese  railroad  and  mining  concessions.     C.  Denby,  jr. 
Forum,  vol.  28  {Nov.,  1899),  334. 

Will  Chinese  development  benefit  the  Western  world?    J.  P.  Young. 
Forum,  vol.  28  {Nov.,  1899),  348. 

Saxon  or  Slav?     (With  map.)     J.  R.  Procter. 
Harper's  WeeeMy,  vol.  43  {Nov.  25,  1899),  1179. 

Our  duties  in  China. 

Independent,  vol.  51  (Nov.  16,  1899),  3103. 

From  London  to  Karachi  in  a  week.     (With  map.)     Francis  H.  Skrine. 
Scottish  Geogr.  Mag.,  vol.  15  (Nov.,  1899),  462-470. 

"  Suggestion  for  a  mail  route  by  India  by  uniting  the  Russian  railway  at  Kushk  with 
the  Indian  system  at  Chaman  by  the  new  line  of  438  miles." 

Trade  of  the  new  "open  ports"  of  Formosa. 
Board  of  Trade  Jour.,  vol.  27  {Dec,  1899),  540. 


129 

1899.     The  coming  storm  in  the  Far  East.     (China.)     "Ignotus." 
National  Rev.,  vol.  34  {Dec.,  1899),  494- 

1899.  Russia  and  Japan;  a  coming  struggle.     A.  "White. 
Harper's  Weekly,  vol.  43  {Dec.  23,  1899),  1291. 

1900.  Our  interests  in  China.     J.  Barrett. 

.1/,,.  Rev.  of  Reviews,  vol.  21  {Jan.,  1900),  42. 

1900.     Gains  and  losses  in  the  Pacific.     J.  G.  Leigh. 
Fortnightly  Rev.,  vol.  73  (Jan.,  1900),  45. 

1900.     Commercial  possibilities  of  China.     G.  S.  Fearon. 

Forum,  vol   28  [Jan.,  1900),  592. 

1900.     Foreign  trade  of  the  United  States.     W.  P.  Sterns. 
Jour.  ofPolit.  Economy,  vol.  8  (Jan.,  1900). 

1900.     Philippine  islands  and  their  environment.     J.  Barrett. 
National  Geogr.  Mag.,  vol.  11  (Jan.,  1900),  1. 

1900.     The  open  door  in  China. 

Outlook,  vol.  64  {Jan.  13,  1900),  19. 

1900.     Philippines;  the  Oriental  problem.     X.  P.  Chipman. 
Overland  Monthly,  vol.  35  (Jan.,  1900),  22. 

1900.     British  interests  in  China. 

Quar.  Rev:,  vol.  191  (Jan.,  1900),  1. 

1900.     The  British  sphere  in  China. 

Saturday  Rev.,  vol.  89  {Jan.  6,  1900),  16. 

1900.     Reform  in  China.     G.  Reid. 

Forum,  vol.  29  (Feb.,  1900),  724. 

1900.     Japan's  entry  into  the  world's  politics.     G.  Droppers. 
International  Monthly,  vol.  1  (Feb.,  1900),  162. 

1900.     The  expansion  policy  and  the  protectionists. 
Literary  Digest,  vol.  20  (Feb.  3,  1900),  139. 

1900.     The  "Palace  revolution"  in  China. 

Literary  Digest,  vol.  20  (Feb.  17,  1900),  223. 

1900.     China  and  the  Philippines.     P.  Cones. 
Open  Court,  vol.  14  (Feb.,  1900). 

1900.     Lettre  d' Extreme-Orient;  le  Japon,  l'Angleterreet  laRussie.    JeandeCuers 
de  Cogolin. 
(host 'mux  Diplomatiques  et  Coloniales,  4'  an  nee,  no.  71  (Feb.  1,  1900),  139. 

1900.     Eastern  commerce;  what  is  it  worth?     E.Atkinson. 
No.  Amer.  Her.,  vol.  170  (Feb.,  1900),  295. 

1900.     Our  interests  in  China. 

Protectionist,  vol.  11  (Feb.,  1900),  595. 

1900.     Chine  entr'ouverte;  sa  perfectibility.     P.  Barre. 
Revue  de  Geography  |  Few.,  1900). 

1900.     Les  droits  de  la  France  au  Siam.     P.  Ibos. 
•  Revue  de  Geographic  I  Few.,  1900). 
4997 9 


130 

1900.     <  rrowth  of  our  foreign  policy.     R.  Olney. 

Atlantic,  vol.  85  {Mm-.,  1900),  289. 

Note.— Discusses  "Open  door"  advantages,  etc. 
1900.     The  warfare  of  railways  in  Asia.     A.H.Ford. 

Century,  vol.  59  (Mar.,  1900),  794. 

1900.     Western  benefits  through  China's  development.    Ho  Yow. 
Forum,  vol.  29  {Mm:,  1900),  79. 

1900.     Russia's  sphere  of  influence;  or,  A  thousand  years  of  Manchuria.     E.  H. 
Parker. 
Imp.  and  Asiatic  Quar.  Rev.  3d  aeries,  vol.  9  {Apr.,  1900),  287. 

1900.     The  warlike  policy  of  the  Empress  dowager  of  China.     W.N.  Brewster. 
Am.  Rev.  of  Reviews,  vol.  21  {Apr.,  1900),  462. 

1900.     Trade  corporations  in  China.     M.  M.  Courant. 

Appleton's  Pop.  Sci.  Monthly,  vol.  56  {Apr.,  1900),  722. 

1900.     The  Eastern  question.     E.  Maxey. 
Arena,  vol.  23  {Apr.,  1900),  358. 

1900.     A  successful  colonial  experiment.      (Hongkong.)     Poultney  Bigelow. 
Harper's  Mag.,  vol.  100  {Apr.,  1900),  712. 

1900.     Secretary  Hay  and  the  "open  door"  in  China. 
Literary  Digest,  vol.  20  (Apr.  7,  1900),  415. 

1900.     A  Japanese  view  of  Japan  in  transition.     A.  Kinnosuke. 
Critic,  vol.  36  (  .1/"//,  1900). 

1900.     The  United  States  and  the  future  of  China.     W.  W.  Rockhill. 
Forum,  vol.  29  {May,  1900),  324- 

1900.     Problem  of  Asia.     A.  T.  Mahan. 

Harper'*  Mag.,  vol.  101  {May,  1900). 

1900.     The  British  sphere  in  Asia.     C.  E.  D.  Black. 
Nineteenth  Century,  rot.  47  (May,  1900),  767. 

1900.     Japan  and  Russia  in  the  Far  East.     J.  Murdock. 
No.  Amer.  Rev.,  vol.  170  {May,  1900),  609. 

1900.     Powers  and  the  partition  of  China.     G.  Reid. 
No.  Amer.  Rev.,  ml.  170  (May,  1900),  634. 

1900.     The  impending  partition  of  China.     W.  W.  Rockhill. 
Collier's  Week!;/,  vol.  25  {June  16,  1900),  3. 

1900.     Russia's  opening  for  Anglo-Saxon  enterprise  in  Asia.     A.  R.  Ford. 
Engineering  May.,  vol.  19  (June,  1900),  354. 

1900.     The  attitude  of  the  United  States  toward  the  Chinese.     Ho  Yow. 
Forum,  vol.  ."■'  (June,  1900),  385. 

1900.     In  the  Far  East. 

Literary  Digest,  vol.  20  {June  9,  1900),  705. 

1900.     Antagonism  of  England  and  Russia.     D.  C.  Boulger. 
No.  Amer.  Rev.,  vol.  170  {June,  1900),  884. 

1900.     The  Chinese  situation. 

Outlook,  vol.  65  {June,  1900),  338. 


131 

1900.     The  ferment  in  China. 

Tin  Nation,  vol.  70  (June  21,  1900),  47". 

1900.     America's  part  in  the  far-Eastern  crisis. 

IMerary  Digest,  vol.  20  (June 23,  1900),  743. 

1900.     The  Chinese  disturbances  and  the  powers. 
Literary  Digest,  vol.  JO  (June  23,  1900),  764. 

1900.     Is  Russia  to  control  all  of  Asia?     A.H.Ford. 
Cosmospolitan,vol>29  (July,  1900).  253. 

1900.     Railway  development  in  China.     W.  B.  Parsons 

McClure's  Mag.,  vol.  15  (July,  1900),  238. 


"*<*  FROM  Wmr-,, 


U.C.  BERKELEY  LIBRARIES 


II I  III 

CD3c13biaD4 


